Home2 Brand Standards 7-1-14 Version PDF

HOME2 SUITES BY HILTON BRAND
STANDARDS - UNITED STATES
01 July 2014
Home2 Suites By Hilton Brand Standards - United States

100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Main Table of Summary of Our Brand Quality Assurance Employees Learning and Identity and Reservations and HHonors, Elite
Contents Changes Development Marketing Distribution Benefits, CRM,
and Guest
Assistance
800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500

Welcome and Guestroom and Other Guest Food and Business Fitness and Retail/Concessio Risk
Farewell Bathroom Areas and Beverage Center/Meetings Recreation naire Management and
Experience Services and Events Insurance
1600 1700 2500

Back of Technology Design, Design and
House /Building Construction & Construction
Operations Renovation Glossary
CONFIDENTIAL effective July 01, 2014
Home2 Suites By Hilton Brand Standards - United States Table of Contents
Summary of Changes

2014 Summary of Changes Summary-1

100 Our Brand

101.00 CORE Brand Standards 100 - 2
102.00 Brand Culture 100 - 2
103.00 Brand Designations 100 - 3
104.00 Accessibility 100 - 4
105.00 Sustainability 100 - 10

200 Quality Assurance

201.00 General Rules 200 - 2
202.00 Quality Assurance Program 200 - 3
203.00 Thresholds and Rankings 200 - 4
204.00 Quality Assurance Improvement Planner 200 - 4
205.00 Relicensing/ Renovation/Change of Ownership 200 - 4

I CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

300 Employees

301.00 Employee Requirements 300 - 2
302.00 Mandatory Positions 300 - 4
303.00 General Rules and Expected Behaviors 300 - 4
304.00 Employee Appearance 300 - 5
305.00 Guest Relations and Service Standards 300 - 6

400 Learning and Development

402.00 Franchisee Training 400 - 2
403.00 Required Employee Training 400 - 2

500 Identity and Marketing

501.00 Logos 500 - 2
502.00 Advertising 500 - 4
503.00 Hotel Collateral 500 - 5
504.00 Signage 500 - 5
505.00 Graphics – Printed Materials and Supplies 500 - 5
II CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

506.00 Internet Standards 500 - 6

600 Reservations and Distribution

602.00 Sales and Marketing Programs 600 - 2
603.00 Reservations 600 - 7
604.00 Room Rates 600 - 10
605.00 Accredited Distributor Participation 600 - 10
606.00 Miscellaneous Charges 600 - 10

700 HHonors, Elite Benefits, CRM, and Guest Assistance

701.00 HHonors 700 - 2
702.00 Not Applicable to this Brand 700 - 4
703.00 Customer Really Matters (CRM)/Service Recovery 700 - 4
704.00 Guest Assistance 700 - 5

800 Welcome and Farewell Experience

III CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014


803.00 Guest Transportation 800 - 2
804.00 Exterior Presentation 800 - 3
805.00 Entrance/Lobby/Public Areas Presentation 800 - 3
806.00 Arrival Experience 800 - 4
807.00 Front Desk Presentation 800 - 5
808.00 Front Desk 800 - 6
809.00 Front Desk Collateral 800 - 6
811.00 Elevators/ Corridors 800 - 7
812.00 Stairs 800 - 7

900 Guestroom and Bathroom

902.00 Guestroom 900 - 2
903.00 Bathroom/Dressing Area 900 - 8
905.00 Dual Brand Linen/Terry 900 - 10

1000 Other Guest Areas and Services
IV CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014


1002.00 Public Restrooms 1000 - 2
1003.00 Laundry and Shoe Shine Services 1000 - 2
1004.00 Guest Laundry 1000 - 2
1005.00 Ice and Vending Machines/Recycle Stations 1000 - 3
1006.00 Automatic Teller Machines (ATM) 1000 - 3
1007.00 Pet Policies/Amenities 1000 - 3

1100 Food and Beverage

1102.00 Safety and Sanitation 1100 - 3
1103.00 Breakfast Offerings 1100 - 5
1109.00 Food and Beverage Market 1100 - 7
1110.00 Lobby Refreshments 1100 - 7

V CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1200 Business Center/Meetings and Events

1201.00 Self Service Business Center 1200 - 2
1204.00 Meetings and Events 1200 - 2

1300 Fitness and Recreation

1301.00 Swimming Pool/Whirlpool 1300 - 2
1302.00 Fitness Center 1300 - 3

1400 Retail/Concessionaire

1401.00 Gift Shop/Suite Shop/Pantry 1400 - 2
1403.00 Third-Party Concessionaires 1400 - 4

1500 Risk Management and Insurance

VI CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1502.00 Insurance 1500 - 2

1503.00 Safety 1500 - 9
1504.00 Security 1500 - 11
1505.00 Loss Prevention 1500 - 12

1600 Back of House /Building Operations

1602.00 Housekeeping Service 1600 - 2
1603.00 Engineering and Maintenance Service 1600 - 3
1604.00 Service Areas 1600 - 3
1605.00 Employee Facilities 1600 - 3

1700 Technology

1701.00 Hotel Management Technology 1700 - 2
1702.00 Voice Telecommunications Hardware 1700 - 5
1703.00 Telephone Switchboards 1700 - 6
1704.00 Telephones 1700 - 6
1705.00 Internet Access 1700 - 9
1706.00 Entertainment 1700 - 10
VII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1707.00 Mobile Telephone and Wireless Devices 1700 - 12

2500 Design, Construction & Renovation

2501.00 Exterior 2500 - 12
2502.00 Lobby Area 2500 - 19
2503.00 Public Restrooms 2500 - 24
2504.00 Food And Beverage 2500 - 27
2506.00 Commercial Facilities 2500 - 33
2507.00 Meeting Facilities 2500 - 36
2508.00 Recreational Facilities 2500 - 42
2509.00 Circulation 2500 - 50
2510.00 Guestroom/Suites 2500 - 56
2512.00 Guest Bathroom 2500 - 67
2513.00 Back-of-House 2500 - 73
2514.00 Technical Criteria 2500 - 84
2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment 2500 - 109
2516.00 Fire Protection and Life Safety Requirements 2500 - 121
2517.00 Accessibility Guidelines 2500 - 136
VIII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2518.00 Technology Wiring Standards 2500 - 136

2519.00 Signage and Graphics 2500 - 143

Design and Construction Glossary

Abbreviations Glossary - 1
Acronyms Glossary - 3
Terminology/Definitions Glossary - 4
IX CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

Home2 Suites By Hilton Brand Standards - United States Preface
The Home2 Suites by Hilton (“Home2 Suites”) Standards Manual (“Manual”) has been developed to provide the Franchisee/Owner with the required standards, procedures, rules,
regulations, policies and techniques (the "Brand Standards") of the Home2 Suites system. These Brand Standards are subject to change, amendment or supplement from time to time
by Home2 Suites Brand (“the Brand”). Also, the Brand has the right to ensure compliance with the standards and the authority to grant exceptions to the standards as it deems
appropriate and in the best interest of the Home2 Suites system.
All references in this Manual to Franchisee/owner refer to the licensee operating under a License Agreement or Franchise License Agreement (which may be the owner of the hotel) or
the owner under a Management Agreement, as applicable, with the Brand (the “Agreement”). At times this Manual imposes obligations on the hotel and the Franchisee/Owner is
responsible for ensuring the hotel’s compliance with those obligations. All references in this Manual to the “Brand” refer to Home2 Suites Franchise LLC or its designee if the hotel is
designated as a USA hotel. Otherwise, these references refer to Home2 Suites International Franchise LLC or its designee.
These Brand Standards are designed to protect the System and the trademarks and service marks associated with the System, and not to control the day-to-day operation of the hotel.
Franchisee/owner at all times will remain responsible for the operation of the hotel, and all activities occurring at the hotel. Franchisee/owner must hire and train its own employees. The
Brand is not responsible for, and does not direct or control the conduct of any hotel employee.
To achieve and maintain high standards of quality and service and associated goodwill for the Home2 Suites system, it will be essential that the Franchisee/owner strictly adhere to all
elements of the Home2 Suites system, including, without limitation, the Manual and the Agreement. The Franchisee/owner must comply with and maintain the standards set out in the
Manual. Violation of any of these standards by the Franchisee/owner could be deemed a substantial and material violation or default of the Agreement, and it would be the responsibility
of the Brand to take the necessary action to protect the integrity of the Home2 Suites system.
In addition, the Brand is committed to maintaining these standards in the Home2 Suites properties under its management. This Manual is the property of the Brand and is provided to
the Franchisee/owner for use and reference during the term of the Agreement. Additions and modifications to the Manual will be provided online through Brand communication vehicles
to the Franchisee/owner in order to maintain the Manual in a current status. Franchisee/owner must comply with these additions and modifications to the same extent as if set forth in
this Manual at this time. For the avoidance of any doubt, any such additions or modifications set forth at such a website are incorporated herein by reference. Franchisee/owner must
maintain the confidentiality of the Manual. The Franchisee/owner must use all reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of the Manual. Upon termination of the Agreement (or
commitment agreement to issue a license), the Franchisee/owner will return the Manual and all other confidential material owned, created or used by the Brand without retaining any
photocopies.
Questions regarding this Manual or system policies and standards may be referred to:
Home2 Suites by Hilton Brand Management Team
Attn.: SVP Brand Management
755 Crossover Lane
Memphis, Tennessee 38117-4900
USA
Phone: 901/374-5000
X CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2014 Home2 Suites By Hilton Summary Of Changes
Below is a list of items you will not want to miss. Beginning November 1, 2014, these items will result in point deductions if a property is non-compliant during quality assurance
evaluations unless an alternative compliance date is indicated. All properties that choose to voluntarily renovate, or do so as required by a PIP must comply with the Design,
Construction & Renovation standards located in Section 2500.
Applicable
Standard No. Old Summary New Summary ChangeType
Locations
Follow-up Evaluation Hotels scoring an “Unacceptable/Red Zon

Follow-up Evaluation Hotels scoring an “Unacceptable/Red Zone”
e” on a follow-up evaluation are deemed to be substantially non-
on a follow-up evaluation are deemed to be substantially non-co
compliant with Brand quality standards. The hotel will be submitt
mpliant with Brand quality standards. The hotel will be submitted t
ed to the quality assurance committee for review and may be iss
o the quality assurance committee for review and may be issued
ued a Notice of Default and Termination. If a hotel is issued a No
a Notice of Default and Termination. If a hotel is issued a Notice o
tice of Default and Termination, a final, special evaluation is con
f Default and Termination, a final, special evaluation is conducted.
ducted. The date of the special evaluation is announced and co
The date of the special evaluation is announced and communicat
202.02 mmunicated via certified mail to the principal correspondent of th Revision Global
ed via certified mail to the principal correspondent of the hotel. Th
e hotel. The purpose of the special evaluation is to verify correcti
e purpose of the special evaluation is to verify correction of all prev
on of all previous deficiencies and ensure that no new substanti
ious deficiencies and ensure that no new substantial issues are
al issues are present. A fee of 2,000 USD, or equivalent in the lo
present. A fee of 2,500 USD, or equivalent in the local currency, wil
cal currency, will be charged to the hotel for this special inspectio
l be charged to the hotel for this special inspection visit. Should a
n visit. Should a hotel score an “Unacceptable/Red Zone” on the
hotel score an “Unacceptable/Red Zone” on the final special eval
final special evaluation, termination of the Franchise Agreement
uation, termination of the Franchise Agreement may result.
may result.
Summary1 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Applicable
Locations
Structure and Décor Each hotel must maintain a structure and dé
cor package that offers guests a fresh and contemporary product
meeting brand standards. During a voluntary renovation, including
the replacement of FF&E or soft goods, hotels must meet current
brand standards. At the time of a PIP, the age of an existing hote
l’s interior design package and it’s components must not exceed
Structure and Décor Each hotel must maintain a structure and d
5 years for soft goods and 10 years for FF&E. The Hilton Worldwid
écor package that offers guests a fresh and contemporary produ
e Design Review Department will review hotel images and deter
ct meeting brand standards. The hotel’s interior design package
mine if replacement is necessary to meet brand and guest expect
and it’s components must be replaced when condition warrants
ations. If changes are necessary the franchisee/general manager
202.03 as determined by the Brand, or when 10 years old, whichever co Revision Global
will be notified and must submit a detailed plan to the Hilton Worl
mes first . The hotel team is responsible for submitting a detaile
dwide Design Review Department (completed by a certified interi
d plan to the Hilton Worldwide Design Review Department (com
or designer or firm) for updating the space. Required work may in
pleted by a certified interior designer or firm) for updating the spa
clude, but not be limited to:
ce prior to completion of the renovation.
• Replacement of the case goods
• Updates to wall finishes
• Updates to lighting packages and artwork
• Replacement of flooring (tile and/or carpet)
• Replacement of tub surrounds and other bath fixtures
• Soft good replacement.
Construction Signs When utilized, new construction signs must Construction Signs When utilized, new construction signs must b
502.02.B Revision Global
be removed four months after opening. e removed six months after opening.
Team Member Travel Program Each hotel must sell guestrooms
Team Member Travel Program Each hotel must sell guestrooms
under the team member discount program. Hotels with 75 or mo
under the team member discount program. Hotels with 75 or mor
re guestrooms must make available a minimum of three guestro
e guestrooms must make available a minimum of three guestroo
oms per night. Hotels with fewer than 75 guestrooms must mak
ms per night. Hotels with fewer than 75 guestrooms must make a
e available a minimum of one guestroom per night. The Team M
602.07.A.2 vailable a minimum of one guestroom per night. The Team Memb Revision Global
ember discount rate (EDP) must be granted for those guestroom
er discount rate (EDP) must be granted for those guestrooms, up
s, upon request, unless a special event has been identified in ad
on request, unless a special event has been identified in advanc
vance. Reservations must be made seven days in advance. TMT
e. TMTP guestrooms that are not reserved will be released seven
P guestrooms that are not reserved will be released seven days
days prior to arrival.
prior to arrival.

Applicable
Locations
e-Check-In Services The hotel must participate in the eCheck-In p

e-Check-In Services Each hotel must participate in the eCheck-I rogram which is available to HHonors guests beginning at 6:00 a.
n program for HHonors guests. eCheck-In applies only to Diamo m. local time on the day prior to arrival until 10:00 p.m. local time o
701.03.A Revision Global
nd/Gold members. Visit the HHonors.com website for informatio n the day of arrival.
n. For more information on eCheck-in refer to the eCheck-in page on
OnQ Insider by going to echeckin.hilton.com.
The hotel will make all attempts to offer the greatest amount of ro
The hotel must complete the check-in process in OnQ property oms available to eCheck-in guests. Hotel will use the eCheck-in
701.03.A.1 Revision Global
management system. Settings application to configure additional room types within the
same price category to be offered to eCheck-in guests.
The hotel will make all attempts to offer the greatest amount of ro
eCheck-In guests must not be required to present a signature fo
oms available to eCheck-in guests. Hotel will use the eCheck-in
701.03.A.2 r check-in. Government issued identification must be verified and Revision Global
Settings application to configure additional room types within the
room key must be presented.
same price category to be offered to eCheck-in guests.
Additional Items 1 Brand approved, water resistant, recycle tote m
Additional Items 1 Brand approved, water resistant, recycle tote
ust be hanging in closet of each guestroom. The size of the tote m
must be hanging in closet of each guestroom/suite. The size of t
ust be 16W x 18H x 7D. If the approved recycling waste basket/con
he tote must be 16W x 18H x 7D.
902.02.B.5 tainer is in the guestroom, the recycle tote is not required. Revision Global
1 portable luggage rack must be stored in closet of each guestro
1 portable luggage rack must be stored in closet of each guestro
om.
om.
Additional Power • A minimum of 4 outlets at desk/activity table m
ust be available above the surface and may include wall outlets or
outlets in the lamp package. In addition, an outlet must be availab
le above the nightstand surfaces for each nightstand in a King roo
m, and 2 outlets available above any shared nightstand in queen r
ooms
Canada,United
902.02.E.7 Additional Power Not applicable to this Brand. • When guest accessible outlets above these surfaces are not av Revision
States
ailable, brand approved power unit(s) must be permanently install
ed by December 31, 2015.
• Power outlets must be for guest use only and must not be used f
or hotel technology appliances.
• More than one power unit must not be installed on a single surfa
ce.

Applicable
Locations
Duvet/Blanket A quilted blanket with sheeting sides must be prov Duvet/Blanket A quilted blanket with sheeting sides must be provi
ided for each bed in all guestrooms. Blankets must be white with ded for each bed in all guestrooms. Blankets must be white with
a 200 thread count. The blanket must be tucked at end of bed but a 200 thread count. The blanket must be tucked at end of bed but
not on sides. Hotel must maintain an inventory of 2.0 par at all ti not on sides. Hotel must maintain an inventory of 1.25 par at all ti
902.02.F.6 mes. A Santa Clara honeycomb textured weave blanket that is 10 mes. A Santa Clara honeycomb textured weave blanket that is 10 Revision Global
0% cotton and in a natural color must be provided for each sofa 0% cotton and in a natural color must be provided for each sofa b
bed. A 1.1 par must be maintained at all times. The top and botto ed. A 1.1 par must be maintained at all times. The top and bottom
m sheet for the sofa bed must be stored in a zippered bag in wor sheet for the sofa bed must be stored in a zippered bag in workin
king wall storage area. g wall storage area.
Decorative Elements All beds must be fitted with a Brand approve
Decorative Elements All beds must be fitted with a Brand approv
d coverlet and bed skirt. Robert Allen specs are required. See pro
ed coverlet and bed skirt. Robert Allen specs are required. See p
902.02.F.7 duct specification form. An inventory of 1.75 par for coverlets must Revision Global
roduct specification form. An inventory of 2.5 par must be maintai
be maintained at all times. (Note: some markets will require a hig
ned at all times.
her par based upon extended stay vs. transient occupancy levels.)
Service Availability Laundry services must be provided Monday th Service Availability Laundry services must be provided Monday thr
rough Friday. A detailed laundry service ticket, including pricing, a ough Friday (excluding National Holidays). A detailed laundry servi
pproximate return time and a laundry bag must be provided in ea ce ticket, including pricing, approximate return time and a laundry
ch guestroom. bag must be provided in each guestroom.

Applicable
Locations
Recycling Station
Recycling Station
Each floor must have an integrated and/or coordinating recycl
ing station, including the trash receptacle, located near the ic
e areas. If space is limited, relocation to elevator lobbies is p Each floor must have an integrated and/or coordinating recycling
station, including the trash receptacle, located near the ice areas.
ermitted. Bins must be the brand-approved product and coord If space is limited, relocation to elevator lobbies is permitted. Bins
inate with the hotel’s interior design package. All bins combi must be the brand-approved product and coordinate with the hote
nations must include a trash option be clearly marked to iden l’s interior design package. All bins combinations must include a t
tify additional recycle stream options. Bins must be clean an rash option be clearly marked to identify additional recycle stream
options. Bins must be clean and well maintained at all times. Rep
d well maintained at all times. Replacement must be made a lacement must be made as condition warrants. When utilized, pla
1005.02 s condition warrants. When utilized, plastic bag liners must n stic bag liners must not be visible on the exterior of the bin. Revision Global
ot be visible on the exterior of the bin.
• If additional separation of recycled content is required by local co
• If additional separation of recycled content is required by lo de, this activity must be completed in the back of the house and o
ut of guest view.
cal code, this activity must be completed in the back of the h
ouse and out of guest view.
• In addition, hotels must provide a recycling dumpster and keep t
he area maintained and clean. New hotels and PIPs will require t
• In addition, hotels must provide a recycling dumpster and k he collection area to be expanded so that the additional dumpster
eep the area maintained and clean. New hotels and PIPs will be enclosed. See Section 2513.09.C.
require the collection area to be expanded so that the additio
nal dumpster be enclosed. See Section 2513.09.C.
Documentation The hotel is required to print current versions of th
e Food & Beverage Operations Guide, recipe cards, Approved Pro
ducts List and other operational aids as specified in the Food & B
1101.01.C Addition United States
everage Operations Guide. These documents are to be accessibl
e to food and beverage team members, preferably in the in the ba
ck of house pantry area.

Applicable
Locations
Breakfast Offerings Food & Beverage Operations Guide:

• Kettle and kettle products now required in the Cereal & Topping
Zone.
• Instant oatmeal and grits, along with corresponding displaywar
e, has been discontinued.
• The hot water airpot has been discontinued.
1103.00 • Microwaves are now required in the Hot Zone. (Conveyor toaster Revision United States
s have been discontinued).
• Artisan sandwiches now required for the microwaves. (These re
place the daily offerings for the conveyor toaster).
• Fresh-baked waffles now required in the Baked Zone.
• The commercial microwave oven below the juice machine in the
Beverage Zone has been discontinued.
Technology Note: All hotels should review section 1700 in its entir
1700 Revision Global
ety as the section has been revised.
Emergency Services Requirements The hotel must submit Emer
NoEmergency Services Requirements The hotel must submit E gency Services and switchboard system specifications to Hilton
mergency Services and switchboard system specifications to Hil Worldwide Telecommunications on OnQ Insider (https://onqteam
ton Worldwide Telecommunications on OnQ Insider (https://onqt sites.hilton.com/sites/TelecommunicationsInventory/default.asp
eamsites.hilton.com/sites/TelecommunicationsInventory/default. x). Direct any questions regarding this process to #Standards_PA
1702.01.C Revision North America
aspx). Direct any questions regarding this process to #Standard BX@hilton.com. Failure to submit required specifications will res
s_PABX@hilton.com. Failure to submit required specifications ult in a graded infraction on the hotel’s Quality Assurance Evaluati
will result in a graded infraction on the hotel’s Quality Assurance on. All hotels must comply with the Emergency Services requirem
Evaluation. ents, certification and standards outlined below no later than June
30, 2015.
Calls to outside Emergency Services: Any Guest, Public or Admi Calls to outside Emergency Services: Any Guest, Public or Admin
nistration telephone must allow direct calls to outside Emergenc istration telephone must allow direct calls to outside Emergency
1702.01.C.1 Revision North America
y Responders (i.e. 911,999, etc), and satisfy the following 3 cond Responders (i.e. 911,999, etc), and satisfy the following 3 conditio
itions: ns:

Applicable
Locations
The call must be allowed WITHOUT any preceding ‘access cod

e’. Example, 9+911 is not acceptable The call must be allowed WITHOUT any preceding ‘access code’.
Example, 9+911 is not acceptable
NOTE: The hotel may retain functionality that requires an acc
ess code (e.g., 9-911) as long as non-access code dialin NOTE: The hotel may retain functionality that requires an access c
g (e.g. 911) is also provided. The hotel is permitted to retain f ode (e.g., 9-911) as long as non-access code dialing (e.g. 911) is a
aceplates that include instructions that require access code lso provided. The hotel is permitted to retain faceplates that includ
s when dialing Emergency Services only if the non-access co e instructions that require access codes when dialing Emergency
de dialing feature is enabled. If the current access code func Services only if the non-access code dialing feature is also enable
1702.01.C.1.a d. If the current access code functionality is not retained, then face Revision North America
tionality is not retained, then faceplates must be replaced wh
plates must be replaced when direct dial (without access code) fun
en direct dial (without access code) functionality is implemen
ctionality is implemented. If the hotel provides an INTERNAL EME
ted. If the hotel provides an INTERNAL EMERGENCY NUM RGENCY NUMBER (e.g., 222, 55, Speed Dial Button, etc.) it may r
BER (e.g., 222, 55, Speed Dial Button, etc.) it may retain thi etain this functionality in addition to the non-access code dialing.
s functionality. If displayed on the telephone faceplate, dialin
g instructions for 911 must not require an access code. The
hotel must ensure that the guest services directory includes
appropriate instructions on how to dial 911 without an access
code.
The call must be allowed, regardless of any other restriction on t The call must be allowed, regardless of any other restriction on th
1702.01.C.1.b he telephone (i.e., vacant room, house phone, local calls only, et e telephone (i.e., vacant room, house phone, local calls only, et Revision North America
c.) c.).
“Ring-down” phones (typically used to prevent house phones fro “Ring-down” phones (typically used to prevent house phones fro
m calling Guest rooms) must be replaced or reprogrammed to a m calling Guest rooms) must be replaced or reprogrammed to all
llow users to dial ER calls, as above. Ring-down phones are onl ow users to dial Emergency Services calls, as above. Ring-down
y allowed where they are mandated by local Authority, and are so phones are only allowed where they are mandated by local Author
1702.01.C.1.c Revision North America
lely for making ER calls. ity, and are solely for making Emergency Services calls.
Emergency Services Call Notification: Any Emergency Service call
must automatically notify appropriate staff of the Extension numbe
Emergency Services Call Notification: Any Emergency Service ca
r and any associated Name of the phone line placing the Emerge
ll must automatically notify appropriate staff of the Extension num
1702.01.C.2 ncy Service call. Revision North America
ber and any associated Name of the phone line placing the Eme
rgency Service call

Applicable
Locations
This notification must be provided the moment the call is DIALE This notification must be provided the moment the call is DIALE
D. Reporting the event after the call (as is sometimes done via c D. Reporting the event after the call (as is sometimes done via ca
1702.01.C.2.a Revision North America
all accounting systems) is an additional option that may be empl ll accounting systems) is an additional option that may be employ
oyed, but does not substitute for this initial notification ed, but does not substitute for this initial notification.
Notification (minimum compliance) is to a dedicated EMERGEN Notification (minimum compliance) is to a dedicated EMERGENC
CY Telephone at a location staffed 24x7x365. This may be a staf Y Telephone at a location staffed 24x7x365. This may be a staffed
1702.01.C.2.b fed Security office or Front Desk location. The EMERGENCY Tel Security office or Front Desk location. The EMERGENCY Telepho Revision North America
ephone is only for Emergency Notification. The hotel switchboar ne is only for Emergency Notification. The hotel switchboard cann
d cannot be the only point used for Notification. ot be the only point used for Notification.
General Rules Complimentary and premium wireless Internet ac
General Rules Internet access must be offered as a compliment cess must be available throughout the hotel. Premium internet ac
ary service. Wireless Internet access must be installed and funct cess should be made available to guests at prices that are comp
ional in all guestrooms as well as in all publically accessible int etitive with prevailing charges in the local market. The recommen
erior areas. Hotels may offer wired access in addition to wireles d maximum daily charge for Premium internet access (wireless) i
s in guestrooms. Existing hotels with wired solutions must instal s 6.95 USD. Hotels may offer wired access in addition to wireless
l wireless access by April 30, 2014. in guestrooms. Existing hotels with wired solutions must install w
ireless access by April 30, 2014.
A fire pit must be provided at the Outdoor Lounge patio. Fire pits
A fire pit must be provided at the Outdoor Lounge patio. Fire pits
must be permanent and fueled by natural gas. Bowl must be me
must be permanent and fueled by natural gas. Bowl must be met
tal, concrete or stone and must have minimum 18"/450 mm high
2501.03.G al, concrete or stone and must have minimum 18"/450 mm high l Revision Global
ledge with a protected, untouchable flame. Automated operation
edge. Automated operation must be UL approved. An emergency
must be UL approved. An emergency shut-off button must be hig
shut-off button must be highly visible in the area.
hly visible in the area.
Provide a minimum of one outlet for a house telephone in the lob
Provide a minimum of one outlet for a house telephone in the lob
2502.02.N by area. Business Center outlet allowed as a substitution when C Revision Global
by area.
enter is open to the lobby area.
Two HD LED/LCD televisions, one 40” and one 52”, are required Two HD LED/LCD televisions, one 40"-42" and one 52", are requir
and must be easily viewable from the seating areas. The 40” tele ed and must be easily viewable from the seating areas. The 40"-4
2502.02.O Revision Global
vision must be located near the breakfast table. The 52” televisio 2" television must be located near the breakfast table. The 52" tel
n must be on the Entertainment Wall. evision must be on the Entertainment Wall.

Applicable
Locations
Safe-deposit boxes must be provided. A minimum of one box for e

Safe-deposit boxes must be provided in the office area or within t
very 20 guestrooms must be provided. These boxes are still requi
he front desk (employee side) if there is ample space. If the boxe
red when in-room safes are provided. Safe-deposit boxes must b
s are located within the front desk, and are within view of guests,
2502.04.N.4 e provided in the office area or within the front desk (employee sid Revision North America
cabinet doors must conceal them. A minimum of one box for eve
e) if there is ample space. If the boxes are located within the front
ry 20 guestrooms must be provided. These boxes are still requir
desk, and are within view of guests, cabinet doors must conceal t
ed when in-room safes are provided.
hem.
Floor to ceiling tile is required on wet walls (at water closets) as a
2503.00.F.2.b.1 Floor to ceiling tile is required on wet walls as a minimum. Revision Global
minimum.
2503.00.M.1 The top of the wash basin must be 34"/864 mm high. The top of the wash basin must be 34"/860 mm high. Revision Global
Guest laundry must be provided within the fitness center as sho Guest laundry must be in a separate room within the fitness cente
2506.02.B Revision Global
wn on the prototype drawings. r space, but it must not be closed off.
Each vending area must contain a minimum of one self service i When vending areas are required by 2506.03.A, each area must c
ce machine with a minimum production capacity of 5 lb/2.2 kg pe ontain a minimum of one self service ice machine with a minimu
r 24-hours for each guestroom on the floor served. Machine mus m production capacity of 5 lb/2.2 kg per 24-hours for each guestro
2506.03.L Revision Global
t be equipped with sanitary dispenser operated by push button, g om on the floor served. Machine must be equipped with sanitary d
uestroom key card or complimentary token. Open-bin type ice m ispenser operated by push button, guestroom key card or compli
achines are not permitted. mentary token. Open-bin type ice machines are not permitted.
The guest computer access area must be within the same room The business services area must be open to the Oasis, not in a s
2507.05.A.1 Revision Global
as the Oasis soft seating group. eparate room.
Accent walls must be provided - both accent wallcovering and acc
An accent wall color must be provided. All other walls must be ne
2508.01.K.3.g ent tile. All other walls must be neutral in color. Design intent may Revision Global
utral in color.
be found in the Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Manual.
Provide two remote controlled, wall or ceiling mounted, 37"minim
Provide two remote controlled, wall or ceiling mounted, 37" - 42" t um televisions. If a personal viewing screen (PVS) is provided on
2508.01.O.1 elevisions. Televisions must include a closed caption default as each piece of cardio equipment, only one wall/ceiling mounted tel Revision Global
well as remote control that is accessible to guests at all times. evision located near the strength training area is required. Refer t
o 1706.01.C for specifics.
Personal viewing screens (PVS) are optional. If PVS is provided
2508.01.O.3 on each piece of cardio equipment, only one wall/ceiling mounte Personal viewing screens (PVS) are optional. Revision Global
d television located near the strength training area is required.
Refer to the Hilton Worldwide Fitness Center website for a list of r
2508.01.P.1 Refer to Section 1302.04.A for a list of required equipment. Revision Global
equired equipment.

Applicable
Locations
Wall mirrors must be installed flush mount. Framing color must c

Wall mirrors must be installed flush mount. Framing color must
2508.01.P.8.a oordinate with room décor. Specifications may be found in the Spi Revision Global
coordinate with room decor.
n2Cycle Fitness Center Manual.
A silver with black accent, 58”, bottled water cooler with cup dispe
nser must be provided for guest use. The cooler must include roo
2508.01.P.9 A bottle-less water cooler and cup dispenser is required. m and cold temperature options and include a faucet drip tray. Se Revision Global
e the Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Guide for product specification fr
om Aquaverve.
Indoor pools must have a minimum water surface of 400 ft²/37.1 Indoor pools must have a minimum water surface of 400 ft²/37 m²
2508.03.E.1 Revision Global
6 m² and a width of not less than 15’-0”/4.57 m. and a width of not less than 15’-0”/4.57 m.
Outdoor pools, when provided, must have a minimum water surf Outdoor pools, when provided, must have a minimum water surfa
2508.03.E.2 Revision Global
ace area of 600 ft²/55.74 m². ce area of 600 ft²/56 m².
Hilton Worldwide reserves the right to increase the minimum pool
2508.03.E.6 NA Addition Global
size dependent upon key count and/or market demands.
Depth indicators must be in Imperial and metric units. The prima
2508.03.P.3 ry local unit of measurement must be positioned on top of the se Depth indicators must be in Imperial and metric units. Revision Global
condary measurement.
Provide an anti-entrapment (hair, digit and suction) drain cover for
Provide an anti-entrapment (hair, digit and suction) drain cover fo
all primary drains and suction inlets for all pools, whirlpools, wate
r all primary drains and suction inlets for all pools, whirlpools, w
r features and/or water fountains. Fountains with natural flow or dr
ater features and/or water fountains must be installed. All drain c
2508.03.W.1 ip and not mechanically powered are not included. All drain cover Revision Global
overs must be secured on drains at all times. Properties must re
s must be secured on drains at all times. Properties must retain a
tain a letter by the installer that states the cover was installed per
letter by the installer that states the cover was installed per the ma
the manufacturer’s instructions.
nufacturer’s instructions.
2509.03.B.1 Service corridors must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.52 m wide. Service corridors must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.5 m wide. Revision Global
Vinyl wallcovering is required on the headboard wall unless locat Vinyl wallcovering is required on the headboard and sofa wall unl
2510.03.B.1.a Revision Global
ed on an exterior wall. ess located on an exterior wall including one-bedroom suites.
United
Acrylic knock-down is required on all walls of the guest suite exc Acrylic knock-down is required on all walls of the guest suite exce
2510.03.B.5 Revision States,Puerto
ept the headboard wall. pt the headboard wall and sofa wall.
Rico,Canada
Provide rocker switches on floor lamps. Switches on floor lamps
Provide rocker switches on floor lamps. Switches on floor lamps
2510.06.D.18.d must not be a pull chain, foot or twist switch. Switches must be a Revision Global
must not be a pull chain or twist switch.
minimum 48"/1.2 m AFF.

Applicable
Locations
Remote, wall-mounted, electronic digital thermostat specifically d

Remote, wall-mounted, electronic digital thermostat specifically
esigned for guest suite applications must be provided. Rooms wit
2510.07.C.1 designed for guest suite applications must be provided in all do Revision Global
h PTACs are only required to have remote thermostats in double
uble queen studios and one bedroom suites.
queen studios and one bedroom suites.
Four power outlets (socket outlets) must be provided at the work s
urface for guest convenience. Up to two are allowed to be USB po
Four electrical sockets must be provided above the desk area. U
rts. Outlets may be provided in the base of light fixtures, recessed
p to two are allowed to be USB ports. Sockets may be provided i
2510.08.E.1.c in the wall or recessed in the work surface. Existing properties are Revision Global
n the base of light fixtures, recessed in the wall or recessed in th
allowed to use retrofit power units that sit on top of the work surfac
e desk.
e until renovation or replacement of casegoods. All hotels must pr
ovide outlets by December 31, 2015.
Non-switched, power outlets (socket outlets) must be provided at
Non-switched, electrical sockets must be provided above the be the bedside surface for guest convenience. There must be at leas
dside surface. There must be at least one over each surface and t one at each surface and two where the surface is shared betwee
two where the surface is shared between two beds. Sockets ma n two beds. Outlets may be provided in the base of light fixtures, r
y be provided in the base of light fixtures, recessed in the wall or ecessed in the wall or recessed in the bedside surface. Outlets ar
2510.08.E.1.h Revision Global
recessed in the bedside surface. Sockets are not allowed in wal e not allowed in wall-hung light fixtures and must be for guest use
l-hung light fixtures and must be for guest use only. Existing prop only. Existing properties are allowed to use retrofit power units tha
erties are allowed to use power units that sit on top of the bedsid t sit on top of the bedside surface until renovation or replacement
e surface. of casegoods. All hotels must provide outlets by December 31, 20
15.
All hardware must be commercial grade and have a finish to matc
2512.01.C All hardware must be commercial grade. Revision Global
h surrounding accessories.
Locking hardware is required and must be in a finish to match s
Swinging doors must have a lock. They must also have a latch or
urrounding accessories. The latch or pull must operate from eith
pull that operates from either side, except when locked. Swinging
er side, except when locked. When feasible, the lock must releas
2512.01.E door locks must release by turning the inside lever and by closing Revision Global
e by turning the inside lever and by closing the door. An emergen
the door; an emergency device must release this lock from the out
cy device must release the lock from the outside of the bathroo
side of the bathroom.
m.
A pull must be provided on both sides of barn or pocket doors. Sto
Pocket doors are required to have both a sliding door pull and fin ps must be coordinated with the handle and size of the door to ac
2512.01.F Revision Global
ger pull. hieve desired results. Locking hardware is not required on sliding
barn doors.

Applicable
Locations
Rough-in for the showerhead must be 6'-10"/2.08 m to 7'-0"/2.1m

Rough-in for the showerhead must be 6'-10"/2.08 m to 7'-0"/2.1 above the finished floor. Exception: showerheads on an adjustabl
2512.04.H.7.c Revision Global
m above the finished floor. e bar/rail, in which case the bottom of the showerhead must reac
h at least 6'-6"/2.0 m.
All bathroom accessories must be non-corrosive and must match
All bathroom accessories must be non-corrosive and must matc
2512.09.A the plumbing fixture trim finish and style. Refer to section 2512.04. Revision Global
h the plumbing fixture trim finish and style.
B For required finishes.
Where employees handle substances that could injure their eyes
or get onto their bodies, provide a plumbed eye-wash station and/
Provide a plumbed eye-wash station and/or safety shower that c
2513.02.A.13.e.11 or safety shower that complies with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1-2009, (ww Revision Global
omplies with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1-2009, (www.ansi.org).
w.ansi.org) with floor drain. It must be on an unobstructed path an
d accessible within 10 seconds of the hazard.
2513.02.C NA Housekeeping Addition Global
2513.02.C.12 NA Mechanical/Plumbing Addition Global
Where employees handle substances that could injure their eyes
or get onto their bodies, provide a plumbed eye-wash station and/
2513.02.C.12.b NA or safety shower that complies with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1-2009 (ww Addition Global
w.ansi.org) with floor drain. It must be on an unobstructed path an
d accessible within 10 seconds of the hazard.
Provide a minimum of three 20 amp duplex convenience outlets
Above the workbench, provide a minimum of six convenience pow
2513.03.K at the workbench and a duplex on each wall with spacing not to e Revision Global
er outlets (socket outlets) at 48”/1.2 m above the finished floor.
xceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center.
All outlets in the engineering area must be mounted at 48”/1.2 m Above the workbench, provide a minimum of two power outlets (s
2513.03.M Revision Global
above the finished floor. ocket outlets) sized for power tools.
When a full workshop is provided, provide a minimum of two pow
Provide a minimum of two 30 amp outlets on separate circuits fo
2513.03.N er outlets (socket outlets) on separate circuits sized for stationary Revision Global
r stationary power tools.
power tools.
Provide a minimum of two convenience power outlets (socket outl
2513.03.O Provide a minimum of one 30 amp outlet at workbench. ets) on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on cente Revision Global
r.
The area above the workbench must be fitted with two compartm
The area above the workbench must be fitted with a dual compart
ent dado-trunks (power and data) running parallel to the floor an
ment dado-trunk (power and data) running parallel to the floor at a
2513.08.R d at a height of 3'-0"/1.0 m to 5'-0"/1.5 m. Outlets must be present Revision Global
height somewhere between 3'-0"/1.0 m to 5'-0"/1.5 m. Outlets mu
ed in pairs and the quantity decided on a 'hotel by hotel' basis, wi
st be presented in pairs with no fewer than six power and six data.
th no fewer than five duplex outlets.

Applicable
Locations
The property must participate in a recycling program if supported

The trash enclosure must be sized to include a commercial recycl
2513.09.C.7 by local legislation. The trash enclosure must be enlarged to incl Revision Global
ing container.
ude the commercial recycling container.
Windows must be standard aluminum with clear dual glazing and
a finish compatible with other window trim. Extruded polymer (uPV
C) windows are an acceptable alternative when they have galvaniz Americas,Middle
Windows must be standard aluminum with clear dual glazing an
2514.01.W ed steel reinforcement (minimum 0.08”/2 mm thick) and minimu Revision East and
d a finish compatible with other window trim.
m 0.106”/2.7 mm thick primary frame and sash extrusions (exterio Africa,Europe
r), are commercial rated, and have a 10 year warranty against fadi
ng. All window frame colors must coordinate.
Provide full height corner guards at outside wall corners in guest
Provide full height corner guards at outside wall corners in all pub
suite corridors. They must be matte-finished plastic in a solid col
lic areas susceptible to damage. Corner guards must be a resilie
2514.02.G.3 or to match the adjacent wall covering. Clear plastic is not allowe Revision Global
nt vinyl to coordinate with the wall color and must be adhesive mo
d. They must be self-adhesive with no exposed screws or fasten
unt. The flanges must be a maximum width of 1”/25mm.
ers. They must extend from the floor base to the ceiling.
Carpet tiles must be throughout the hotel. All tiles must be provide
2514.03.H.2.n Addition Global
d by the following manufacturers: [entire section]
2514.06.A.1 All filtration columns have been eliminated. Revision Global
Unless more stringent local codes require it, provide minimum si
Unless more stringent local codes require it, provide single-stag
ngle-stage MERV 8 filtration (or equivalent) for recirculating equip
2514.06.B.1.f.1 e MERV 7 for small recirculating equipment and add secondary Revision Global
ment. Provide minimum MERV 12 filtration (or equivalent) for air h
MERV 12 filtration for larger air handling equipment.
andling equipment used to condition and supply ventilation air.
Pressurize buildings in humid climates with a make-up air syste Pressurize buildings with a make-up air system providing 100 per
2514.06.E.1.f Revision Global
m providing 100 percent outside air. cent outside air.
Hot water is to be stored at no less than 140 °F/60 °C and deliver
2514.07.F.7 NA Addition Global
ed to guest accessible outlets at no less than 122 °F/50 °C.
Exposed raceways and/or conduit are only allowed in unfinished
Exposed raceways are allowed in unfinished service corridors,
2514.08.H.2 service corridors, mechanical or electrical spaces, and parking ga Revision Global
mechanical or electrical spaces.
rages.

Applicable
Locations
Existing properties facing wiring installation challenges must rece

Existing properties facing wiring installation challenges must rec ive prior approval from Hilton Worldwide for the use of wire moldin
eive prior approval from Hilton Worldwide for the use of wire mol g. When allowed in public areas, molding must be painted to mat
ding. When allowed, molding must be painted to match the ceilin ch the ceiling or wall depending upon placement. Molding must n
2514.08.H.3 g or wall depending upon placement. Molding must not be run c ot be run centered on the ceiling. It must run as close as possible Revision Global
entered on the corridor ceiling. It must run as close as possible t to the intersection of the wall and ceiling and must extend complet
o the intersection of the wall and ceiling and must extend comple ely into corners where possible. In guestrooms where retrofitting i
tely into corners where possible. nto walls is not possible, raceways must be concealed in an UL a
pproved baseboard/raceway system.
Footcandles chart: 2 fc (200 lux) AVERAGE parking stalls and driv
2514.08.I Footcandles chart: 2 fc (200 lux) parking stalls and drives Revision Global
es
2514.08.J Public Area Lighting Public Area Lighting (including Guestrooms) Revision Global
All lighting must meet Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 270
2514.08.J.1 Warm white lamps are required. Revision Global
0-3000 Kelvin and Color Rendering Index (CRI) minimum of 80.
Compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) or LEDs must be used. Whe
Compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) must not require warm up tim
2514.08.J.4 n CFLs are used, they must not require warm up time for brightn Revision Global
e for brightness. They must be instant-start and flicker-free.
ess.
2514.08.J.5 NA Incandescent lamps are not allowed in guestrooms. Addition Global
2514.08.K Lighting Power Density and Lighting Efficiency Revision Global
Comply with ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 (www.ashrae.com) or
2514.08.K.1 Provide minimum lumen levels listed above in Section 2514.08.I. applicable Energy Codes. Submit written documentation to Hilton Revision Global
Worldwide to show compliance with the applicable energy codes.
Lobby (including Outdoor Lounge, Patio and Fitness Center) - wi
2514.09.C.2 Lobby - wireless Revision Global
reless
2514.09.C.12 NA Outdoor Lounge and Patio - wireless Addition Global
2514.09.C.17 NA Fitness Center - wireless Addition Global
2514.09.E.4 NA A wireless solution is acceptable for existing hotels. Addition Global
2514.09.E.5 NA Refer to section 1706.04 for approved vendors. Addition Global
Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment For existing hotels, any soft
good or casegood must be replaced when condition warrants as
Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment Additional requirements for t
2515.00 determined by the Brand or when 10 years old, whichever comes Revision Global
he guest suites are located in Section 2510.00.
first. Additional requirements for the guest suites are located in S
ection 2510.00.

Applicable
Locations
For existing hotels, any soft good or casegood must be replaced

when condition warrants as determined by the Brand or when 5 y
2515.00.A NA Addition Global
ears old (soft goods) or 10 years old (casegoods), whichever com
es first.
Rattan/Wicker: Skin off is required to allow stain to be absorbed Rattan/Wicker: Skin off is required to allow stain to be absorbed e
2515.01.B.3.u evenly and lacquer to protect the finish. Skin off is a natural finish venly and lacquer to protect the finish. Skin on is a natural finish a Revision Global
and requires a sealer to maintain natural color. nd requires a sealer to maintain natural color.
Upholstery vinyl must meet the Chemical Fabrics and Film Associ
2515.02.A.4.d NA Addition Global
ation (CFFA) for contract grade upholstery.
General Requirements
a. Headboard fabrics must have a nano-tex stain and a BioAm ant
imicrobial treatment or be inherent to these qualities.
b. Upholstery fabric must have a nano-tex stain and DuraBlock fini
2515.02.A.7 NA Addition North America
sh or be inherent to these qualities.
c. PU/PVC used in upholstery must have a DuraBlock stain resist
ant treatment or be inherent to these quantities.
d. Certificates must be provided for all treatments.
Upholstery vinyls must be 100% polyurethane (PU) faced vinyl. PU
vinyls must be backed with a 70% polyester/30% cotton woven ble
2515.02.A.8 NA nd or a 100% polyester cross knit backing. Single direction knits a Addition Global
nd suede backing is not acceptable. Vinyls must be specified for t
he use in which they are intended.
Concealed or recessed sprinkler heads must be used in all publ Flat concealed or recessed sprinkler heads must be used in all p
2516.03.B.5 ic areas. Concealed or recessed (ceiling or sidewall) sprinkler h ublic areas. Flat concealed or recessed (ceiling or sidewall) sprin Revision Global
eads must be used in guestrooms. kler heads must be used in guestrooms.
Storage rooms (exempt where allowed by the AHJ when under 50
2516.03.F.3.e Storage rooms 0 ft²/46 m² or within a travel distance of 75’-0"/23 m of another rea Revision Global
dily available extinguisher)

100 Our Brand

Our Brand table of contents.
101.00 CORE Brand Standards 100-2
102.00 Brand Culture 100-2
103.00 Brand Designations 100-3
104.00 Accessibility 100-4
105.00 Sustainability 100-10
1001 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

100 Our Brand
1 0 1 . 0 0
C O R E
B r a n d
S t a n d a r d s
$Level1
$Level2_5126
101.00 CORE Brand Standards

1 0 1 . 0 1
Compliance
$Level2
$Level2_5126
101.01 Compliance
Quality Assurance checks for compliance with all Brand Standards. However, non-compliance with any one of the following Core Brand Standards will result in
an overall Red Zone for Brand Standards Compliance and potential Agreement default and termination.
A. CORE Brand Standards
• Applicable Laws, Ordinances and Regulations
• Home2 Guarantee®
• Emergency Plan
• Fire Safety Systems
• Marketing and Training Programs
•• HHonors Compliance
•• Our Best Rates. Guaranteed.
•• CRM Compliance
•• Owner Training Program
•• GM Training
•• Sales Training
• Trademark/Identity
• Online Image Requirements
• Sustainability Program Compliance
• Artwork, Décor and Presentation Compliance
• Diffrient World Chair by Humanscale
• Housekeeping Service Requirements
• Internet Access Requirements
• Breakfast Service/Product Standards
• Your2Hands
B. High Standards of Service and Physical Appearance
All aspects of a hotel (or any associated facility or service) including, but not limited to, personnel, buildings, grounds, furnishings, fixtures, décor,
1 0 2 . 0 0
equipment, signs, vehicles, linens, supplies, glass, printed matter and any other element thereof that affects the guest directly or indirectly, must be
B r a n d
maintained at all times in accordance with the high standards of service and physical appearance associated with branded hotels .
Culture
$Level1
$Level2_5129
102.00 Brand Culture

Compliance with brand culture programs includes:
1 0 2 . 0 1
G u a r a n t e e
$Level2
$Level2_5129
102.01 Guarantee
Every hotel must participate in the Home2 Guarantee program and unconditionally deliver the guarantee to every guest. If a guest is not completely satisfied
after offering a solution, he or she must not be charged for the night. To effectively implement this guarantee, each hotel franchisee must:

100 Our Brand
A. Guarantee Delivery
Empower each hotel employee to action and deliver the guarantee when needed without requiring additional management approval.
B. Display of Guarantee
Prominently display the brand-approved Home2 Guarantee commitment as outlined in the prototype drawings. Visit
www.home2www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for more details.
C. Guarantee Receipt
Complete a service recovery record for each guarantee invoked. Ensure that invocation is transmitted to the Hilton Worldwide office during each night’s
audit.
D. Guarantee File
Hotels must make available the Service Recovery Revenue Tracking reports from OnQ PM for QA evaluations. Hotels that are not on OnQ PMS, must
maintain a file which must include a log of invocations for the past 30 days.
1 0 2 . 0 2
B r a n d
Distinctive
P r o g r a m s
$Level2
$Level2_5129
102.02 Brand Distinctive Programs

All hotels must conduct and/or participate in a community or charitable function to support Home2 Suites philanthropic vision of “Your2 Hands.” Hotels may
identify an organization of their choice (e.g., hosting an on-site pet adoption event, holiday gift drop off location, back-to -school collection, etc.) with which to
1 0 3 . 0 0
partner with on an annual basis. The hotel must submit documentation along with a group photo of the required annual event to the to the Hilton Worldwide
B r a n d
Purpose Portal located on OnQ Insider>My applications.

Designations
$Level1
$Level2_5146
103.00 Brand Designations

1 0 3 . 0 1
Smoking
Policy
$Level2
$Level2_5146
103.01 Smoking Policy

Hotels declaring a smoking or non-smoking designation must comply with the appropriate standards upon determination of smoking status :
A. Minimum Inventory
Hotels must feature 95 percent non-smoking rooms. Each hotel must ensure that there is a program in place to remove objectionable odors, such as
cigarette odors, from guest rooms.
1. Not Applicable to this Brand
2. Collecting an advanced deposit for a non-smoking room is prohibited. A maximum fee of 250 USD may be assessed upon check-out for smoking in a
non-smoking room. This fee must not be imposed without the following actions:
• A smoking fee for smoking in a non-smoking room must be visible on the hotel's brand.com site
B. 100 Percent Smoke-Free Hotels

Hotels that choose or are required by law to be 100% non-smoking must provide a defined smoking area for guests as outlined in Section 2501.03.L and
comply with the following:
• Notify guests of smoke free environment and update inventories through all appropriate reservation
channels
• If the hotel is 100 percent non-smoking, signage must be placed and visible at the front entrance and must not be placed directly on front doors or at front
desk. Additional signage must be displayed designating the entire floor as non-smoking and be placed under the room directional signage at the elevator
lobby. Signage must be consistent with current sign package. See Sections 2519.02.E.1 and 2519.02.M.1
• Hotels choosing to impose a smoking penalty must comply with Section 103.01.A.2

100 Our Brand
C. Public Areas
Hotels must guide guests and team members to appropriate smoking locations away from entrances.
1 0 3 . 0 2
Airport
Designation
$Level2
$Level2_5146
103.02 Airport Designation

1 0 4 . 0 0
If the hotel is designated as an airport hotel, it must be located within 3 miles (5 km) driving distance of the airport and provide van service 24 hours per day.
Accessibility
Refer to Section 803.00 for more information.

$Level1
$Level2_5168
104.00 Accessibility
1 0 4 . 0 1
N o n
-
Discrimination
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.01 Non-Discrimination Requirements

All hotels must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). Hotels shall not engage in any practice that discriminates against any
individual on the basis of disability in violation of the ADA. The items set forth below cover some aspects of ADA compliance but are not intended to cover all
applicable ADA requirements. Hotels are responsible for familiarizing themselves with all ADA requirements and complying with them. Information concerning
the ADA can be found at www.ada.gov.
1 0 4 . 0 2
S t a n d a r d s
F o r
Hotels
C o n s t r u c t e d
A f t e r
J a n u a r y
2 6 ,
$Level2
104.02 Standards For Hotels Constructed After January 26,

$Level2_5168
The ADA requires that hotels constructed for first occupancy after January 26, 1993 must be constructed in accordance with ADA Standards established by the
U.S. Department of Justice (“Department”). The Department’s original ADA Standards for Accessible Design are referred to as the “1991 Standards”. The
Department published revised ADA Standards, the “2010 Standards”, on September 15, 2010. Certain dates in the construction process determine which ADA
Standards – the 1991 Standards or the 2010 Standards – must be used.
Hotels newly constructed after January 26, 1993 but before March 15, 2012, are subject to the new construction requirements as set out in the 1991 Standards.
However, those franchised or managed hotels that undertake new construction between September 15, 2010 and March 15, 2012 may choose either the 1991
Standards or the 2010 Standards. The hotel must then use the selected Standard for all elements in the entire facility. For example, a hotel cannot use the
1991 Standards for toilets and the 2010 Standards for visual alarms. After March 15, 2012, all hotels must comply with the 2010 Standards for new
construction.
The “date” of new construction for purposes of determining which Standards to apply is tied to the permitting process in those jurisdictions that have such a
process, and to the start of physical construction in those jurisdictions that do not have a permitting process.
• In those jurisdictions with a permitting process, the date of new construction is the date on which the last or final building permit application for new
construction is certified.
• In jurisdictions where certification of permit applications is not required, the determining factor is the date on which the jurisdiction received the permit
application.
• Where no permits are required, new construction dates from the start of physical construction.
The 1991 and 2010 Standards, accompanying guidance, and other technical assistance can be found on the Department’s website at www.ada.gov.
A. Hilton Worldwide Owned and Joint Venture hotels whose date of new construction for purposes of determining which Standards to apply is between
January 26, 1993 and March 15, 2012, or Franchised and Managed hotels whose date of new construction for purposes of determining which Standards to
apply is between January 26, 1993 and September 15, 2010, must use the 1991 Standards. Among other requirements, the hotel must have the following:
1. The required number of accessible rooms and the required number of accessible rooms with roll-in showers (ADA Standards § 9.1.2);

100 Our Brand
2. The required number of removable tub seats (ADA Standards §§ 9(1), 9.1.2 and 4.20.3);
3. The required number of accessible rooms for the hearing impaired (ADA Standards §§ 9.1.2, 9.1.3); and
4. Roll-in showers that comply with ADA Standards 4.21 and Figure 57(a) or (b).
B. Franchised and Managed hotels whose date of new construction for purposes of determining which Standards to apply is on or after September 15, 2010
but before March 15, 2012, may choose either the 1991 Standards or the 2010 Standards. Whichever Standard is selected must be applied for all elements
in the facility. Among other requirements, the hotel must have the following:
1. The required number of accessible rooms and the required number of accessible rooms with roll-in showers (1991 Standards § 9.1.2) or (2010
Standards §§ 201.1, 224.1, 224.2);
2. The required number of removable tub seats (1991 Standards §§ 9(1), 9.1.2 and 4.20.3) or (2010 Standards §§ 607, 806.2.4);
3. The required number of accessible rooms for the hearing impaired (ADA Standards §§ 9.1.2, 9.1.3) or (2010 Standards §§ 201.1, 224.1, 224.4, 806.3);
and
4. Roll-in showers that comply with 1991 Standards § 4.21 and Figure 57(a) or (b) or 2010 Standards §§ 224.2, 608, 609, 610, 806.2.4 and Figure 608.2.2
or 608.2.3.
C. All brand hotels whose date of new construction for purposes of determining which Standards to apply is on or after March 15, 2012 must comply with the
2010 Standards. Among other requirements, the hotel must have the following:
1. The required number of accessible rooms and the required number of accessible rooms with roll-in showers (2010 Standards §§ 201.1, 224.1, 224.2);
2. The required number of removable tub seats (2010 Standards §§ 607, 806.2.4);
3. The required number of accessible rooms for the hearing impaired (2010 Standards §§ 201.1, 224.1, 224.4, 806.3); and
4. Roll-in showers that comply with 2010 Standards §§ 224.2, 608, 609, 610, 806.2.4 and Figure 608.2.2 or 608.2.3.
1 0 4 . 0 3
Alterations
T o
Hotels
A n d
Barrier
Removal
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.03 Alterations To Hotels And Barrier Removal

The ADA requires hotels, regardless of when they were constructed, to remove architectural barriers to access unless the removal is not readily achievable,
even where no alterations have been made or are planned. All alterations to hotels made after January 26, 1992 must be made in accordance with the
applicable ADA Standards to the maximum extent feasible. In addition, alterations to primary function areas trigger an obligation to make the "path of travel" to
the altered primary function accessible as further described in the Code of Federal Regulations (28 C.F.R. § 36.403 - this section can be found at
www.ada.gov/regs2010/titleIII_2010/titleIII_2010_withbold.htm).
1 0 4 . 0 4
A D A
“
I n s t r u m e n t
$
$Level2_5168
104.04 ADA “Survey Instrument”

Effective Date: March 30, 2011.
Each hotel built for first occupancy after January 26, 1993, and experiencing any of the events mentioned in items A. through C. below must complete and
submit the ADA “Survey Instrument” online (a self-survey provided by us to evaluate the hotel’s guestrooms and parking for compliance with ADA Title III
requirements) within 90 days of receiving an electronic Survey Notice which will contain a link to the Survey Instrument.
Any hotel built for first occupancy after January 26, 1993 may opt to complete and submit the Survey Instrument even if it does not experience any of the events
mentioned in items A. through C. below. These hotels will not be required to complete and submit the Survey Instrument at a later date, even if they experience
any of the events mentioned in items A. through C. below, if they perform the necessary actions to bring the hotel into compliance with the ADA, as determined
by the Survey Instrument.

100 Our Brand
As explained in the Survey Instrument, any areas of non-compliance will need to be addressed by the owner or franchisee within five to seven years (depending
on the item in question). If the hotel experiences a second event mentioned in A. through C. below before items of non compliance are completed, the owner or
franchisee can:
(1) Use the survey previously submitted. This means that the owner or franchisee accepts all the previous answers, the remediation plan and the remediation
timeline that were submitted with the previous survey; or
(2) Complete and submit a new ADA Survey Instrument within 90 days of receiving the electronic Survey Notice.
Hotels whose construction begins after the Effective Date are exempt from this requirement but must follow the ADA compliance certification process
mentioned in Standard 104.05 of this Brand Standards Manual.
A. Entering into a new franchise or management agreement with us.
B. Renewing or extending an existing franchise or management agreement for more than a total of six months.
C. Requesting we consent to a change of ownership.
1 0 4 . 0 5
Certifications
o f
A D A
Compliance
-
N e w
Construction
$Level2
104.05 Certifications of ADA Compliance- New Construction

$Level2_5168
Owners of hotels whose construction begins after the Effective Date must submit certifications (pre-construction and post-construction) from an architect
experienced with applying ADA requirements stating that the plans for the hotel and the as-built hotel comply with the ADA. A copy of the required certification
forms can be obtained from the Hilton Worldwide ADA Compliance Officer.
1 0 4 . 0 6
Removable
T u b
S e a t s
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.06 Removable Tub Seats

Compliance Date: November 30, 2011.
Each mobility accessible room (as opposed to accessible rooms with only communications features for the hearing impaired) that has a tub must have either
a built-in seat or a removable tub seat that complies with ADA Standards §§ 9(1), 9.1.2 and 4.20.3.
1 0 4 . 0 7
Visual
Alarms
a n d
Notification
Devices
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.07 Visual Alarms and Notification Devices

Compliance Date: November 30, 2011.
Each hotel is required to have enough permanent or portable visual alarms and notification devices for incoming telephone calls and door knock or door bell
to ensure that the hotel can fully equip every “mobility and hearing” and “hearing only” accessible room required by 1991 ADA Standards §§ 9.1.2 and 9.1.3 or
2010 ADA Standards §§ 201.1, 224.1, 224.4, and 806.3. Hotels in existence as of November 30, 2010 may use portable visual alarms to meet these
requirements. Hotels whose construction began after November 30, 2010 shall have permanent visual alarms. Hotels may not charge for this equipment or
require a deposit. All management-on-duty and front desk staff must be familiar with the location and operation of such equipment/devices. A list of these items
must be maintained at the front desk. If a hotel that currently uses portable visual alarms upgrades or replaces its fire alarm system, or installs a new alarm
system, it must install permanent visual alarms.
1 0 4 . 0 8
A D A
C o n t a c t
P e r s o n
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.08 ADA Contact Person

Each hotel must designate its General Manager as the onsite ADA Contact Person. The ADA Contact Person shall have authority to resolve complaints at the

100 Our Brand
local level.
1 0 4 . 0 9
A D A
C o n t a c t
P e r s o n
a n d
Complaint
Filing
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.09 ADA Contact Person and Complaint Filing

Franchised Hotels: Effective Date: November 30, 2011.
Compliance Date: March 29, 2012.
Hilton Managed Hotels: Effective Date: March 30, 2011.
Compliance Date: May 29, 2011.
A. Each hotel must place a notice in its in-room directory of services that states:
For any questions or complaints regarding the services, amenities, accommodations, or facilities provided to persons with disabilities, please contact the
hotel’s General Manager (our ADA Contact Person) at [insert direct phone line or extension number]. Complaints of disability discrimination may also be
filed with the U.S. Department of Justice at www.ada.gov or by calling (800) 514 - 0301 (voice) or (800) 514 - 0383 (TTY).
B. This notice will also be provided to guests at the front desk upon checking in to accessible rooms. A check-in notice template and printing instructions are
available on OnQ Insider’s Accessibility channel (OnQ Insider>Channels>Departments>Accessibility).
1 0 4 . 1 0
Handling
o f
A D A
-
Related
Complaints
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.10 Handling of ADA-Related Complaints

The ADA Contact Person at each hotel is responsible for documenting the nature and outcome of all ADA-related complaints. The documentation must specify
the nature and outcome of the complaint, the name(s) of the complainant(s), the name and location of the hotel, the date of the complaint, and the subject of
the complaint. A summary of ADA complaints received and the outcome of each complaint must be maintained at each hotel for one year from the date of the
complaint.
Any hotel employee receiving a disability-related complaint must refer the complaint to the hotel’s ADA Contact Person or the Manager On Duty if the ADA
Contact Person is not available.
If the complaint involves an alleged denial of services or accommodations to a person with disabilities, the hotel must ensure that any services or
accommodations required by the ADA are provided within 24 hours of receiving the complaint. If the complaint involves an alleged non compliance aspect of
the design or construction of the hotel, it must be forwarded to Hilton Worldwide’s ADA Compliance Officer within ten business days of receiving the complaint.
1 0 4 . 1 1
A D A
Training
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.11 ADA Training Program

Each hotel is required to implement an ADA training program for its employees as follows:
A. All hotel employees must complete a program to educate them on the use of service animals and effective communication with individuals with disabilities
(Finance, Purchasing, Kitchen, Stewarding and Laundry department employees are exempt).
B. Front Desk employees, General Managers, and Chief Building Engineers/Directors of Engineering: these employees must complete the program
described above, and must complete an additional program that includes the following topics: (i) proper assignment of accessible rooms, (ii) emergency
procedures for guests with disabilities, (iii) reasonable modifications of policies, practices, and procedures for guests with disabilities, (iv) maintenance of
accessible features, (v) the provision and use of roll-in showers with fold-down seats, (vi) the provision and use of removable tub seats, and (vii) the
operation of communications equipment for individuals with hearing impairments.
C. Newly hired employees: newly hired employees falling into the categories set forth above shall complete their training within three months of hire.

100 Our Brand
D. Refresher training: all employees required to have ADA training shall undergo refresher training every two years. The hotel’s ADA Contact Person must
undergo refresher training every year.
E. Hilton Worldwide Managed Hotels must utilize the ADA Training Program available on Hilton Worldwide University. Instructor led materials are available for
the two modules specified in 104.11.A. above on OnQ Insider’s Accessibility channel (OnQ Insider>Channels>Departments>Accessibility). Hilton
Worldwide will permit franchised hotels to utilize its ADA training program. However, franchisees may develop their own ADA training program provided that
it meets the requirements set forth above. If a franchisee uses its own ADA training program, it must provide a copy of the training program to Hilton
Worldwide’s ADA Compliance Officer at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of employee training for approval.
1 0 4 . 1 2
Accessible
R o o m
U p g r a d e s
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.12 Accessible Room Upgrades

If an accessible room that has been reserved by a guest with a disability is not available upon check-in and there is a more expensive class of accessible
room that is available, the hotel must upgrade the guest to the more expensive accessible room at no additional charge. Where or when a more expensive
class of accessible room is not available, the hotel must accommodate the guest in another accessible room that will meet the guest’s needs. If the guest’s
needs cannot be met with any of the hotel’s rooms, alternate accommodations must be made for the guest elsewhere, following the relocation standards per
the Brand’s Operating Standards Manual. Guests with disabilities can always upgrade to another available room at their own expense on the same basis as
other guests.
1 0 4 . 1 3
Service
Animals
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.13 Service Animals

Service animals that provide assistance to individuals with disabilities are welcome at all hotels. Service animals are not pets and no policies or requirements
that apply to pets should be applied to service animals. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must follow the Service Animal Policy at Attachment A below.
Franchisees may adopt the policy at Attachment A or may implement their own policy as long at it meets all state and federal legal requirements.
1 0 4 . 1 4
Mobility
Devices
U s e d
B y
Individuals
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.14 Mobility Devices Used By Individuals

Hotels must allow individuals with mobility disabilities to use manual and powered devices for mobility at the hotel. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must
follow the Policy for Mobility Devices at Attachment B below. Franchisees may adopt the policy at Attachment B or may implement their own policy as long at it
meets all state and federal legal requirements.
1 0 4 . 1 5
Communication
With
Individuals
With
Disabilities
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.15 Communication With Individuals With Disabilities

Consistent with the requirements of Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), all hotels must ensure effective communication between its employees
and guests or potential guests with disabilities. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must follow the Effective Communication Policy at Attachment C below.
Franchisees may adopt the policy at Attachment C or may implement their own policy as long at it meets all state and federal legal requirements.
1 0 4 . 1 6
Reservation
A n d
Assignment
-
Accessible
G u e s t
R o o m s
$Level2
104.16 Reservation And Assignment-Accessible Guest Rooms

$Level2_5168
Hotels have an ongoing obligation to ensure that their accessible room inventory accurately reflects this information. If a hotel makes any changes to the
accessible room inventory or any of the features listed above in that inventory, it must update all OnQ Systems as needed to reflect these changes. Hotels
must, in any event, review their accessible inventory at a minimum every two years to ensure that the information in the reservations system is accurate.

100 Our Brand
A. All hotels must update their accessible room inventory to identify by room type which rooms are accessible, and for each accessible room type, which of the
following features it has:
1. Number of beds
2. Size of beds
3. Roll-in shower, accessible tub, or 3x3 transfer shower (for “mobility” accessible rooms only)
4. Visual fire alarm
5. Visual notification device for incoming telephone calls
6. Visual notification device for a door knock or doorbell
7. Executive Level (if applicable)
8. Suite (if applicable)
9. Kitchen/kitchenette (if applicable)
10. View, if the hotel charges more for a room based on view.
B. Hotels must state whether the following elements/spaces at the hotel are accessible (or not accessible):
This information must be provided on OnQ PIM under Marketing>Property Information>ADA Amenities, Hotels have an ongoing obligation to ensure that the
above accessibility information is accurate. If a hotel makes any changes to the accessibility of these areas, it must update OnQ PIM to reflect these
changes. Hotels must review this information at a minimum every two years to ensure that the information in the reservations system is accurate.
1. Entrance
2. Check-in area
3. Path of travel to essential services
4. Accessibility of areas where goods, services, and amenities are provided (e.g., food and beverage venues, meeting rooms, gift shop, swimming
pool/spa, exercise room, and business center)
C. Every hotel must have at the Front Desk a list of all its accessible rooms showing the applicable room features from the list stated in Standard 104.16.A. for
each room. The hotel’s ADA Contact Person, Director of Engineering and Front Desk employees should also be prepared to answer more specific
questions from potential guests about the hotel, including but not limited to the following:
1. The availability of text telephones and communications kits for the guests who are deaf or hard of hearing;
2. The availability of tub seats for use in accessible rooms with tubs;
3. The general layout of accessible rooms; and
4. Features of accessible rooms, including the design of the accessible bathing fixtures, grab bars locations, and other amenities available (e.g. tub
seats).
D. Hotels may only reserve and/or assign upon check-in accessible rooms to individuals who specifically request an accessible room until the rooms are the
last remaining within their comparable category of rooms (see example below). At that time, the accessible rooms can be sold/assigned to individuals who
have not requested an accessible room.
Example: There are ten King Standard rooms available and two of those are accessible rooms. The hotel must hold those two accessible rooms for
persons requesting accessible rooms until none of the eight non-accessible King Standard rooms are left. At that time the hotel can sell the accessible
King Standard rooms to any guest.
If there are different types of accessible King Standard rooms (e.g. one mobility accessible with a roll-in shower and one mobility accessible with an

100 Our Brand
accessible tub), the room with the roll-in shower should be the last to be sold.
When a guest checks in for a reserved accessible room, the hotel may ask if the guest needs the accessible features of that room for a disability. If the
guest does not need the features of the accessible room for a disability, the hotel shall substitute a comparable available non-accessible room for that
guest if one is available.
E. After taking or being notified of a reservation for an accessible room, hotels must promptly ensure that the accessible room reserved is blocked and
removed from the available rooms inventory. The room may only be released back into available inventory if the reservation is cancelled or in case of a No-
Show.
F. Hotels must guarantee that a room within the specific accessible guest room type reserved by a guest is held for the reserving customer, regardless of
whether rooms within a specific room type are held in response to reservations made by others.
G. If a guest has a reservation for an accessible room but the room is unavailable for reasons beyond the hotel’s reasonable control (e.g., the room’s current
occupant has not checked out or vacated the room, the room is undergoing maintenance, the room’s condition does not allow it to be used by a guest, or
the hotel is closed in whole or in part), the hotel must attempt to identify and reserve an appropriate equivalent accessible accommodation for the guest at
that hotel or another hotel. If the room is unavailable because its current occupant has not checked out or vacated the room, before seeking alternate
accommodations for the guest, the hotel must first call the guest occupying the room to ask if he/she would be willing to move to a non-accessible room if
one is available. If the hotel cannot reach the guest by phone, a voice-mail with this question must be left and a note on the hotel letterhead put under the
door. However, the hotel is not required to remove any non-disabled guests who are staying in the accessible room type reserved by the incoming guest in
order to make it available for the guest with a reservation.
1 0 4 . 1 7
Modification
T o
Policies,
Practices,
A n d
P r o c e d u r e
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.17 Modification To Policies, Practices, And Procedure

Hotels must make reasonable modifications to their policies, practices, and procedures, at no additional charge, to ensure that individuals with disabilities
have access to the goods, services, amenities, and accommodations that are available to other guests unless making the modifications would fundamentally
alter the nature of the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations of the hotel. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must follow the
Policy for Making Reasonable Modifications to Policies, Practices, and Procedures at Attachment D below. Franchisees may adopt the policy at Attachment D or
may implement their own policy as long at it meets all state and federal legal requirements.
1 0 4 . 1 8
Maintenance
o f
Accessible
F e a t u r e s
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.18 Maintenance of Accessible Features

Hotels must keep their indoor and outdoor accessible features in operable working condition to ensure that the features are accessible and usable to guests
with disabilities. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must follow the Policy for the Maintenance of Accessible Features at Attachment E below. Franchisees may
adopt the policy at Attachment E or may implement their own policy as long at it meets all state and federal legal requirements.
1 0 4 . 1 9
G u e s t
Transportation
Services
$Level2
$Level2_5168
104.19 Guest Transportation Services

If the hotel provides guest transportation either directly or through a third party, it must ensure that guests with disabilities have full and equal access to its
1 0 5 . 0 0
guest transportation services. Hilton Worldwide Managed hotels must follow the Policy for Accessible Guest Transportation Services at Attachment F.
Sustainability
$Level1
$Level2_5212
Franchisees may adopt the policy at Attachment F or may implement their own policy as long as it meets all state and federal legal requirements.
105.00 Sustainability
Sustainability
1 0 5 . 0 1
LightStay
™
$Level2
$Level2_5212
105.01 LightStay ™

100 Our Brand
All hotels must utilize the Hilton Worldwide sustainability measurement system, LightStay, as detailed below. New hotels must comply with this standard within
six months of opening. Access to LightStay is on OnQ Insider>My Applications>LightStay. Contact Lightstay.support@ei3.com for assistance.
A. Consumption Data
Record historic and the most recent consumption data for utilities and waste. Data must be submitted by the end of each following month.
B. Operations Questionnaire
Complete the Sustainable Property Operations Rating and Tracking (SPORT) questionnaire.
C. Improvement Projects
Hotels must start and complete a minimum of one (1) improvement project annually to be tracked in LightStay.

100 Our Brand - Resources
R e s o u r c e L i n k s
S e c t i o n
l ADA Standards and Attachments
l Hilton Worldwide Purpose Portal


Quality Assurance table of contents.
201.00 General Rules 200-2
202.00 Quality Assurance Program 200-3
203.00 Thresholds and Rankings 200-4
204.00 Quality Assurance Improvement Planner 200-4
205.00 Relicensing/ Renovation/Change of Ownership 200-4

2 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_8410
201.00 General Rules

2 0 1 . 0 1
B r a n d
S t a n d a r d s
A c c e s s
$Level2
$Level2_8410
201.01 Brand Standards Access

Employees must have access to the Brand Standards application via OnQ Insider.
2 0 1 . 0 2
B r a n d
S t a n d a r d s
Waivers
$Level2
$Level2_8410
201.02 Brand Standards Waivers

When a hotel executes a Product Improvement Plan (PIP) as part of relicensing, all existing waivers associated with the hotel become null and void.
2 0 1 . 0 3
D a t a
Integrity
$Level2
$Level2_8410
201.03 Data Integrity

Guest data is collected for use by the Brand, Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands and the hotel for use in Customer Relationship Management and research.
The integrity of guest data is of significant importance. It must be protected in order to derive the full benefit.
A. Prohibited Activities
Promoting or campaigning for SALT/Guest Review scores (e.g., nine, 10 or any other rating) is prohibited. This includes, and is not limited to, the use of
buttons, posters, stickers, e-mails and/or verbally soliciting perfect scores.
B. Altering Data
Manipulation or any other means to alter the data or information of a guest are prohibited except at the request of a guest (e.g., updating of Hilton HHonors
Profile). Should there be evidence that indicates a hotel, or individual affiliated with the hotel, has done so or is doing so, the Brand must take the action it
deems appropriate including:
1. If altered data is related to the manipulation of SALT surveys, those surveys deemed fraudulent will be removed from the sample. (Survey sample size
will be replaced throughout the remainder of the year.)
2. The hotel will not be eligible for recognition for any Brand awards or other Hilton Worldwide recognition opportunities for that current year, including both
quarterly awards and annual awards.
3. The hotel will automatically receive a non-reversible, administrative “unacceptable” quality assurance score. Subsequent violations may result in an
administrative notice of default.
2 0 1 . 0 4
Franchise/Hotel
M a n a g e m e n t
Approval
$Level2
$Level2_8410
201.04 Franchise/Hotel Management Approval

New franchisees, or proposed third-party management, must have a history of hotel management and multi-unit portfolio experience in the mid-scale
segment. A management company must be well versed in hospitality sales and marketing and have an infrastructure in place to support such efforts at the
hotel level. An approval request letter must be submitted to the Brand Performance Support team. This letter must include:
• Names and locations of hotels under management to date
• Copies of all prior:
• Quality assurance reports
• Loyalty scores
• Service scores
• Other pertinent information
• A complete list of the corporate support staff that will support the hotel management and its employees, including:
• Organizational charts

• Hotel level involvement

• Final approval of the applicant is solely at the discretion of Brand
• Performance Support.
2 0 2 . 0 0
Quality
A s s u r a n c e
P r o g r a m
$Level1
$Level2_8425
202.00 Quality Assurance Program

2 0 2 . 0 1
Periodic
Evaluations
$Level2
$Level2_8425
202.01 Periodic Evaluations

All hotels must comply with all Brand standards and are subject to periodic quality assurance evaluations performed by the Hilton Worldwide Quality
Assurance Department at the Brand’s discretion. Each hotel must maintain the Quality Assurance Resource Binder to support the Quality Assurance
checklists. The hotel must provide a complimentary room for the quality assurance auditor for the stay relating to the evaluation. The purpose of these
evaluations is to verify that all hotels are in substantial compliance with Brand operating standards relating to:
• Cleanliness of the Hotel
• Condition of the Hotel
• Adherence to Brand Standards
• Service Delivery and Training Documentation
• Evaluations are scored on a four tiered grading system of:
• Outstanding/Green Zone: 90 -100%
•Acceptable/White Zone: 80 –89.99%
•Acceptable/Yellow Zone: 75 – 79.99%
•Unacceptable/Red Zone: 0 – 74.99%
Quality assurance evaluates compliance with all brand standards. However, without limiting the Brand’s rights or the hotel’s obligations under its
Franchise/Management Agreement, non-compliance with any key brand standards, including any one of the Core Standards ( see Section 101.01) will result
in an overall “Red Zone” for brand standards compliance and may result in potential termination of the Franchise/Management Agreement.
2 0 2 . 0 2
Follow
-
u p
Evaluation
$Level2
$Level2_8425
202.02 Follow-up Evaluation

Hotels scoring an “Unacceptable/Red Zone” on a follow-up evaluation are deemed to be substantially non-compliant with Brand quality standards. The hotel
will be submitted to the quality assurance committee for review and may be issued a Notice of Default and Termination. If a hotel is issued a Notice of Default
and Termination, a final, special evaluation is conducted. The date of the special evaluation is announced and communicated via certified mail to the principal
correspondent of the hotel. The purpose of the special evaluation is to verify correction of all previous deficiencies and ensure that no new substantial issues
are present. A fee of 2,000 USD, or equivalent in the local currency, will be charged to the hotel for this special inspection visit. Should a hotel score an
“Unacceptable/Red Zone” on the final special evaluation, termination of the Franchise Agreement may result.
2 0 2 . 0 3
S t r u c t u r e
a n d
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_8425
202.03 Structure and Décor
Each hotel must maintain a structure and décor package that offers guests a fresh and contemporary product meeting brand standards. During a voluntary

renovation, including the replacement of FF&E or soft goods, hotels must meet current brand standards.
At the time of a PIP, the age of an existing hotel’s interior design package and it’s components must not exceed 5 years for soft goods and 10 years for FF&E.
The Hilton Worldwide Design Review Department will review hotel images and determine if replacement is necessary to meet brand and guest expectations.
If changes are necessary the franchisee/general manager will be notified and must submit a detailed plan to the Hilton Worldwide Design Review Department
(completed by a certified interior designer or firm) for updating the space.
Required work may include, but not be limited to:
• Replacement of the case goods

• Updates to wall finishes
• Updates to lighting packages and artwork
• Replacement of flooring (tile and/or carpet)
• Replacement of tub surrounds and other bath fixtures.
2 0 3 . 0 0
• Soft good replacement.
Thresholds
a n d
Rankings
$Level1
$Level2_8442
203.00 Thresholds and Rankings

2 0 3 . 0 1
Minimum
P e r f o r m a n c e
$Level2
$Level2_8442
203.01 Minimum Performance

All hotels must maintain a minimum performance gate standard as outlined on the QA checklist, based on the response date within a rolling six months of
data, in the following categories:
• Overall Service Score
• Cleanliness of guestroom
2 0 3 . 0 2
Outstanding
G a t e
$Level2
$Level2_8442
203.02 Outstanding Performance Gate

The outstanding performance gate replaces previous service gates and serves as an eligibility threshold. Hotels with both Overall Service Scores and
2 0 4 . 0 0
Cleanliness of Guestroom scores (top nine and 10 box based on a rolling six month of data) residing above the performance gate will be eligible to receive an
“Outstanding/Green Zone” if all other quality assurance requirements are met.
Quality
A s s u r a n c e
I m p r o v e m e n t
Planner
$Level1
$Level2_8445
204.00 Quality Assurance Improvement Planner

2 0 4 . 0 1
Planner
$Level2
$Level2_8445
204.01 Improvement Planner

All evaluations will include a detailed “Quality Assurance Improvement Planner” outlining all items found to be deficient. Upon completion of the inspection, the
quality assurance auditor will review and answer any questions the general manager has regarding the noted deficiency. If the overall evaluation grade is
“Unacceptable/Red Zone,” the general manager must submit an updated Improvement Plan with corrective action, the person responsible for corrective action
and targeted completion date to Brand Performance Support within 14 days of the inspection. The hotel must then use the Improvement Planner to ensure
2 0 5 . 0 0
timely improvements in quality. If the hotel has an “Unacceptable/Red Zone” score in the same main area (including brand standards compliance or any hotel
Relicensing/
Renovation/Change
o f
Ownership
$Level1
$Level2_8451
sub-areas) for two consecutive evaluations, it will be deemed non-compliant and its Franchise Agreement may be terminated.
205.00 Relicensing/ Renovation/Change of Ownership
2 0 5 . 0 1
P r o d u c t
Plan
( P I P )
$Level2
$Level2_8451
205.01 Product Improvement Plan (PIP)

Hilton Worldwide’s Quality Assurance Department will conduct an inspection of the hotel, note deficiencies and variances from prevailing Brand Standards
including, but not limited to, construction standards and furnishing standards. A Product Improvement Plan (PIP) will be prepared. Failure to identify
deficiencies does not relieve the franchisee of the responsibility of completing/correcting these items or making modifications necessary to comply with brand
standards. Submissions for approval must be made as follows:
A. Redesign/Refurbishing
Where the redesign/refurbishing of existing facilities is required, design drawings including, but not limited to, guestroom and commercial area
furnishings, layouts and interior/exterior color elevations, must be submitted to and approved by Hilton Worldwide. Color renderings must be submitted to
and approved by Hilton Worldwide.
B. Construction
Where construction of additional facilities is required, complete drawings and specifications must be submitted to and approved by Hilton Worldwide
Architecture and Construction Department before beginning construction. The assigned Project Manager will visit the project during construction to verify
progress on the approved plan.
2 0 5 . 0 2
Design
Submittal
P r o c e s s
$Level2
$Level2_8451
205.02 Design Submittal Process

The hotel's renovation plan must follow all Brand specifications as detailed in the Section 2500 of this manual.
A. Brand Approval
When replacing, updating or renovating any part of the hotel, all proposed changes or updates must be pre-approved by Hilton Worldwide before the
products or services are ordered and purchased. Projects requiring approval include major renovations and construction as well as routine replacement of
items such as, but not limited to, carpets, draperies, furniture, and wall treatments. During a renovation, the approved renovation poster must be
professionally produced, matted, glassed, framed, and displayed by hanging on the wall or on an easel in plain sight near the front desk.

200 Quality Assurance - Resources
S e c t i o n
l QA Checklist

300 Employees

Employees table of contents.
301.00 Employee Requirements 300-2
302.00 Mandatory Positions 300-4
303.00 General Rules and Expected Behaviors 300-4
304.00 Employee Appearance 300-5
305.00 Guest Relations and Service Standards 300-6

300 Employees
3 0 1 . 0 0
Employee
Requirements
$Level1
$Level2_8472
301.00 Employee Requirements

3 0 1 . 0 1
B r a n d
Approval
$Level2
$Level2_8472
301.01 Brand Approval

Management companies must be approved the brand and complete the following:
A. Management Companies
All parties wishing to be approved must complete the required request form and submit all pertinent information as requested.
B. Change in Management Company/Management Staff
Brand Performance Support must be notified within 10 days of a change in management companies, ownership, general manager or director of
sales/sales manager using one of the following options: 901-374-5000 or Home2 Suites Brand Management, 755 Crossover Lane, Memphis, TN 38117.
3 0 1 . 0 2
Dual
Branding/Multi
-
Hotel
$Level2
$Level2_8472
301.02 Dual Branding/Multi-Hotel

Where a hotel shares the same building with a sister Hilton Worldwide brand, the hotel must adhere to Sections 302.01 and 302.02.A-C in addition to the
standards outlined below.
A. Dual-Brand Hotels/Shared Facilities
All dual branded hotels must follow one of the management team staffing models below (in addition to the remainder of the operational standards in this
manual) and complete all required training found in the Home2 Training Completion Checklists located on ONQ Insider.
1. Dual-Brand General Manager/Director of Sales
Operations Requirements Sales Requirements

Management Dual Brand General Manager Dual Brand Director of Sales
Scenario responsible for both Brands responsible for both Brands
l Required Brand
specific Hotel l Required Brand
Manager specific Sales
l Full-time, 40 Manager
Home2 Suites
hours l Oversees daily sales
l Oversees daily efforts of specific
operations of Brand
specific Brand
l Required Brand
specific Hotel l Required Brand
Manager specific Sales
l Full-time, 40 Manager
Brand 2
hours l Oversees daily sales

300 Employees
l Oversees daily efforts of specific

operations of Brand
specific Brand
2. Brand-Specific General Manager/Director of Sales
Operations Requirements Sales Requirements
Management No Dual Brand General No Dual Brand Director of
Scenario Manager Sales
l Required Brand l Required Brand
specific General specific Director of
Manager Sales
l Full-time, 40 hours l Oversees daily sales

Home2 efforts of specific
l Oversees daily Brand
Suites operations of
specific Brand l Not permitted to
oversee both
l Not permitted to Brands
oversee both
Brands
l Required Brand l Required Brand

specific General specific Director of
Manager Sales
l Full-time, 40 hours l Oversees daily sales

efforts of specific
Brand 2 l Oversees daily Brand
operations of
specific Brand l Not permitted to
oversee both
l Not permitted to Brands
oversee both
Brands
* When Hampton is one of the dual-brand combinations, a Director of Sales is not required. The General Manager is required to complete
sales training requirements and expected to facilitate all necessary sales efforts. Visit the Home2 Training Completion Checklist on ONQ
Insider>Home2>Brand Education/Training.
B. Not Applicable to this Brand

300 Employees
C. Food and Beverage Attendants

For dual-branded hotels, food and beverage attendants must not cover both hotels during service hours.
D. Front Desk Staff
3 0 2 . 0 0
For dual-branded hotels, each brand’s front desk must be staffed independently of each other. One person may not cover more than one front desk area at
M a n d a t o r y
Positions
$Level1
$Level2_8485
a time.
302.00 Mandatory Positions
3 0 2 . 0 1
General
M a n a g e r
$Level2
$Level2_8485
302.01 General Manager

Every hotel must have a dedicated full-time general manager. The general manager must not hold that position at more than one hotel. See Section 301.02 for
Dual-brand staffing options.
A. Hiring and Training
A qualified general manager must be certified in the Home2 Success program. A hotel is not permitted to operate longer than 150 days without a certified
general manager (see Section 403.00 for certification requirements). All pre-opening hotels must have a general manager in place 180 days prior to the
scheduled opening date to avoid delays in opening.
B. Languages
The general manager must be able to communicate with guests in English. Provisions must be made in the event that the general manager does not
speak the local language.
C. Experience
The general manager must have at a minimum two years experience as a general manager or as an assistant general manager of a branded hotel or
equivalent.
3 0 2 . 0 2
Director
o f
Sales
$Level2
$Level2_8485
302.02 Director of Sales

The hotel must have a full-time Director of Sales on site. The Director of Sales must not hold that position at more than one hotel. See Section 301.02 for Dual-
brand staffing options.
A. Representation
The hotel’s sales employees must not represent brands other than Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands, including while in discussion with local or
national business contacts.
B. Hiring and Training
A qualified Director of Sales/Sales Manager must be certified in the VAST - Extended Stay Sales program. A hotel is not permitted to operate longer than
150 days without a valid sales certification. (See Section 403.00 for training requirements.) All pre-opening hotels must have a Director of Sales/Sales
Manager in place 180 days prior to the scheduled opening date to avoid delays in opening.
C. Languages
3 0 3 . 0 0
The Director of Sales/Sales Manager must be able to communicate with guests in English. Provisions must be made in the event that they do not speak the
General
Rules
a n d
E x p e c t e d
Behaviors
$Level1
$Level2_8496
local language.
303.00 General Rules and Expected Behaviors
3 0 3 . 0 1
Required
L a n g u a g e s
$Level2
$Level2_8496
303.01 Required Languages

At least one employee must be available 24 hours per day who can communicate with guests in English as well as the official language of the country in which
the hotel operates.

300 Employees
3 0 3 . 0 2
E x p e c t e d
Behaviors
$Level2
$Level2_8496
303.02 Expected Behaviors

All employees must model the following:
A. Solicitation
The solicitation of tips by any employee is prohibited. Examples include tip jars in the breakfast area, in-room housekeeping envelopes, etc.
B. Professional Conduct
At all times employees must conduct themselves in a professional manner, including not smoking in the presence of guests. Employees must not smoke
at the front entrance of the hotel. Hotels must designate an appropriate smoking area for employees.
C. Residency
No hotel employee (including general managers or franchisees) is allowed to reside in the hotel.
3 0 3 . 0 3
M a n a g e r
O n
D u t y
$Level2
$Level2_8496
303.03 Manager On Duty

All hotels must have a manager on duty.
A. General Rules
In situations where the general manager is not on duty, another person on premises must be designated as the Manager on Duty.
1. On-duty employees must always be able to reach a manager or supervisor by radio, or cell phone to assist in resolving unexpected situations and
service issues. In situations where there are only two employees on duty, one person must be designated as manager-on-duty.
3 0 3 . 0 4
Daily
Huddle
$Level2
$Level2_8496
303.04 Daily Huddle

The general manager, or delegate, must conduct a daily huddle using program guidelines. All on-duty employees and managers must attend the daily huddle,
3 0 4 . 0 0
except for those who are needed at that time to maintain uninterrupted service levels. Huddle recaps must be maintained for 30 days for review by Quality
Employee
A p p e a r a n c e
$Level1
$Level2_8504
Assurance. All huddle materials must be maintained in good condition and be most current brand offering.(i.e. Huddle poster, shout-out cards, etc.)
304.00 Employee Appearance
3 0 4 . 0 1
Uniforms
$Level2
$Level2_8504
304.01 Uniforms
All hotel employees must wear all approved apparel items at all times while on duty. Management staff are not required to wear uniforms; however dress must
be business or business casual.
A. Brand Approved Uniforms
Uniforms must be selected from the Home2 Uniform Guide. Closed-toed shoes must be worn at all times.
1. Select a maximum of two color stories within the guide to outfit the housekeeping and food and beverage team. See color page in Hotel Team Uniform
Guide
2. All uniform pieces, excluding accessories, must have the embroidered ‘2’ logo displayed.
B. Grooming Appearance
All uniforms must be clean, pressed, in good condition and appropriately fit the employee and include the following:
• Shoes must match the overall appearance of the employee’s uniform choices.
• A belt is required when belt loops are exposed.
• Denim tops and bottoms must not be worn together.
• Denim piece must always be worn with chino/khaki.

300 Employees
• The female front desk uniform requires the scarf accessory to be worn at all times while on duty.
C. Positions with Specific Uniforms

2. All employees who are required to work outside of buildings (e.g., maintenance, utility personnel, etc.) are required to be identifiable to guests as hotel
employees by wearing a uniform.
3 0 4 . 0 2
N a m e t a g s
$Level2
$Level2_8504
304.02 Nametags
All employees including management must wear a brand-approved nametag on the left chest side of shirt/jacket while on duty.
A. Nametag Requirements
The employee’s nametag must be customized with the employee’s first name using a P-touch label system with clear labeling and black lettering.
3 0 4 . 0 3
Dual
Branding
$Level2
$Level2_8504
304.03 Dual Branding

Dual-branded hotel must comply with the following:
A. Brand Specific Uniforms
All guest service representative and food and beverage uniforms and nametags must be distinctly different for each brand. The uniforms must conform to
the specific brand-approved uniform program.
B. Exceptions
Housekeeping, laundry, maintenance, and van drivers at dual-branded hotels are permitted to wear the same uniforms and nametags based on the
following:
Homewood Suites Home2 Suites

Choose from either Brand
Hilton Garden Inn approved program – Cintas Coming Soon!
or Superior
3 0 5 . 0 0
Hampton Lands End Program Lands End Program
G u e s t
Relations
a n d
Service
S t a n d a r d s
$Level1
$Level2_8536
305.00 Guest Relations and Service Standards

3 0 5 . 0 1
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_8536
305.01 Not Applicable to this Brand

3 0 5 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_8536

3 0 5 . 0 3
Telephone
Protocol
$Level2
$Level2_8536
305.03 Telephone Protocol

The guest service phone line must be answered 24 hours per day. Automated attendant is not allowed at any time.

300 Employees - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Hilton Worldwide Focused Service Management Approval
l Home2 Suites Interior Signage Package
l Uniform Program Guidelines


Learning and Development table of contents.
402.00 Franchisee Training 400-2
403.00 Required Employee Training 400-2

4 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_8668

4 0 1 . 0 1
Administration
$Level2
$Level2_8668
401.01 Administration
The Brand reserves the option to conduct certification for employees of the hotel from time to time. Attendance will be mandatory if the certification is deemed
necessary by the Brand. The hotel’s employees must achieve certification upon completion of training. Depending upon the hotel employee’s job function and
the type of training, additional training and re-certification may be required from time to time. Similarly, Owners, managers and employees of management
companies must attend mandatory orientation and training programs, and annual Brand conferences.
A. Eligibility
An individual must be currently employed by a brand franchisee and/or commitment agreement holder to be eligible to participate in Brand training
programs.
B. Documentation
All Brand certification and training materials must be kept up-to-date, on hotel and readily available to all employees at all times.
4 0 1 . 0 2
F e e s / E x p e n s e s
$Level2
$Level2_8668
401.02 Fees/Expenses
Hotels will be held financially responsible for participation fees and expenses for Brand training.
A. Franchisee Responsibilities
Franchisees are responsible for trainees’ wages, room, board, travel expenses and tuition charges (if applicable) during attendance at training programs.
NOTE: Since this is business related, employee room discounts do not apply.
B. Payment
4 0 2 . 0 0
General Manager payment must be made at the time of registration. This includes payments for the program and all associated fees, including tuition,
Franchisee
Training
$Level1
$Level2_8676
cancellation and rescheduling fees (if applicable).
402.00 Franchisee Training
4 0 2 . 0 1
O w n e r
Programming
$Level2
$Level2_8676
402.01 Owner Programming

Owner orientation is required prior to beginning construction. Visit www.regonline.com/ownerorientation to register.
• Participant must be the franchisee or the person designated as responsible for supervising the general manager.
• If a change of ownership takes place and the franchisee is a first-time brand franchisee, he / she must attend this program within 180 days of the date of
4 0 3 . 0 0
“ownership transfer.”
Required
Employee
Training
$Level1
$Level2_8679
403.00 Required Employee Training

4 0 3 . 0 1
B r a n d
Training
$Level2
$Level2_8679
403.01 Brand Training

The hotel must be in compliance with all training requirements established by the Brand as outlined in the training checklists on OnQ Insider.
4 0 3 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_8679

4 0 3 . 0 3
Dual
B r a n d
Training
$Level2
$Level2_8679

403.03 Dual Brand Training

All Dual branded hotels must comply with all training standards outlined by the Brand, including the compliance of new staffing and training requirements
located on the Brand Training site by March 31, 2014.

400 Learning and Development - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Brand Training
l Owner Orientation Registration
l Training Completion Checklist


Identity and Marketing table of contents.
501.00 Logos 500-2
502.00 Advertising 500-4
503.00 Hotel Collateral 500-5
504.00 Signage 500-5
505.00 Graphics – Printed Materials and Supplies 500-5
506.00 Internet Standards 500-6

5 0 1 . 0 0
L o g o s
$Level1
$Level2_8714
501.00 Logos
5 0 1 . 0 1
Hilton
Worldwide
T r a d e m a r k s
a n d
L o g o s
$Level2
$Level2_8714
501.01 Hilton Worldwide Trademarks and Logos

All hotels must comply with trademark and logo guidelines set forth by Hilton Worldwide.
A. Hilton Worldwide Logos
The Hilton Worldwide logos must be used according to the guidelines as shown on OnQ Insider and the following standards:
1. All hotels must comply with the trademark and logo guidelines set forth by Hilton Worldwide and the Brand Identity Guidelines accessible via OnQ
Insider > Home2 > Marketing > Brand Identity Guidelines.
2. Once approval is received for reproduction, local printers must follow the outline guidelines for reproduction of logos found on OnQ Insider.
B. Hilton Worldwide Trademarks
Trademarks of Hilton Worldwide must be properly used as set forth in this standard in all advertising and promotional materials and be given a dignified
and prominent position.
1. Trademarks of Hilton Worldwide must not be placed within shapes or borders except as provided in these standards.
2. Trademarks of Hilton Worldwide must not be etched any surface where they become permanent and cannot be easily removed.
5 0 1 . 0 2
B r a n d
T r a d e m a r k s
a n d
L o g o s
$Level2
$Level2_8714
501.02 Brand Trademarks and Logos

A. Brand Logos
All hotels must follow the logo guidelines as described in the Brand Identity Guidelines accessible at OnQInsider > Home2 > Marketing > Brand Identity
Guidelines.
B. Brand Trademarks
Brand trademarks must be displayed properly in all advertising and promotional materials, used as set forth in the following standards:
1. Brand logos and/or hotel premises are not permitted to be integrated within media outlets (production companies, TV shows, etc.) without the prior
written consent of the Brand.
2. Trademarks of the Brand must be given a dignified and prominent position and not be placed within shapes or borders.
5 0 1 . 0 3
Information
Privacy
$Level2
$Level2_8714
501.03 Information Privacy

All hotels must adhere to the Hilton Worldwide portfolio of brands Privacy Standards that are intended to promote customer trust, to facilitate compliance with
privacy and data protection laws, and to help manage privacy-related risk. They apply to all collection, use, sharing and other handling and processing of
customer “Personal Information” (as defined in the Privacy Standards).
A. Not Applicable to this Brand
B. Privacy Standards Excerpts
1. Hotel may collect and use Personal Information only for the following purposes:
a. For purposes stated in the Hilton Worldwide Global Privacy Policy (including to process reservations and provide customer service), or other
applicable Hilton Worldwide-approved privacy policy/notice or consent form,
b. Fulfilling or responding to a request from the individual performing hotel's contractual obligations to the individual
c. Complying with legal requirements

d. Other purposes approved in writing by Hilton Worldwide.

2. Within the hotel, access to Personal Information must be limited to personnel who reasonably need access to such Personal Information for legitimate
business purposes (such as to facilitate personalized guest interactions) or to carry out their assigned functions in an efficient and effective manner.
3. All hotels must maintain a copy of the HWW Global Privacy Policy and keep them available at the front desk. Hotels where English is a secondary
language must maintain and additional copy in the local language. The Global Privacy Policy must be provided to individual upon request.
4. In countries where an abbreviated privacy notice has been approved for inclusion on the registration card, Hotel must include that privacy notice on its
registration cards.
5. Personal Information must never be sold or rented to third parties.
6. Personal Information must never be shared with third parties for third-party marketing purposes.
7. Hotel must provide guests a reasonable opportunity to review and correct the Personal Information that Hotel maintains about them, consistent with
applicable law. Before allowing someone to review and correct Personal Information, Hotel must confirm that either (a) the Personal Information
pertains to that individual, or (b) that individual has been authorized to review and correct the Personal Information by the person to whom the Personal
Information pertains.
8. Hotel must limit the number of copies of Personal Information stored to those reasonably necessary for ongoing business and record-keeping
purposes, consistent with the applicable retention schedule.
9. Hotel must immediately (which in no event will be longer than twenty-four (24) hours) notify Hilton at security.investigations@hilton.com if it has reason
to believe that the following has occurred. Additionally, at the hotel’s expense in cooperation with Hilton Worldwide, each hotel must appropriately
investigate and remediate any such breach as outline below:
a. A breach of any Personal Information, or information or other material that can be used to access Personal Information on a form or on any media
b. A breach of any personal information that has been acquired, modified, used, disclosed or accessed by any unauthorized person, or any person in
an unauthorized manner or for an unauthorized purpose.
C. E-mail and Direct Marketing
All hotels must comply with e-mail and direct marketing standards below including marketing activities that involve the use of Personal Information (e.g., e-
mail address, postal address). All e-mail direct marketing by the Hotel is subject to the Privacy Standards and to local privacy, data protection and
marketing laws.
1. Hotels, management companies, franchise groups, clusters, brands, etc., must adhere to all applicable laws regulating communications
(telemarketing, direct mail, e-mail, etc.) to consumers.
2. Hilton Worldwide’s Global Customer Marketing Team (GCM) is the central point for communication to guests from all sources — managing volume,
opt-outs and access across Hilton Worldwide. E-mail and direct mail marketing lists must be obtained and approved by GCM. Contact Brand
Performance Support regarding any desired communication to guests. This ensures that Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands privacy standards are in
compliance and seamless to the hotel user.
D. Marketing Channels
1. Unapproved marketing channels include telemarketing, outbound fax and hotel-generated e-mail. Individual hotels and hotel marketing clusters are not
allowed to use these types of communications for marketing purposes. The sending of “blast fax” unsolicited advertisement to any telephone facsimile
machine is prohibited. These restrictions are required to honor customer choice as well as to comply with applicable law.
2. E-mail and direct mail is an approved marketing channel. When using direct mail, Refer to Section 501.03 C for specifics. Contact Brand Performance
Support regarding any desired communication to guests. This ensures that Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands privacy standards are in compliance
and seamless to the hotel user.
E. Hotel Access
Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brand hotels can access a variety of guests and prospects via Hilton Worldwide approved e-mail channels. These guests and

prospect groups include past Hilton HHonors and non-Hilton HHonors guests of the hotel, as well as prospects; and Hilton HHonors members that meet
Brand dominance guidelines. Hotels must contact Brand Performance Support to initiate any promotion or communication that would target past guests
and/or Brand-dominant Hilton HHonors members. Email lists are managed by this team and are not provided to Hotels or their agencies.
F. Mailing List Usage
Hotels receiving access to such lists must agree in writing to safeguard the data as confidential and proprietary information and agree to follow proper
approval steps.
1. Approval to use the list(s) is granted for one time only for marketing purposes that are approved by the hotel’s general manager, the Brand marketing
team and Global Customer Marketing (GCM).
5 0 2 . 0 0
2. Marketing materials approval must be obtained from Hilton Worldwide central legal department, the Brand marketing team and, Global Customer
Advertising
Marketing (GCM). All items on the site are pre-approved by Hilton Worldwide’s central legal department.
$Level1
$Level2_8803
502.00 Advertising
5 0 2 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_8803

All hotels must comply with the following Advertising requirements:
A. Acceptable Advertising
Only Brand Management authorized and approved advertising and promotional materials may be displayed within the hotel.
1. The hotel must only allow advertising and promotion of Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands hotel and business partners approved by Brand
Management on its premises. Advertising of any business that competes with any business of Hilton Worldwide or its affiliates is prohibited.
2. Brand management and the marketing team must approve all promotional materials prior to printing or production.
3. The display of non-Hilton Worldwide logos is prohibited. The hotel may advertise only with other hotels or with other Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of
Brands hotels.
4. Posting advertising or additional signage (framed or unframed), flyers, or messages of any type in the elevators and public space that is beyond the
required or approved interior signage and décor package is prohibited. This includes postings such as the weather forecast, restaurant or local
attraction promotions in the elevators, corridors, lobby, front desk, etc.
6. The hotel’s approved name, as stated in the License Agreement, and signature must always appear in all advertising.
5 0 2 . 0 2
O u t d o o r
Advertising
$Level2
$Level2_8803
502.02 Outdoor Advertising

A. General Rules
All hotels must comply with the following outdoor advertising requirements:
1. Visit www.Home2toolkit.com to obtain billboard templates and to receive appropriate approvals. Proofs must be approved by the Home2 Brand
Marketing Team before final sign is erected.
2. Each hotel must maintain a designated outdoor advertising file for review by Hilton Worldwide representatives. The file must contain current
photographs of each billboard, a description of each billboard location and other pertinent documents and information related to the hotel’s outdoor
advertising program.
B. Construction Signs
When utilized, new construction signs must be removed six months after opening.
5 0 2 . 0 3
C o
-
o p
Advertising
$Level2
$Level2_8803

502.03 Co-op Advertising

Co-op advertising with quality partners must be submitted for written approval prior to use and meet all requirements of the specified advertising method.
5 0 2 . 0 4
Airport
Advertising
$Level2
$Level2_8803
502.04 Airport Advertising

All hotels must follow airport service center guidelines exactly. Contact your marketing team for advertising templates.
5 0 2 . 0 5
Vehicle
Graphics
$Level2
$Level2_8803
5 0 3 . 0 0
502.05 Vehicle Graphics
Hotel
All hotel vehicles used for the transport of guests must display the appropriate identity items as specified in Section 803.01.
Collateral
$Level1
$Level2_8804
503.00 Hotel Collateral

5 0 3 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_8804
5 0 4 . 0 0
Signage
All hotel stationery, brochures and collateral must be created using brand-approved templates. Visit www.Home2toolkit.com for more information.
$Level1
$Level2_8837
504.00 Signage
5 0 4 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_8837

Each hotel must utilize brand approved exterior signage. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for property identification signs in the Exterior Signage
Specifications. All exterior signs must be maintained in good working order.
5 0 4 . 0 2
Exterior
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_8837
504.02 Exterior Signage

Visit www.Home2toolkit.com to obtain billboard templates and to receive appropriate approvals. Proofs must be approved by the Home2 Brand Marketing
Team before final sign is erected.
B. Temporary Exterior Signage
Temporary exterior signage and/or banners must be approved by the Brand before being posted. Temporary signs/ banners must not be posted for longer
than 90 days, with the exception of “Now Open” banners for new hotels that may be hung for up to six months post-opening.
C. Marquees Prohibited
No marquees or electronic rate signs of any type are permitted. “No vacancy” signs are not allowed.
D. Dual Branding
Contact Brand Management for specifications.
5 0 4 . 0 3
Interior
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_8837
504.03 Interior Signage

Interior corridor signage must be brought up to the current standard at the time of any renovation within the corridor. See Section 2519.02 for details.
A. Brand Specific Signage
5 0 5 . 0 0
The interior signage package for a hotel must reflect the quality that is associated with the Brand Standards. The colors chosen must tastefully complement
Graphics
–
Printed
Materials
a n d
Supplies
$Level1
the hotel interior. See the www.hotelsigns.com/home2.
$Level2_8852
505.00 Graphics – Printed Materials and Supplies

5 0 5 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_8852

A. Reference to Hotel/Use of the Mark

All hotels must comply with the following:
1. Whenever reference is made to the hotel and the hotel franchisee in any printed material, the following disclosure must also be displayed: “Owned [or
operated] by [name of license entity] under license from [the Brand].”
2. Special use of this mark, including promotional or program taglines, must be developed and approved by Brand Marketing.
B. Print Advertisement Requirements
5 0 6 . 0 0
All print advertising must utilize the Home2 Suites templates and require approval via the marketing team. Contact the marketing team to obtain access to
I n t e r n e t
the templates.
S t a n d a r d s
$Level1
$Level2_8905
506.00 Internet Standards

5 0 6 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_8905

A. Domain Names
Domain names for all addresses related to the hotel, or that redirect to hotel’s Internet address, must be owned by the Brand.
1. The hotel may not register, own, maintain or use any domain names, worldwide web or other electronic communications sites (including "micro sites";
collectively "site(s)") relating to the network (as defined below), country, any product or service of the hotel, or that includes the marks. The only domain
names, sites, or site contractors that the hotel may use are those assigned or otherwise approved in advance in writing by the eCommerce team. The
hotel must also obtain prior written approval from the Brand concerning any third-party site in which the hotel will be listed, and any proposed links
between such site and any other site(s) ("linked sites") and any proposed modifications to the same. All sites containing any of the marks and any
linked sites must advertise, promote, and reflect on the hotel and the system in a professional manner. The hotel acknowledges and agrees that the
right to approve all materials is necessitated by the fact that those materials must include and be linked with the marks. Therefore, any use of the marks
on the worldwide web, the Internet, or any other computer network/electronic distribution, must conform to the Brand requirements, including the identity
and graphics standards for all system hotels. For purposes of this manual, network means the hotels, resorts, inns, conference centers, time share
properties and other operations that Hilton Worldwide and its subsidiaries and affiliates provide services to or own, license, lease, operate, or manage.
2. Domain names for all addresses related to the hotel or that redirect to the hotel’s Internet address must be registered to and owned by Hilton
Worldwide. If the hotel is using a domain name for the hotel that it has registered, it must transfer ownership immediately to Hilton Worldwide.
B. Search Engine Marketing and Optimization
1. No franchisee may (directly or indirectly) purchase or use a keyword that includes any mark or other trademark name of a competitor hotel. Franchisee
may not sell, license, or otherwise allow any third party to use the hotel’s name under any circumstance. The hotel may not take any independent action
without prior approval by the Brand, or purchase keywords or advertising, or contract with any agency, in regards to search engine optimization, banner
advertising, affiliate advertising or any other online advertising.
3. Given the changing nature of this technology, the Brand has the right to withhold its approval, withdraw any prior approval and modify its requirements
with regard to the hotel’s ability to own and maintain a stand-alone site.
4. No party may display advertising on any keyword that includes a Hilton Worldwide brand or mark, or any version or misspelling thereof. Only the Brand
is approved to bid on branded keywords.
5. Hotels are not permitted to display advertising on a keyword (directly or indirectly) that is the official name of another hotel or brand without its
permission.
6. Third parties may not be authorized to display advertising on a keyword that includes a Hilton Worldwide Brand or mark, including names of hotels in

the Hilton Worldwide portfolio of Brands, under any circumstance.

7. Images and content must be kept current and provide an accurate representation of the hotel facilities and guestrooms.
8. Paid search campaigns must be approved by the Hilton Worldwide eCommerce department or Hilton Worldwide Global Online department.
5 0 6 . 0 2
W e b
Sites
$Level2
$Level2_8905
506.02 Web Sites

All sites containing any of the trademarks and any linked sites must advertise, promote and reflect on the hotel and the system in a first-class, dignified manner
and comply with the following:
A. Brand Approval
The Brand’s right to approve all materials is necessitated by the fact that those materials will include and be inextricably linked with its trademarks.
Therefore, any use of the trademarks on the World Wide Web, the Internet or any computer network must conform to the Brand’s requirements including the
identity and graphics standards for all system hotels. Given the changing nature of this technology, the Brand has the right to withhold its approval and to
withdraw any prior approval to modify its requirements.
B. Posting of Third-Party Content
Hotels are not allowed, without a legal license or other legal right, to post on their site(s) any material in which any third party has any direct or indirect
ownership interest including video clips, photographs, sound bites, copyrighted text, trademarks or any other text or image in which any third party may
claim intellectual hotel ownership interests. Hotels must incorporate on their site(s) any other information the Brand requires in the manner it considers
necessary to protect its trademarks.
C. Transfer upon Termination
Upon the expiration or termination of the Franchise License Agreement, the hotel must irrevocably assign and transfer to the Brand or to its designee all
rights, titles and interests in any domain name listings and registrations which contain any references to brand marks, systems or licensed brands. The
hotels must notify the applicable domain name registrar(s) of the termination of rights to use any domain name or site(s) associated with the trademarks or
the licensed brand and authorize the cancellation or transfer of the domain name to the Brand or a designee as directed by the Brand. All references to the
Brand’s marks or licensed brands from any other site(s) must be deleted, maintained or operated beyond the expiration or termination of the Franchise
License Agreement. (Franchise License Agreement, Paragraph 5c.)
5 0 6 . 0 3
S t a n d
-
Alone
W e b
Sites
$Level2
$Level2_8905
506.03 Stand-Alone Web Sites

All stand-alone Web sites must meet current Web site standards. Stand-alone Web sites are any Web sites (including without limitation html, xml, ftp, Web
logs, chat, bulletin boards and any other electronic communications or distribution media) that are created by a hotel, group of hotels or entity outside of the
brand.com environment. This also includes hotel e-mail sites and address because they may display the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands marks. The
guidelines and rules below apply to any Web site representing any one of the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands, or any hotel therein, created outside of the
corporate held/hosted Web sites (Home2suites.com). Consult with Brand Performance Support prior to beginning any stand-alone site.
A. Brand Approval
Once the hotel initiates the creation of a new stand-alone Web site, the hotel and all of its suppliers must work with Hotel Content and Support and the
Brand Performance Support contacts to ensure that all guidelines are met. The hotel must have completely optimized its brand.com Web site before
developing any stand-alone site.
B. Information Accuracy
The information that appears on these sites is the sole and direct responsibility of the hotel(s)/entity. Content must be maintained by the hotels through the
hotel’s stand-alone supplier agreed upon defined process.
C. Associated Fees

The hotel is responsible for all aspects of its stand-alone sites, including without limitation all costs, fees, licenses, permits, claims, development and
maintenance related in any way to these sites.
D. Disclaimer
A message must be displayed on the home page that states: “This Web site is for an individual hotel, (hotel name). You may obtain further information
regarding Home2 Suites by Hilton hotels at home2suites.com.” This information must link to the Brand Web site.
E. Additional Pages
Additional pages or functionality added to the Web site after the initial launch of the site must be reviewed and approved as well by the hotel's eCommerce
Manager.
F. Web Toolkit
Existing stand-alone sites currently under contract must meet current Web site standards. A list of approved suppliers can be found within each Brand’s
Web Tool Kit.
G. Privacy Policy
All customer-facing Hotel websites must link to the Hilton Worldwide Global Privacy Policy, and no other privacy policy (unless approved in writing by Hilton
Worldwide).
H. Personal Information
Personal Information must never be collected on a stand-alone web site.
I. Data Capture
Data Capture and E-mail Lists Stand-alone sites are not permitted to create their own e-mail capture or collect information from site visitors nor are they
permitted to send promotional e-mails. Stand-alone sites must adhere to Section 501.03 Brand Privacy Policy.
J. Trademarks/Copyrights
All intellectual property created for the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands is owned by Hilton Worldwide. Hilton HHonors intellectual property is owned by
Hilton HHonors Worldwide, LLC. Certain copyright notices and proper trademark usage must be displayed on the Web site. Legal must also review the
references to third-party names and logos that appear on the site.
K. Logos/Copyrights
All appropriate brand logo usage and copyright standards must be followed. All hotel stand-alone sites must feature the copyright line of ©Year, [e.g., 2011]
Hilton Worldwide at the bottom of each Web page. Franchised hotels are allowed to feature the copyright line of its ownership group.
L. Purchase and Registration of Domain Names
Promoting or advertising the licensed brand or the hotel on the Internet or any computer network must meet the following:
1. Must receive written approval from Brand Management .
2. All domain names must be registered through Hilton Worldwide. To request a domain, contact the hotel's eCommerce Manager.
3. Once submitted, the request will be reviewed by the Hilton Worldwide domain administrator. The hotel will receive an answer to the request within five
business days. The hotel will pay no costs for the purchase of the domain (or its renewal) if it is registered through Hilton Worldwide. The hotel will be
notified prior to the domain’s expiration by the domain administrator to confirm or decline the renewal of the domain.
M. Hosting
The hotel and its suppliers will be solely and directly responsible for everything relating to their stand-alone Web sites, including without limitation, site
hosting and maintenance. Hotels are allowed to have their sites hosted by a company other than the site creator/developer. The third-party host must sign
the Hilton Worldwide Web Services Agreement. If a domain name server (DNS) change is needed for a domain owned by Hilton Worldwide, contact the
hotel's eCommerce Manager. The Hilton Worldwide domain administrator will make the change within five business days of the submittal of the form. Once
the DNS has been updated, allow an additional 24 to 72 hours for the change to propagate throughout the Internet.
N. Web Site Construction

The Web site must be well constructed with a “look and feel” consistent with Brand standards. All design must be approved by the appropriate Brand
Marketing team prior to the site going live. Please forward requests for approvals to Brand Marketing.
O. Reservations Functionality
All reservation functionality must provide for the following:
1. • All reservations must be routed directly to the brand.com Web site. Any and all fees, taxes, commissions or charges of any kind due or payable in
regard to reservations are the hotel’s sole responsibility.
• The Web site must link back to the main brand.com reservations module for any/all reservations.
• No brands outside of the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands are allowed to be cross sold.
• In order to pass customers to a specific CTYHOCN reservation page or package page, certain parameters to the main reservation URL must be
added.
2. Suite Selection gives guests the ability to view hotel floor plans and choose a preferred guestroom type when booking a suite online. Suite Selection
allows the choice of suites through the ability to view location, guestroom photographs and descriptions of room types in every hotel across the U.S.,
Canada and Mexico.
• All hotels are required to participate in Suite Selection and submit the following information within 30 days after the hotel opening:
• Attractive, representative images of each suite type the hotel offers taken by a professional photographer
• The hotel’s floor plans
• A completed questionnaire regarding floor plan details and the area
• Complete information regarding Suite Selection can be found at OnQ Insider >Home2 Suites>Marketing>Suite Selection
P. Not Applicable to this Brand

Q. Links
All links must meet the following requirements:
1. The site can neither promote nor link:
• To any non-Hilton Worldwide hotel
• To any third-party Web site unless approved by Brand Performance Support manager
• To other sites that dilute traffic from the home2suites.com site
• To other sites that generally have questionable data/content over which Hilton Worldwide does not have control
2. “Framing” is the process of allowing a user to view the contents of one Web site while it is framed by information from another Web site, similar to the
“picture-in-picture” feature offered on some televisions. For example, a user of a search engine may view the contents of an online store that is framed
by the search engine’s text and logos. A Web site cannot use framing or other methods to copy or make any use of the content of stand-alone Web
sites. Also, the hotel cannot permit the Web site to be framed.
3. If using third-party links outside of the Hilton Worldwide brand sites, they must be opened using an external browser screen window.
a. The hotel must review, and Hilton Worldwide retains the right to disapprove at any time, linked third-party sites outside of the Brand. Any such site
cannot include information about, or link to, other competing hotel Web sites nor have “questionable” data.
4. The site must have brand.com referral links.
a. The site must link back to the brand.com reservations module for any/all reservations. See details under Section 506.03.O Reservations
Functionality section.

b. The site must link back to hiltondirect.com. Request a proposal for any and all group, meeting, convention, leisure, and tour/wholesale related
requests.
c. Mention the Best Rates guarantee on the home page and reservation pages.
d. Link to hiltonhhonors.com.
Allowed features include:
• Directions and transportation
• Specials and offers
• Local maps
• Business and attraction locator
• The weather feature on brand.com is not licensed for use on any stand-alone Web site.
All Hilton HHonors content and/or integration of Hilton HHonors with links to hiltonhhonors.com must be submitted to Hilton HHonors for approval.
R. Reporting
The Web site hosting company is required to provide the following basic reporting upon request to Hilton Worldwide for measurement of the success of the
site:
• Reports for the entire site as well as participating featured hotels
• A visitor summary representing unique visitors, average visits per visitor, visitors who visited once, and visitors who visited more than once
5 0 6 . 0 4
B r a n d
Cluster
Sites
$Level2
$Level2_8905
506.04 Brand Cluster Sites

A. Participation
Hotels desiring to participate with a Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands Cluster Web site must comply with Hilton Worldwide cluster guidelines.
B. Contacts/ Resources
For Hilton Worldwide Legal Department, Brand Online Marketing, Domain Request for Purchase Tool Kit, Domain Transfers and Domain Redirects, please
contact the hotel's eCommerce Manager.
5 0 6 . 0 5
Online
I m a g e r y
$Level2
$Level2_8905
506.05 Online Imagery

Images must be an accurate representation of the hotel facilities and rooms. Stock photography, artist renderings, and construction photos are not permitted.
No hotel is allowed to have more images on a third-party or stand-alone Web site than they have posted on brand.com.
A. General Rules
1. Hotels submitting images must prove in writing that they own the images and have Internet usage rights. Usage remains at the hotel’s sole risk and
responsibility.
2. Each hotel must maintain in its records original signed copies of all necessary releases, agency agreements, work-for-hire agreements, non-
disclosure agreements and all other agreements related to its submitted images, content and sites.
3. Photography release forms must be signed by any photographer for any hotel image.
B. Image Requirements
Hotel websites must include imagery as outlined by the Brand.
1. Images must be an accurate representation of the hotel facilities and rooms. Construction photos are not permitted. When artist renderings and stock
photography are utilized, these images must be replaced within 90 days of opening.

2. The following brand images are required with text descriptions for the Photo Gallery found under Tour Hotel on hotel mini-sites:
• Exterior
• Front desk and Home2 Market
• Inspired Table (Breakfast Area)
• Studio Suite/One-bedroom Suite/Accessible Suite (one of each type)
• Bathroom/Accessible Bathroom (one of each type)
• Working Wall
• On-site leisure facilities (where applicable)
• Swimming pool
• Spin2Cycle (fitness center/laundry)
• Game Room
• Oasis
• Meeting/conference rooms (where applicable)
• Business Area
• Outdoor Area with Fire Pit
• Patio Area with BBQ Grill
• Pet Area
• Outdoor walking path (where applicable)

4. No hotel is allowed to have more images on a third-party or stand-alone Web site than they have posted on brand.com.
5 0 6 . 0 6
Social
Media
$Level2
$Level2_8905
506.06 Social Media

The hotel can choose to activate its own social media channels in accordance with the Brand Social Media Guidelines.
A. Brand Social Media Guidelines
Hotel level social media activity must follow the below requirements and all applicable communication and conduct policies of the hotel.
B. Social Readiness Checklist
By creating social channels and having a presence in social media, the hotel acknowledges it will ensure adequate management of these social channels
daily and moderating, responding, and servicing these channels as needed.
3. Include full proper name of the hotel as it appears on Brand.com in the hotel’s handle (online name) whenever possible.
4. Choose the best images of the hotel for use in social channels. Ensure the hotel has appropriate permission to use any copyrighted materials and has
obtained proper release forms from any people in images.
C. Hotel Contact Information
Channels must include hotel contact information and a direct link to the hotel homepage on Brand.com
1. Channels must be created with a generic e-mail address (rather than one belonging to an individual team member). General managers must keep a
file of registration e-mail addresses, user IDs and passwords for all hotel channels.
D. No Third-Party Applications

Do not use third party applications on the hotel’s pages because the hotel cannot control the safety of these applications or pathways from these
applications.
E. Internal Databases
Never use internal databases of guest information through social channels. Use of this information is restricted in order to protect the privacy of guests and
business partners. Contact information collected through a social media channel may only be used through the channel in which it was collected.
F. Promotions and Offers
All promotions and offers promoted through social channels must adhere to Brand marketing guidelines and be approved by Brand Performance Support.
1. Follow brand marketing, identity, advertising, online and public relations guidelines in addition to relevant laws concerning marketing, advertising and
intellectual property. Comply with laws governing copyright and fair use of copyrighted material owned by others. Link to online references and original
source materials directly.
2. The hotel may not solicit online consumer reviews or directly post online consumer reviews. Such activity includes encouraging guests to post reviews
and/or offering incentives in exchange for reviews.
G. Templates
Use brand approved templates for channel design, when applicable. Contact Brand marketing for templates.

500 Identity and Marketing - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Home2 Identity Guidelines
l HWW Global Privacy Policy


Reservations and Distribution table of contents.
602.00 Sales and Marketing Programs 600-2
603.00 Reservations 600-7
604.00 Room Rates 600-10
605.00 Accredited Distributor Participation 600-10
606.00 Miscellaneous Charges 600-10

6 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_9089

6 0 1 . 0 1
Franchisees
t o
Determine
R a t e s
$Level2
$Level2_9089
601.01 Franchisees to Determine Rates

Rates are to be determined at the discretion of each hotel. Rates effective in the reservation system at the time the reservations are made are guaranteed. In
the event that the rate increases prior to the date of arrival, the guest must not be charged more than the rate guaranteed at the time of the initial reservation.
Any changes to the arrival date are subject to availability and possible rate change.
A. Rate Discrepancies
If a guest advises Hilton Worldwide of a rate discrepancy, Hilton Worldwide must verify the complaint and resolve the matter by mailing a refund to the
guest. The hotel must reimburse Hilton Worldwide for the amount of the refund.
6 0 1 . 0 2
Hilton
Reservations
a n d
C u s t o m e r
C a r e
( H R C C )
$Level2
$Level2_9089
601.02 Hilton Reservations and Customer Care (HRCC)

The hotel must accept all reservations made through HRCC, Global Distribution Systems, the Internet or other booking channels approved by the Brand.
A. Acceptance of Reservations
The hotel must accept all reservations made through HRCC, Global Distribution Systems, the Internet or other booking channels approved by the Brand.
The hotel must participate in Hilton Worldwide sales & marketing programs (e.g., marketing, training, operating) that the Brand designates beneficial. In
6 0 2 . 0 0
addition, the rate confirmed by HRCC must be honored by the hotel. Rates must be honored regardless of approved booking channel. The hotel must
Sales
a n d
Marketing
P r o g r a m s
$Level1
$Level2_9094
guarantee the rate quoted at the time of booking when a reservation is made (with a valid confirmation number).
602.00 Sales and Marketing Programs
6 0 2 . 0 1
B r a n d
Promotions
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.01 Brand Promotions

All hotels must comply with all existing sales/marketing programs and promotions as deemed required by the brand and any additional programs that the
Brand designates beneficial.
6 0 2 . 0 2
O u r
B e s t
R a t e s
G u a r a n t e e
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.02 Our Best Rates Guarantee

All hotels are required to take reasonable steps to ensure compliance with Our Best Rates Guarantee program.
A. Same Rates Offered
The hotel must offer all rates and inventory available to the general public through Hilton Worldwide proprietary booking channels which include HRCC,
brand.com Web sites and OnQ.
1. No general public rate offering may be sold through any non-Hilton Worldwide Web site or any other channel (including third-party
resellers/wholesalers, merchant model Web sites, GDS, etc.) unless that rate is also made available (at no less favorable terms) on the Hilton
Worldwide channels. All general public rate offerings must be consistent across all Hilton Worldwide channels. No rates may be offered through non-
accredited channels including but not limited to flash sales, private sale sites and exclusive last minute or mobile rates. If these are found they will be
removed immediately by HWW and the hotel will be informed of this breach of standard.
2. Guestroom inventory must be maintained using the Central Reservations System (OnQ R&I) and be updated on a regular basis. Each hotel must
maintain a balanced inventory between the front office system and the reservation system.
B. Exceptions

If the hotel chooses to provide non-Hilton Worldwide Web sites or any other channel (including third-party resellers /wholesalers, merchant model Web
sites, GDS, etc.) with a general public rate offering that is lower than what is currently being offered through the Hilton Worldwide channels, that new lower
rate must be made available through the Hilton Worldwide channels. The hotel may provide lower rate offerings to Hilton Worldwide Accredited third parties
without being required to offer the same low rates to the Hilton Worldwide channels only if:The hotel brand is not discernible at the time of purchase (true
opaque channels such as Priceline.com); or The third party is a wholesaler who resells bundled packages to the guest where the hotel rate is not
discernible.
1. The Brand is not discernible at the time of purchase (true opaque channels such as Priceline).
2. The third party is a wholesaler who resells bundled packages to the guest where the hotel rate is not discernible. Opacity is required and means the
degree to which a customer can reasonably determine in advance the hotel they would receive if they were to make a booking. If a hotel is participating
in a site that does not have a high level of opacity HWW will remove them from the site and the hotel will be informed.
3. Bundled packaging offered on any non-Hilton Worldwide Web site/channel (including third-party resellers/wholesalers, merchant model Web sites,
GDS, etc.) must also be made available through Hilton Worldwide channels.
C. Violations
In addition to other remedies, if the hotel violates this Brand Standard, it will be charged the actual cost of the resolution (at a minimum honoring the lowest
price) plus the current Guest Assistance intervention fee. Violations will be documented and escalated through the normal QA process.
D. Invoking the Best Rates Guarantee
To claim the guarantee, the guest must have a confirmed reservation made on brand.com, hiltonhhonors.com, hiltonworldwide.com, Hilton Reservations
Customer Care or directly at a hotel. If the guest finds a lower publicly available rate on a non-Hilton Worldwide booking channel (except for opaque Web
sites) for the same accommodations at the same hotel, same dates of stay, same length of stay, same number of guests, cancellation policy is within 1
day and same guestroom type and available for purchase within 24 hours of booking the reservations, the guest must fill out and submit a claim form to
Hilton Worldwide’s guest assistance department in the manner prescribed in the form. The claim form or phone request must be received within 24 hours
of the time the original reservation was confirmed and at least 72 hours prior to arrival at the hotel. Once Hilton Worldwide verifies the availability and
eligibility of the lower rate, the reservation rate will be adjusted to match the lower offering, a $50 American Express® Gift Cheque is sent to the guest once
the stay is consumed with no modifications and the hotel is charged a $100 intervention fee.
6 0 2 . 0 3
Travel
A g e n t s
Commission
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.03 Travel Agents Commission Program

A. Distribution Services
The Travel Agent Commission Program, Consortia “Pay for Performance”, Unlimited Budget, and the Affiliate programs are administered by the Distribution
Services department. If the hotel has OnQ PM or Opera Integrated PM it must participate in the centrally paid Travel Agent Commission Program, and
reimburse the Brand by the 15th of the month for commissions paid in the previous month. If the hotel is unable to participate in the centrally paid Travel
Agent Commission Program, it must pay travel agency commissions directly from the hotel on a weekly basis. Distribution Services also process
commissions and payments relating to other Marketing and Sales Programs, which may include fees to the hotel that may be amended from time to time. It
is the hotel’s sole responsibility to pay any additional agreed upon amount. A 10 percent commission is required on: AARP rates, AAA rates, consortia parity
rates, best available rates, and rates identified in the reservation system as such.
B. Commissions
The Distribution Services Department will only pay commissions to bona fide sellers of travel. These are organizations that:
• Are established in the travel industry
• Operate from an established business address
• The seller must hold current and valid appointments with at least one of the following organizations:
•• International Air Transport Association (IATA)

•• Airlines Reporting Corporation (ARC)
•• Scheduled Airline Traffic Offices (SATO)
•• Travel Industry Designator Service (TIDS) o Travel Service Intermediary (TSI)
•• Travel Sellers (TS)
•• Cruise Lines International Association (CLIA)
•• Travel Retailer Universal Enumeration (TRUE)
• Where needed, hold current and valid local/state/provincial business registrations and licenses
• Produce and service individual, wholesale and/or group business for their hotels.
1. Distribution Services(DS) reserves the right not to pay commissions to a travel agent if, in DS's sole judgment, the agent does not engage in sound
ethical, business and legal practices in the operation of its business.
C. Commissionable Rates
A 10 percent commission is paid on all general public and other commissionable rates for all nights of a stay. Standards for commission calculations and
percentages may vary by country, and the hotel must comply with the commission standards for its country. The full commission must be paid. The hotel
must pay commissionable rates on: AARP rates, AAA rates, Amex rates, government rates (as applicable), Consortia parity rates, Best Available Rates and
rates identified in the reservation systems as included.
D. Non-Commissionable Rates
Rates excluded from the standard commission calculations are rates identified in all reservation systems as such, and all volume-based discounted rates
booked directly by the guest . The hotel must inform the travel agent of non-commission account status prior to booking acceptance.
E. Not Applicable to this Brand
F. Additional Commissions
If the hotel chooses to pay additional commissions or other amounts beyond those required the additional commissions and other amounts will not be
paid centrally for owned hotels. Commissions for managed and franchised hotels will be paid centrally and billed via DS TAC invoice.
G. Commission Percentage
Generally, up to a 10 percent commission is paid on all general public and other commissionable rates for all nights of a stay. Standards for commission
calculations and percentages may vary by country, and the hotel must comply with the commission standards for its country. The full commission will be
paid.
H. Inquiries
Travel agent commission inquiries will be posted on the Travel Agent Commission Settlement web site, http://ce.tacsnet.com, and must be
reviewed and closed with an appropriate response to the agent.
• If the hotel has OnQ PM or Opera Integrated PM, the hotel has the option to work its inquiries or have Distribution Services work them on behalf
of the hotel. Any inquiries still open at the end of five calendar days are forwarded to Distribution Services. If it is determined by Distribution
Services that the inquiry is commissionable, Distribution Services will authorize payment and bill the hotel accordingly.
• If the hotel does not have OnQ PM or Opera Integrated PM, it must close all centrally-logged agent inquiries within 30 days and initiate payment,
where due, within the current pay cycle.
• Commission inquiries must be researched for a period of up to twelve months after the departure date of the reservation. Inquiries raised by
agents more than twelve months after the departure date of the reservation will not be logged centrally, and should be answered directly by the
hotel.
I. Change of Rate

Should a travel agent make a reservation at a commissionable rate, and then change to another rate, the travel agent will receive a commission on the
amended reservation/rate if the rate is the same rate or a higher rate
6 0 2 . 0 4
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9094

6 0 2 . 0 5
P r o g r a m s
a n d
F e e s
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.05 Programs and Fees

A. AAA Show Your Card and Save Program
All hotels must have a AAA rate established in all appropriate distribution channels. Presentation of valid membership is required to receive the discounted
rate. Hotels must remain at either five or 10 percent off the best available rate. This rate plan follows additional guidelines below:
• Rates are allowed to vary by location, day of week, and seasonally.
• Rates cannot be combined with group or other discounted rates.
• Guests must be permitted to confirm up to two rooms.
• AAA rate must be in parity with AARP at all times
B. EDGE Program
All hotels must participate in the Brand’s EDGE program which includes eCommerce, search engine marketing requirements and other DR media
requirements. Hotels that participate in the International Reservation Fund (IRF) will not transition to EDGE at this time. Participating hotels are required to
submit their EDGE commission reports daily and pay all associated program fees on consumed commissionable online bookings including Paid Search,
price comparison sites and other direct response paid media as outlined per this program. For more details on the EDGE program, please visit OnQ
Insider>Channels>Departments>Global Distribution Services>EDGE for program specifics.
C. Not Applicable to this Brand
D. Not Applicable to this Brand
F. Internet Distribution Program (IDP)
Standard affiliate commission on the total room rate and other commissionable charges is 5-10%, on average, but is subject to change. The hotel must
pay the standard affiliate commission of three to four percent (subject to change) on the total guestroom rate and other commissionablecharges. The hotel
must pay the processing charge of $1.50 (subject to change) per transaction on commissionable reservations, cancellations, No-Shows and non-
commissionable transactions. The hotel must participate in the Hilton Affiliate Distribution Program.
G. Not Applicable to this Brand
H. Unlimited Budget Travel Planner Incentive
Unlimited Budget® the Hilton Travel Agent Loyalty Program. Weekday stay (Mon -Thurs nights) cost = $0.71 USD (or local equivalent); Weekend stay (with
one Fri/Sat/Sun night) cost = $1.42 USD (or local equivalent); Full Weekend stay (with two Fri/Sat/Sun nights) cost = $2.13 USD (or local equivalent). The
hotel must participate if it is an OnQ-enabled hotel and it is participating in the Distribution Services Program and must reimburse the Brand by the 15th of
the month for commissions paid the previous month.
I. TMC/Consortia Program
The TMC/Consortia “Pay for Performance” Programs replace listing fees for a fee per net room night. The hotel pays the TMC/Consortia on the basis of
booked business. A unique TMC/Consortia SRP L-CON will be assigned to all parity bookings. Based on the SRP(T1), IATA, and Hotel Code, DPS will bill
the hotel as appropriate. The hotel may participate in Consortia Programs.. A hotel must “OPT OUT” during the TMC/Consortia RFP window. Instructions
are outlined in a Brand memo sent each year during the July/August timeframe. The Consortia Parity SRP program fee is $2.70 USD in 2014 (or local
equivalent) per consumed room night. • Production is tracked using the parity SRP and Corporate ID number. • The Consortia Program is on an “Opt-Out”

and “All-or-None” basis.
J. TMC Pay-On-All-Pay-For Performance Program
The TMC Pay-On-All program fee is $1.03 USD in 2014 (or local equivalent) per consumed room night.
• Production is tracked using IATA numbers
• Standard commissions apply to all bookings made on publicly available and non-negotiated rates (excludes Carlson Wagonlit Travel) see next bullet).
Negotiated rates are not commissionable.
• A 5% Business Development Fee applies to all Carlson Wagonlit Travel bookings made on publicly available and corporate negotiated rates.
• The TMC Program is on an “Opt-Out” and “All-or-None” basis.
K. FedRooms Government and Military Program
The hotel may participate in the FedRooms program through the completion of an annual RFP. The hotel must pay participation fees based on a
percentage of guestroom revenue for all consumed guestroom nights booked under the FedRooms SRP. Reporting and collection of the FedRooms fees
are done through the Hilton commission payment system.
6 0 2 . 0 6
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9094

6 0 2 . 0 7
Employee
Travel
Benefits
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.07 Employee Travel Benefits

All hotels must participate in the Hilton Worldwide travel benefits program.
A. Team Member Travel Program
Team Member Travel Program (TMTP) must be available to Team Members who work in the Americas staying at a hotel in the Americas (North, South,
Central, and Caribbean). Visit http://www.hilton.com/tmtp for complete details of this program.
1. A discount, as determined by Hilton Worldwide, must be offered at each Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands hotel.Employees must make reservations
through the Team Member Travel web site. Reservations will not be made through HRCC for the Family Travel Program.
2. Each hotel must sell guestrooms under the team member discount program. Hotels with 75 or more guestrooms must make available a minimum of
three guestrooms per night. Hotels with fewer than 75 guestrooms must make available a minimum of one guestroom per night. Reservations must be
made at least seven days prior to arrival. The Team Member discount rate (EDP) must be granted for those guestrooms, upon request, unless a
special event has been identified in advance. TMTP guestrooms that are not reserved will be released seven days prior to arrival.
3. The only blackout dates permitted are for special events. A maximum of 15 blackout dates per calendar year are permitted. Hotels must communicate
these special events to Global Distribution Management in advance. Properties are responsible for properly managing these blackout dates in OnQ
Rates & Inventory (R&I).
4. All no-show/cancellation and walk policies apply to team member reservations.
B. Family Member Travel Program
If a hotel participates in the Hilton Travel program, all reservations must be made through the Team Member Travel Web site: http://www.hilton.com/tmtp.
Reservations must not be made through HRCC for the Family Travel Program.
6 0 2 . 0 8
O w n e r s
A c c e s s
Club
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.08 Owners Access Club

All hotels must participate in the Owners Access Club program. See OnQ Insider>Channels>Departments>Owner Services>Owners Access Club for more
details
6 0 2 . 0 9
Senior
R a t e
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_9094
602.09 Senior Rate Program

All hotels are required to have an AARP (ARP) rate plan established in all appropriate distribution channels. Presentation of AARP membership card is
required in order to obtain the minimum 5 percent (M-Th) or 10 percent (F-Sun) discount, when available, off the best available rate. Existing Senior (SNR) rates
must have parity in pricing with AARP. In addition, the rate plan:
• Is Non Last Room Available (NLRA)
• Cannot be combined with group or other discounted rates
• Does not apply to groups
• Cannot be applied to special event rates
6 0 2 . 1 0
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9094

6 0 2 . 1 1
Helms
Briscoe
a n d
C o n f e r e n c e
Direct
$Level2
$Level2_9094
6 0 3 . 0 0
602.11 Helms Briscoe and Conference Direct
Reservations
All hotel bookings received through third-party meeting planners (i.e., Helms Briscoe and Conference Direct), are commissionable at 10 percent.
$Level1
$Level2_9189
603.00 Reservations
6 0 3 . 0 1
Processing
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.01 Processing
A. General Rules
All hotels must comply with the following reservation processing requirements:
1. Reservation requests at the hotel must be processed 24 hours a day at no charge to the guest.
2. Transferring a reservation call to a central reservation office (CRO) is prohibited unless the hotel enters into a separate agreement with Hilton
Reservations & Customer Care (HRCC) for reservations for consolidated desk services.
3. Hotels must make reservations and cancellations in accordance with established procedure.
6 0 3 . 0 2
Hilton
Worldwide
Booking
Channels
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.02 Hilton Worldwide Booking Channels

A. Group Request for Proposal (RFP)
All hotels must respond to group leads that are generated by Hilton Worldwide channels within four business hours of the origination time for each lead.
B. Business Travel Sales (BTS)
All Business Travel Sales (BTS) RFPs are sent to the hotels via OnQ Solicitation. Hotels must respond to all OnQ solicitations by the deadline reflected in
each proposal.
C. Accredited Distributors Participation
If the hotel chooses to offer inventory online through a third party, either directly or indirectly, it must comply with all of the provisions of this Brand Standard:
• The hotel may only offer third-party online merchant and opaque model inventory through Brand Accredited distributors.
• One Play, All Play: If the hotel enters into an agreement with any Hilton Worldwide-Accredited third-party online merchant then distributor must participate
with ALL Accredited Merchant distributors.
NOTE: This requirement may or may not apply to all opaque or distressed inventory distribution channels (i.e., hotwire.com, priceline.com, and site59.com),
as all practice different selling strategies, thus equivalent participation with all is not currently required.
• The hotel must comply with all of the terms of the Best Available Rates Integrity and Consistency Standard Actual selling rates (wholesale, retail, or
otherwise), as are determined by the hotel.

• The hotel must comply with all of the terms of all Hilton Worldwide Web Site and Trademark Protection Standards including, but not limited to:
• The hotel is not authorized to permit use of the Marks by any distributor. This includes advertising or any other direct or indirect marketing.
• Any content provided by the hotel to an accredited distributor must also be provided to Hilton Worldwide for its branded web sites and is subject to Hilton
Worldwide review and approval in Hilton Worldwide’s discretion.
6 0 3 . 0 3
Reservations
Processing
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.03 Reservations Processing

Individuals processing reservations (via telephone or directly) must provide guests with the following information:
• Confirmation of hotel site and address
• Confirmation of the type of accommodations and any special requests
• Confirmation of the rate plus tax
• An explanation of the reservation conditions (i.e., 6:00 p.m./18:00 h hold, payment guaranteed or advance deposit required)
• An explanation of key amenity benefits
• Confirmation number (advising guests to keep a record of such)
• Cancellation policy
6 0 3 . 0 4
P a y m e n t
a n d
G u a r a n t e e d
R o o m
T y p e
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.04 Payment and Guaranteed Room Type

American Express, Diner’s Club International, Discover, Visa, MasterCard, JCB Card, Traveler’s Cheques, local currency, and other vouchers or certificates
officially designated in writing by the Brand must be accepted at all hotels for all folio charges when settled through the front desk.
A. Accepted Forms of Payment
Cash, Travelers’ Cheques or money orders must be accepted as methods of payment for guest’s current stay and advance deposits.
B. Guest's Guarantee
The hotel is required to accept a guest’s guarantee for reservations by one of the following methods:
• By payment of required advance deposit, including tax (where required).
• By providing a billable (and collectible), acceptable credit card number which will be submitted to the credit card company for payment should the guest
either fail to arrive or to cancel the guaranteed reservation by the applicable cancellation time (host hotel time).
• By receiving a fax or e-mail from a company that has credit approval with the hotel.
C. Advance Deposits
Hotels requiring advance deposits must accept payment guaranteed reservations for those reservations sold through the reservation system for an arrival
time that is within 72 hours.
1. If the hotel requires an advance deposit, it must refund the deposit if a cancellation is received in accordance with the hotel’s cancellation policy.
a. If the reimbursement is not made and a complaint is registered, Hilton Worldwide may make the reimbursement and the hotel must reimburse
Hilton Worldwide.
2. If no special deposit policy is established in the reservation system, an advance deposit reservation booked as “need deposit” can be cancelled if no
deposit is received 72 hours prior to arrival.
D. Terms of Reservation

Rates, guarantee, deposit and cancellation policies effective in the reservation system when the reservation is initially made are guaranteed, excluding any
early departures that may change the rate tier.
E. Guaranteed Room Types
Guestroomtypes (bedding type, smoking/non-smoking and accessible) are guaranteed when a reservation is made for a specific room type in the
reservations system. Special requests are not guaranteed.
6 0 3 . 0 5
Reservation
Policies
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.05 Reservation Policies

All hotels must establish and publish reservation policies. Reservations must be held in accordance with the hotel’s guarantee policy at the time of booking
except for payment guaranteed reservations. All reservations secured by advance deposits must be held all night until checkout time the following morning.
Early departure penalties are prohibited, with the exception of “special event” reservations. Any modification to a departure date that changes a rate tier must be
reflected.
A. Reservation Holds
Reservations must be held in accordance with the hotel’s guarantee policy at the time of booking except for payment guaranteed reservations. All
reservations secured by advance deposits must be held all night until checkout time the following morning.
B. Early Departure Penalties
Early departure penalties are prohibited, with the exception of reservations that are prepaid nonrefundable.
6 0 3 . 0 6
Walk
Policies
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.06 Walk Policies

See Section 701.03.D, Diamond Guarantee, if a member is walked/relocated.
A. Guaranteed Reservations
Employees must offer to find other available Brand hotel accommodations in the area when the hotel is filled and a payment-guaranteed reservation cannot
be accommodated. However, if there are no Brand hotel accommodations in the area suitable to the guest, the employee must offer to find other suitable
accommodations within the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands. If there are no other hotels available, suitable accommodations for the guest should be
secured.
1. The hotel must reimburse for any necessary expense incurred by the change including, but not limited to, the full cost of the first night's lodging rate at
another sister Hilton Worldwide brand hotel (or comparable hotel), the cost of transportation and telephone calls to notify the family or business
associates of a change in lodging place.
2. The hotel’s general manager must follow up in writing with an apology to the guest and an invitation to return to the hotel the following night with an
upgrade or other VIP treatment.
3. If the reimbursement is not made and a complaint is registered, the Brand may reimburse the party, and the hotel must reimburse the Brand. In the
case of an advance deposit reservation, the deposit must also be refunded within seven days.
6 0 3 . 0 7
Complimentary/Day
U s e
G u e s t
R o o m s
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.07 Complimentary/Day Use Guest Rooms

All hotels must comply with the following special use policy:
A. Brand Consultation
When either the BPS Director, Regional Revenue Manager/Director of Revenue Management, Pre Opening Director, or Brand Sales representative are
staying at a hotel for the sole purpose of conducting a consultation or other business meeting for that specific hotel, the property must provide a
complimentary room for these individuals.
6 0 3 . 0 8
P e r c e n t a g e
o f
R o o m s

Available
$Level2
$Level2_9189
603.08 Percentage of Rooms Available

Through Central Reservation System (CRS) every hotel must maintain 53 weeks of availability (inventory) and rates in the Hilton Worldwide Central Reservation
System (CRS). A minimum of 85 percent of the total rentable guestrooms available must be for sale for each day in inventory (exceptions granted during pre-
6 0 4 . 0 0
determined special event periods). Minimum guestroom allotments/allocations for brand-sponsored sales and marketing programs in which the hotel
R o o m
R a t e s
$Level1
$Level2_9288
participates must also be kept current.
604.00 Room Rates
6 0 4 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9288

A. Inclusive Rates
All rate plans must be inclusive of all operating costs and expenses required to deliver core Brand product and service components. Hotels are prohibited
from selling/charging for services and/or products that are elements of the Brand's core features, including but not limited to:
• A guestroom keycard or telephone/movie service.
• Use of microwave and/or refrigerators, where applicable.
• Posting of specific incremental charges (labor/service fees, energy charges, resort fees, etc.).
Damage or security deposit must not be collected from individual guests and/or groups unless outlined in group contract.
1. Valet/Self-Parking Fees
All parking must be free to registered guests.
B. Children Under Age 18 Complimentary
No charge is allowed for children under 18 years of age, staying in the same room as their parent or guardian and using existing furnishings.
C. Rate Differentiation
Hotels must not differentiate guestroom type accommodation pricing based solely on the smoking/non-smoking or pet room attributes.
6 0 4 . 0 2
Seasonal
R a t e s
$Level2
$Level2_9288
6 0 5 . 0 0
604.02 Seasonal Rates
Accredited
Distributor
Participation
$Level1
$Level2_9306 Highest seasonal guestroom rates must, in conjunction with rate and law cards be posted conspicuously in all guestrooms.
605.00 Accredited Distributor Participation
6 0 5 . 0 1
Required
Participation
$Level2
$Level2_9306
605.01 Required Participation

Hilton Worldwide accreditation standards require that if a hotel participates with third-party online merchant distributors, the hotel must participate with all
accredited distributors approved by Hilton Worldwide when offering merchant model inventory. Inventory must be made available based on the current
merchant channel guidelines. If a hotel is in breach of these guidelines they will first be contacted and asked to make the necessary corrections, if they remain
in breach the hotel may be removed from the merchant channel until the inventory issue is rectified. If the hotel chooses to participate with a Hilton Worldwide
6 0 6 . 0 0
accredited opaque site, it is required that those sites make our brand non-apparent at the time of booking in order for the hotel to participate. Hotels are not
Miscellaneous
C h a r g e s
$Level1
$Level2_9307
required to participate with all accredited opaque sites.
606.00 Miscellaneous Charges
6 0 6 . 0 1
Permitted
C h a r g e s
$Level2
$Level2_9307
606.01 Permitted Charges

Guests must be permitted to charge to the guest room when additional services or amenities are offered (i.e., Home2 Mkt charges)
A. Additional Charges
Guests must not be charged an automatic additional amount for any permanent structure, feature, or amenity of a guestroom (e.g., in-room safes, van
service, bottled water, snacks).


HHonors, Elite Benefits, CRM, and Guest Assistance table of
contents.
701.00 HHonors 700-2
702.00 Not Applicable to this Brand 700-4
703.00 Customer Really Matters (CRM)/Service Recovery 700-4
704.00 Guest Assistance 700-5

7 0 1 . 0 0
H H o n o r s
$Level1
$Level2_9320
701.00 HHonors
7 0 1 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9320

All hotels must participate in the Hilton HHonors program.
A. Guest Manager Leader
Each hotel is required to designate an on-property HHonors Champion. This Team Member will serve as the primary liaison between the hotel and the
Hilton HHonors program – with a focus on enrollment, recognition and elite member benefit delivery. This responsibility includes cascading
communications to the relevant property Team Members, collaborating across hotels to share best practices and partnering with Hilton HHonors and
Hilton Worldwide University / Learning & Development Teams to implement strategic initiatives.
B. Collateral
Each hotel must display all required up-to-date Hilton HHonors collateral, including:
• Hilton HHonors brochures must be available. To order additional materials, see The Source>OnQ Insider
• Brand approved Hilton HHonors signage must be placed visibly on the front desk.
• Back office training poster placed out of
guest view.
C. Rewards and Redemption

Entering false information which either inflates occupancy counts or removes inventory and blocks HHonors reward stays bookings is prohibited.
D. Newspaper Delivery
All hotels must provide newspapers for guests and deliver as outlined below:
1. For hotels on Stay Connected, must make available whichever is greater - a minimum of 30 percent of occupied rooms or fifteen (15) complimentary
USA Today newspapers, Monday through Friday. Newspapers must be displayed in the Oasis. Local or national newspapers, other than USA TODAY
may be offered in the Oasis or for sale in the Home2 Mkt .
7 0 1 . 0 2
H H o n o r s
Participation
$Level2
$Level2_9320
701.02 HHonors Participation

All HHonors members must receive corresponding benefits with the current HHonors requirements for each membership level. Refer to
HHonors.com/memberbenefits and hhonors.com/terms for more details about member benefits. Member benefits for reward stays are the same as those on
paid stays.
A. HHonors Benefits and Amenities
Each hotel must ensure that the following Brand approved/required services and amenities are provided for Gold and Diamond members, unless My Way
selections present otherwise:
• Provide one brand approved snack option from the list below:
• Rice Krispie original flavor treat, 1.3oz.
• Planters Energy Trail Mix, 2 oz.
• Cheez-It, 1.25oz.
• Provide one, 16.9 oz., Nestle® or Crystal Gyser® brand bottle of water on the day of arrival when a
brand approved My Way token/coupon is presented. Visit home2toolkit.com for more information on

My Way tokens.
7 0 1 . 0 3
H H o n o r s
Arrival
a n d
D e p a r t u r e
Experience
$Level2
$Level2_9320
701.03 HHonors Arrival and Departure Experience

A. e-Check-In Services
The hotel must participate in the eCheck-In program which is available to HHonors guests beginning at 6:00 a.m. local time on the day prior to arrival until
10:00 p.m. local time on the day of arrival.
For more information on eCheck-in refer to the eCheck-in page on OnQ Insider by going to echeckin.hilton.com.
1. The hotel will make all attempts to offer the greatest amount of rooms available to eCheck-in guests. Hotel will use the eCheck-in Settings application
to configure additional room types within the same price category to be offered to eCheck-in guests.
2. The hotel will make all attempts to offer the greatest amount of rooms available to eCheck-in guests. Hotel will use the eCheck-in Settings application
to configure additional room types within the same price category to be offered to eCheck-in guests.
B. Express Check-In Services
Where permitted by law, express Check-In service must be provided to all Hilton HHonors members. This process must be quick and efficient and include
the following:
1. Guestroom must be pre-assigned before their arrival. Representatives must utilize the Customer Really Matters (CRM) welcome screen dossier.
2. All hotels must utilize the Brand approved registration and key card folder/envelope. During check-in, the guest’s name must be used at least once and
guestroom numbers must not be announced. Where permitted by law, hotels may opt to utilize a signature-less check-in process for all guests. Hotels
opting to operate in this fashion are prohibited from using eForms and must utilize the Brand approved key card folder/envelope. NOTE: Soliciting a
Gold or Diamond member for their physical credit card and/or signature is strictly prohibited when the credit card information is on the HHonors profile,
unless required by law. Validation of Gold or Diamond guest's identity must be completed by confirming information from the HHonors profile.
4. Offer to enroll non-HHonors guests in the HHonors program. Guests must never be enrolled into the program without expressed permission. Newly
enrolled guests as well as current members must receive recognition and expressions of appreciation.
5. After check-in, all Hilton HHonors guests must be called to ensure their satisfaction.
C. Express Check-Out Services
Hilton HHonors guests can receive their checkout folios at the front desk or retrieve their folio online by logging into their Hilton HHonors account.
D. Member Relocation
If a Diamond Hilton HHonors member is walked/relocated, the hotel must coordinate complimentary accommodations at an equal or greater value local
hotel.
1. The hotel must pay for the first night room and tax, one telephone call and offer and/or provide transportation at no charge to the guest.
2. The hotel must also provide the Diamond Hilton HHonors member credit of HHonors bonus points to their member account for the first night. The hotel
must pay for the bonus points issued to the member.
3. The guest must receive an immediate and appropriate Customers Really Matter Service Recovery Toolbox amenity and apology from the General
Manager.
4. The Diamond Hilton HHonors guest must have immediate inconvenience compensation provided by the hotel in local currency equivalent of 100 USD.
5. The walk and all pertinent information must be communicated to Hilton Worldwide Guest Assistance before the actual walk.
7 0 1 . 0 4
L a t e
C h e c k
-
O u t
$Level2
$Level2_9320
701.04 Late Check-Out

Hotels must do everything possible to accommodate the request of a Hilton HHonors member for a late checkout.

7 0 1 . 0 5
H H o n o r s
Floor
$Level2
$Level2_9320
7 0 2 . 0 0
701.05 HHonors Floor
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_9335
7 0 3 . 0 0
Designated HHonors floors are not permitted.
C u s t o m e r

Really
M a t t e r s
(CRM)/Service
R e c o v e r y
$Level1
$Level2_9359
703.00 Customer Really Matters (CRM)/Service Recovery

7 0 3 . 0 1
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9359

7 0 3 . 0 2
B e s t
G u e s t
Welcome
$Level2
$Level2_9359
703.02 Best Guest Welcome

To ensure our most loyal guests, HHonors members, 4+ stay customers and Airline Miles Only guests as recognized as our Best Guests, every property must
note special requirements in the property management system for each Best Guest (products, services and messages) and pre-block and pre-key
guestrooms based on stored customer room preferences in the member profile.
7 0 3 . 0 3
Service
R e c o v e r y
$Level2
$Level2_9359
703.03 Service Recovery

A. Service Recovery Policy
The hotel must maintain a service recovery policy to ensure any guest’s negative image of the hotel is overcome when there is a valid, serious complaint.
1. The hotel must have procedures in place to ensure that in-house guest complaints are taken 24 hours per day and responded to while the guest is still
in-house whenever possible.
2. All complaints received at the hotel from any source must be acknowledged in writing within two business days of receipt. Complaints that require
investigation must be acknowledged immediately. The guest must be advised that the complaint will be researched. A date that a response will be
given to the guest must be communicated.
B. Service Recovery Toolbox
Each hotel must have a service recovery toolbox.
1. The hotel must have at least five apology amenity products in addition to apology cards available for use by all guest service representatives as needed
to reinforce service commitment to guests, over and above guarantee.
4. If the Home2 Guarantee is invoked by a Gold or Diamond Member the hotel must immediately issue the Home2 Guarantee compensation for the
night’s room and tax.
a. Not Applicable to this Brand
b. Not Applicable to this Brand
c. If the Diamond/Gold member has checked out, a personalized apology card must be sent and a phone call from the general manager must be
made within 48 hours of checkout.
d. If the Diamond/Gold member is a stay-over, a personalized apology card along with one apology amenity item must be delivered to the member’s
room. In addition, Hilton HHonors Diamond members must be contacted by the general manager or assistant general manager prior to the guest
checking out.
C. Diamond/Gold Compensation
If a Hilton HHonors member is not satisfied during their stay (paid and reward stays) because of product, service or both:


2. They must be issued points to their member account for the stay or a credit of points for a reward stay. The hotel must pay for the points fee.
7 0 3 . 0 4
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9359

7 0 3 . 0 5
E x t e n d e d
S t a y
T o u c h
$Level2
$Level2_9359
703.05 Extended Stay Touch

All hotels must participate in the Extended Stay Touch – Guest Recognition Program for all guests regardless of a guest’s Hilton HHonors status. The
program must consist of the following components and minimum touch points:
EXTENDED STAY TOUCHPOINTS
Length of
Stay Day 2 Day 2 Day 10 Day 30
Laundry Bag with Required Note from
Personal Call
Logo Delivery with Executive
Call from Front Desk from General
Required Note from Housekeeper or
Manager
Sales AGM
5+ nights X
10+ nights X X X
7 0 4 . 0 0
30+ nights X X X X
G u e s t
Assistance
$Level1
$Level2_9633
704.00 Guest Assistance

7 0 4 . 0 1
Claims
$Level2
$Level2_9633
704.01 Claims
Hotel must grant the Brand, through the Hilton Worldwide Corporate Guest Assistance Team, full authority to resolve guest issues in order to satisfy the guest.
In certain cases, the Brand may require the hotel’s involvement due to the nature of the complaint. If a complaint is the basis of a lawsuit or insurance claim,
the complaint may be referred to the hotel for handling.
A. Issue Resolution
The hotel must first attempt to resolve any guest complaints at the hotel level.
1. If a guest contacts the Guest Assistance department with a complaint, it may either be referred to the hotel for resolution or may be resolved
immediately by the guest assistance representative, based on the nature of the complaint. Product, service and/or cleanliness related complaints will
typically be resolved immediately by Guest Assistance.
2. Any complaints referred back to the hotel must be resolved to the guest’s satisfaction within 48 hours of notification. The hotel will be charged an
intervention fee in addition to any cash refunds or “Be My Guest” cards issued to ensure/ promote 100 percent guest satisfaction. Intervention fees are
equivalent of 200 USD for Diamond guests, 150 USD for Gold guests and 100 USD for all others.
3. These charges will be due to Hilton Worldwide within 10 days of invoice date. Any unpaid/unresolved charges may be withheld from any payments due
to the hotel/licensee on behalf of Hilton Worldwide.
B. "Be My Guest" Cards
The hotel must grant Hilton Worldwide Guest Assistance department the discretion to extend Hilton HHonors Diamond members up to two complimentary
future nights.

1. When Be My Guest cards are utilized, the fee will be charged back to the hotel.
2. Each hotel must accept “Be My Guest” cards as a form of payment. Reimbursement procedures must be followed.

700 HHonors, Elite Benefits, CRM, and Guest Assistance - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Hhonors Benefits
l HHonors Creative Toolkit
l Home2 Toolkit


Welcome and Farewell Experience table of contents.
803.00 Guest Transportation 800-2
804.00 Exterior Presentation 800-3
805.00 Entrance/Lobby/Public Areas Presentation 800-3
806.00 Arrival Experience 800-4
807.00 Front Desk Presentation 800-5
808.00 Front Desk 800-6
809.00 Front Desk Collateral 800-6
811.00 Elevators/ Corridors 800-7
812.00 Stairs 800-7

8 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_9696

8 0 1 . 0 1
C h e c k
-
I n / C h e c k
-
O u t
Times
$Level2
$Level2_9696
801.01 Check-In/Check-Out Times

8 0 2 . 0 0
The hotel must not require the guest to check out any earlier than 11:00 A.M /11:00 h and must permit check-in beginning at 3:00 p.m./15:00 h (unless
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_9697
8 0 3 . 0 0
otherwise specified by a marketing program).
G u e s t

Transportation
$Level1
$Level2_9712
803.00 Guest Transportation

8 0 3 . 0 1
Vehicle
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9712
803.01 Vehicle General Rules

If a hotel chooses to provide guest transportation, it must comply with all the following requirements:
A. Requirements
Vehicle attributes, including:
• Body color must be metallic white.
• Rims of wheels must be silver and/or chrome in color. All non-integrated bumpers must be chrome.
• All hotel vehicles must accommodate no less than five passengers plus storage for luggage. A shared van/bus must be able to accommodate five
passengers per hotel sharing the vehicle plus storage area for luggage or have multiple vans that can accommodate five passengers per hotel plus
storage for luggage.
• When utilized, radio station must be set to easy listening station.
C. Third-Party Transportation
The courtesy vehicle is not allowed to be jointly operated by any other hospitality company or brand outside of the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands
unless required by local municipalities. Visit www.Home2toolkit.com for approved graphics.
D. Transportation Availability
Whether required or not, guest transportation must be provided at no additional charge. Guest service representatives must always advise the guest of the
estimated wait time until the van arrives and provide clear directions to the transportation waiting area. If the hotel cannot provide airport transportation
within 30 minutes of the request, alternate means of transportation must be offered at the hotel’s expense. Personal vehicles are not allowed to be used to
transport guests under any circumstances. If the hotel provides guest transportation, it must provide directly, or through a service, a lift-equipped vehicle to
accommodate the transportation of guests with disabilities.
E. Guest Transportation Smoking Policy
Smoking is not allowed in hotel vehicles. “No Smoking” signs must be prominently displayed.
F. Communication
Two-way, real-time communication must be available to the driver in hotel vehicles for continuous communication with the hotel.
G. Safety
To insure guest safety, all hotels must provide the following:
• All hotel vehicles must be fully equipped with seat belts for all seats. At no time may the number of passengers carried exceed the number of available
seat belts.
• All hotel vehicles must have a first aid kit, multipurpose fire extinguisher and jumper cables on board at all times.

H. Graphics
Any hotel with vans/vehicles used for guest transportation must be wrapped with one of the approved vinyl graphics. All co-branded van wraps must meet
brand-approved guidelines and specifications. Contact Brand Marketing or approved vendors for artwork. No other logos are allowed to appear on the hotel
vehicle unless approved by Brand management.
I. Registration
All hotel vehicles must be properly registered, insured and operated according to local safety and licensing codes.
J. Maintenance and Cleanliness
All hotel vehicles used for the transport of guests must be clean and well maintained.
8 0 3 . 0 2
Driver
Service
S t a n d a r d s
$Level2
$Level2_9712
803.02 Driver Service Standards

All hotels must comply with the following Driver service standards:
A. Licenses and Certifications
All personnel assigned to drive the vehicles must be properly licensed (chauffeur’s license, if required) and insured according to local codes.
8 0 4 . 0 0
C. Luggage Assistance
Exterior
Drivers must be able to assist loading and unloading luggage. Solicitation for gratuities is not allowed.
Presentation
$Level1
$Level2_9759
804.00 Exterior Presentation

8 0 4 . 0 1
Lighting
$Level2
$Level2_9759
804.01 Lighting
The exterior hotel identity signs, parking lot lighting and outdoor swimming pool lighting must be lit from sunrise to sunset unless otherwise designated by law.
8 0 4 . 0 2
Flag
Display
$Level2
$Level2_9759
804.02 Flag Display

A. General Rules
When able, hotels must properly display the national flag outside the hotel. One pole must be used to fly the flags. The national flag must always be the
highest flag. Where applicable and installed, multiple poles are acceptable and flags must be flown according to applicable laws. All flags must be an
appropriate size for the flag pole per manufacturer. If multiple flags are flown, only a combination of the national, state, brand and Olympic flags are
permitted. Hotels may fly the Olympic flag through the duration of Hilton worldwide sponsorship. Flags must be illuminated from sunset to sunrise.
8 0 4 . 0 3
Landscaping
$Level2
$Level2_9759
804.03 Landscaping
All landscaping visible to guests must be maintained at all times. Refer to Section 2501.02.
8 0 4 . 0 4
G u e s t
Parking
a n d
Valet
$Level2
$Level2_9759
8 0 5 . 0 0
804.04 Guest Parking and Valet
Entrance/Lobby/Public
Parking must be free to guests. See Section 2519..04.E for required signage.
A r e a s
Presentation
$Level1
$Level2_9797
805.00 Entrance/Lobby/Public Areas Presentation

8 0 5 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9797

All public spaces must be clear of vending machines, newspaper machines, coin-operated machines and brochure racks. Vending machines must be located

in designated vending areas. Refer to Section 1005.00 for more details.

8 0 5 . 0 2
Signage/
Graphics
$Level2
$Level2_9797
805.02 Signage/ Graphics

All hotels must install brand-approved graphics.
8 0 5 . 0 3
Walk
-
O f f
M a t s
$Level2
$Level2_9797
805.03 Walk-Off Mats

A. Requirements
A Home2 Suites by Hilton walk-off mat with a logo must be used at the main entrance and secondary entry doors. Only approved logo colors and
combinations may be used. Contact Hilton Supply Management for specifications by calling the HSM Help Line at 866-922-4692.
3. Inlaid recessed pediment mats with logo are allowed.
8 0 5 . 0 4
L u g g a g e
C a r t s
$Level2
$Level2_9797
805.04 Luggage Carts

Each hotel must provide at a minimum one luggage cart for every 50 rooms in the hotel, up to a maximum of three. They must be stored in the vestibule or in
another secondary area.
8 0 5 . 0 5
L o b b y
P h o n e s
$Level2
$Level2_9797
805.05 Lobby Phones

There must be a minimum of one house telephone that offers local and toll free number access. The telephone must not direct dial to guestrooms.
8 0 5 . 0 6
Fireplace,
Fire
Pits,
a n d
Patio
Grills
$Level2
$Level2_9797
805.06 Fireplace, Fire Pits, and Patio Grills

Hotels must comply with the following fire pit and patio grill requirements, where installed.
B. Fire Pit
Fire pits must be permanent, built-in structures approved through Design and Construction. Portable fire pits with propane tanks may not be used. At a
minimum, the fire pit must be turned on two hours beginning at dusk.
8 0 6 . 0 0
C. Patio Grills
Arrival
A minimum of two, four burner, commercial grade, stainless steel, outdoor grills must be installed at the Patio. See section 2501.03.H for specifications.
Experience
$Level1
$Level2_9834
806.00 Arrival Experience

8 0 6 . 0 1
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_9834

8 0 6 . 0 2
L u g g a g e
Handling
$Level2
$Level2_9834
806.02 Luggage Handling

A storage service for guest luggage must be offered at no additional charge.
A. Requirements
Implementation of storage service must include the following:
1. A designated secure area with appropriate shelving and storage space must be maintained.

8 0 7 . 0 0
F r o n t
D e s k
Presentation
$Level1
$Level2_9849 2. A claim check system must be utilized.
807.00 Front Desk Presentation
8 0 7 . 0 1
A p p e a r a n c e
$Level2
$Level2_9849
807.01 Appearance
A. System of Organization
Doors to non-guest areas must remain closed at all times. All public areas must be kept neat/clean and clutter free at all times. This includes and is not
limited to temporary tables, stands or file cabinets, which are not allowed to be used behind the front desk. The back wall must only display Brand-
approved graphics. Visible portions of the back office must appear to be organized, clean and clutter free. When utilized, brand approval is required for
placement and style of brochure racks.
B. Approved Items
The only approved items that may be displayed on the front desk include:
• Hilton HHonors welcome sign
• General manager, Assistant General Manager and Director of Sales/Sales Manager's business cards
• Operational supplies must be kept below the front desk level to keep the area neat in appearance.
• One brand-approved two-tier stand with fresh apples. Apples must be washed, stickers removed and available complimentary 24 hours, 7 days a week.
All other decor enhancements are prohibited.
• Brand approved "Be Right Back/Away from Desk" signage and frame is required to be used when the front desk will be temporarily abandoned. Use of
this signage must be kept to a minimum.
C. Prohibited Items
The following items are prohibited and must not be hung/displayed in guest's view:
• Unframed banners, posters and temporary signage that are not part of the hotel’s approved decor package
• Service bells or signage (e.g., will return in five minutes) are not allowed on the front desk area.
• Chairs or stools are not allowed at the front desk.
8 0 7 . 0 2
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_9849
807.02 Signage
The use of negative signage/messages in any area of the hotel is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to, fees for smoking in a non-smoking room,
administering charges for missing towels and other messages that convey a negative message or tone.
A. Guarantee Plaque
All hotels must display the brand approved Home2 Guarantee sign per the prototype drawings.
8 0 7 . 0 3
Display
o f
A w a r d s
$Level2
$Level2_9849
807.03 Display of Awards

A. Display of Current Awards
Award-winning hotels are permitted to display the brand or ownership company awards that are no more than two years old.
B. Location of Display
Awards must be displayed on the entertainment wall.
8 0 7 . 0 4
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_9849

807.04 Décor
A. Plants
When utilized, interior freestanding plants must be live. Silk or polyester (including plastic plants) must not be used. Containers must be decorative and
coordinate with the surrounding furnishings.
B. Accessories
Accessories on breakfast tables are not allowed. Only brand approved potted grass is allowed on the Oasis banquette. Accessorizing the entertainment
wall must be limited to placement only in the following:
• Two large nooks
• One medium nook
• Four of eight small nooks on lower
• Two of four small nooks on upper
8 0 8 . 0 0
• Entertainment wall accessory package and furniture must be approved by Hilton Worldwide Design Review prior to installation.
F r o n t
D e s k
$Level1
$Level2_9890
808.00 Front Desk

8 0 8 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9890

Solicitation of guests by outside suppliers or employees is strictly prohibited. Solicitation material is strictly prohibited from being displayed on the front desk or
in the Oasis.
A. Hours of Operation
The front desk must be staffed and the switchboard operated 24 hours per day.
8 0 8 . 0 2
G u e s t
Service
S t a n d a r d s
$Level2
$Level2_9890
808.02 Guest Service Standards

A. Check-In Process
Guests must never be checked into any room that is not vacant, clean and inspected. Refer to Section 701.03.B for check-in process.
D. Check-Out Procedures
Where permitted by local law, all guests who are using a major credit card as the method of payment must have express checkout services extended to
them.
E. Special Services and Guest Requests
Guest service representatives must have access to the Internet to be able to provide weather updates and directions to local businesses, places of
interest, major highways, airports, restaurants, places of worship, etc. In addition, a list of medical facilities must be available for guests requesting such
information. At a minimum, information for local establishments or attractions must be maintained in the OnQ Concierge function.
F. Telephone Service Standards
8 0 9 . 0 0
Incoming calls, both internal and external, must not be directly connected to a guestroom without verification of the guest’s name. The guestroom number
F r o n t
D e s k
Collateral
$Level1
$Level2_9991 must never be shared with incoming callers or visitors. Throughout a guest’s stay, guestroom numbers must not be announced.
809.00 Front Desk Collateral
8 0 9 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_9991

The brand-approved key cards and key-card folders/envelopes must be used at each hotel. See www.Home2toolkit.com.
8 0 9 . 0 2
Folio
P a p e r
$Level2
$Level2_9991
809.02 Folio Paper

Each guest must be able to receive a folio for their stay.
• Brand approved e-Forms must be utilized when a folio is presented.
• Hotel must maintain updated electronic forms software to ensure the most up-to-date brand required information.
8 1 0 . 0 0
• Emailing a folio is permitted upon guest request.
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_10010
8 1 1 . 0 0
Elevators/
810.00
Corridors
$Level1
$Level2_10030
Not Applicable to this Brand
811.00 Elevators/ Corridors
8 1 1 . 0 1
Signage
a n d
Graphics
$Level2
$Level2_10030
811.01 Signage and Graphics

All hotels must provide brand approved elevator signage and/or graphics as outlined below:
A. Signage
Elevator lobby signage must comply with local codes and meet current interior signage package.
B. Graphics
Two (2) brand approved elevator frames with brand approved elevator posters must be installed in each elevator and be replaced when worn or damaged.
8 1 2 . 0 0
Each hotel has a selection of 5 different posters to choose from and is recommended to swap out messages quarterly. Both posters are frames are
Stairs
$Level1
$Level2_10037
available via the Home2 Toolkit. No other artwork or graphics are permitted.
812.00 Stairs
8 1 2 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_10037

Stairwells must not be used for storage at any time and stairwell doors must remain closed at all times.
8 1 2 . 0 2
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_10037
812.02 Signage
See Section 2519.00 for more details.

800 Welcome and Farewell Experience - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Home2 Toolkit
l Interior Signage Package


Guestroom and Bathroom table of contents.
902.00 Guestroom 900-2
903.00 Bathroom/Dressing Area 900-8
905.00 Dual Brand Linen/Terry 900-10

9 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_10046

9 0 1 . 0 1
Linen/Terry
R e u s e
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_10046
901.01 Linen/Terry Reuse Program

9 0 2 . 0 0
The hotel must display Brand-approved printed collateral regarding the Housekeeping protocol. Collateral can be ordered via the Home2 Toolkit. Refer to
G u e s t r o o m
Section 1602.01.B for Light Touch and Full Clean protocols.

$Level1
$Level2_10072
902.00 Guestroom
9 0 2 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_10072

A. Signage
All interior guestoom signage must conform to Brand Identity Standards. See Interior Signage Package on www.hiltonworldwide.com/design and Section
2519.02.N for details.
B. Available Upon Request
2. An adequate supply of approved, soundly constructed cribs must be available and well-maintained. All cribs must comply with current federal,
state/provincial, local manufacturing and safety standards, including (as applicable regionally) JPMA (Juvenile Products Manufacturers Association),
ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials), CPSC (Consumer Products Safety Commission) and EN 1130-1-1996 safety standards.
• Hotels with more than 100 guestrooms must have three
• Hotels with less than 100 guestrooms must have two available
• Cribs must be complimentary
• Crib sheeting, approved for use by the crib manufacturer, must be available for use. Sheeting must be white Safefit zippered full enclosure safety
sheet. Pillows, comforters, stuffed animals or other soft items must never be placed in the crib.
9 0 2 . 0 2
G u e s t r o o m
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_10072
902.02 Guestroom Requirements

All guestrooms must provide the following:
A. Collateral
With the exception of safety information and other approved display items, all other collateral materials (e.g., laundry bags, etc.) must be placed inside
closets or drawers. All in-suite collateral and items created for hotels must be produced by an approved supplier and meet all Brand specifications. For
dual branded hotels, in-room collateral must only display the appropriate brand specific collateral at all times. Dual-branded collateral is not permitted.
Collateral can be ordered via the Home2 Toolkit.
1. Directory
A brand approved, guestroom directory must be placed in each guest suite. This directory includes, but is not limited to:
• Description of the Brand and hotel features
• A hotel layout
• Hotel services and appropriate telephone extensions
• Hotel security and emergency information

• Local services (e.g., airlines, car rental agencies, etc.) and telephone numbers
• Places of worship
• Local restaurants, shopping, etc.
• Local and regional points of interest
• Internet Access – Stay Connected @ Hilton Worldwide™ page
• Home2 Mkt information
• Housekeeping frequency protocol
• Check out time
• A telephone service description
• When utilized, in-suite advertising must only promote hotel services and facilities. Additional information, if offered, must be included in the in-suite
directory.
B. Closet/Armoire
All hotels must provide the following items in each guestroom:
1. Hangers
10 Removable mini-hook suit hangers in all queen or king and queen/queen suite closets:
• Natural chrome or wood
• 5 shirt/suit style hangers
• 5 pant hangers with clips
• All hangers must match in suite
• Theft-proof hangers are not allowed
2. Iron/Ironing Board
Where permitted by local law, an ironing board and iron must be stored in a caddy mounted to the closet wall.
• Ironing board must be full size and provide a cover.
• Iron must be non-stick surface with auto-shutoff, steam setting and self-cleaning features.
• The water reservoir must be emptied between guests.

4. Laundry/Shoe Shine
2 plastic laundry bags with draw tape along with 2 Brand approved laundry slips with detailed charges must be placed on a hanger in closet.
5. Additional Items
1 Brand approved, water resistant, recycle tote must be hanging in closet of each guestroom. The size of the tote must be 16W x 18H x 7D. If the
approved recycling waste basket/container is in the guestroom, the recycle tote is not required. 1 portable luggage rack must be stored in closet of each
guestroom.
C. In-Room Coffee/Tea Service
The following items must be provided in each guestroom:
1. Presentation
1 Brand required caddy tray to be placed on working wall counter beside sink.
2. Serveware

6 each stainless steel forks stored in top drawer beside the sink 6 each stainless steel spoons stored in top drawer beside the sink 6 each stainless
steel knives stored in top drawer beside the sink
3. Brewer
1 black coffee make with 4 cup glass carafe to be placed on caddy tray
4. Coffee
2 pre-packed coffee to be placed on caddy tray:
• 1 caffeinated
• 1 decaffeinated
• Brand approved
• Rain Forest Alliance
5. Tea
3 tea bags, 2 caffeinated and 1 decaffeinated, to be placed on caddy tray.
6. Condiments
The following condiments are to be placed on the caddy tray:
• 6 sugar packets
• 6 low-calorie sweetener packets, 3 blue and 3 pink
• 4 portion control non-dairy creamers
• 6 each of portion control sale and pepper packets in clear salt/pepper dispensers
D. Other Expendables
For dual-branded hotels, all supplies requiring logos must only contain the appropriate brand logo and must never be dual branded. All hotels, single or
dual branded must provide the following items in each guestroom:
1. Wastebasket/Recycling
1 Wastebasket, with logo, placed under the kitchen sink. Wastebasket must be 12.8" x 9" x 12.5" in size.
2. Notepad/Pen
1 each of a pen and notepad must be placed near the telephone
3. Ashtray/Matches
2 round glass ashtrays in all studio and one-bedroom smoking rooms with the following choices of placement:
• nestled on side table
• in bathroom
• on middle working wall countertop
• on bedside table
4-1/4" matchbooks with logo must be available at front desk
4. Ice Bucket/Tray/Glassware
1 ice bucket with clear plastic bag liner must be provided for each guestroom and placed on the kitchen counter. A Brand approved sustainable ice
bucket must be used.
5. Miscellaneous Items
1 Bible placed near the working wall drawer (optional)
1 telephone book in the working wall storage area drawer (optional)

E. Electronics/Communications
The following items are approved to be displayed in the guestroom:
1. Clocks
All new hotels upon opening and existing hotels upon replacement of iHome clock/radios, must install the Brand approved cube clock, with battery
back-up, and must be placed on the nightstand. Clock must not be adhered to surface and must be set to correct time at all times.
2. Televisions
1 television in all studio suites on living room area working wall. Refer to prototype drawing for specifics.
• 40" LCD, black, digital commercial HD
• all channels received must be preset and appropriately identified electronically on screen
• any channel not received must be locked out to user access via the commercial master remote
1 television in each one-bedroom suite on working wall in bedroom area. Refer to prototype drawing for specifics.
• 37" in bedroom and a minimum 40" in living space; LCD, black, tilt mount, digital commercial HD LCD.
• all channels received must be preset and appropriately identified electronically on screen
• any channel not received must be locked out to user access via the commercial master remote
3. Telephones
1 telephone with Brand approved faceplate on bedside stand in all suites. See Section 1704.05 C for details.
4. Safes
If a freestanding or wall-recessed safe is provided in the guestroom, it must be located in the bedroom closet. There can be no additional charge for
use of these safes. The in-room safe must be able to accommodate a laptop computer at a minimum. Safe models equipped with electrical outlets
inside may not be used. The hotel must also have complimentary safety deposit boxes at the front desk, in accordance with Section 2502.04.N.
7. Additional Power
• A minimum of 4 outlets at desk/activity table must be available above the surface and may include wall outlets or outlets in the lamp package. In
addition, an outlet must be available above the nightstand surfaces for each nightstand in a King room, and 2 outlets available above any shared
nightstand in queen rooms
• When guest accessible outlets above these surfaces are not available, brand approved power unit(s) must be permanently installed by December 31,
2015.
• Power outlets must be for guest use only and must not be used for hotel technology appliances.
• More than one power unit must not be installed on a single surface.
F. Bedding
The following linens must be provided in each guestroom:
1. General Rules
The following must be supplied in each guestroom and all related items must be maintained. Refer to OnQ Insider for order information and detailed
specifications unless otherwise noted.
2. Mattress and Foundation
All mattresses and foundations must be Brand approved. See Section 2510.05 for specifications.
3. Mattress Topper
All beds, including sleeper sofas, must be fitted with a quilted mattress pad or an anchor band must be used. A minimum of 1.25 par must be

maintained at all times for King, Queen and sleeper sofas. The pad top must be a 50/50 cotton/polyester blend; the fill must be 4 oz. per sq. yd. of
polyester batting; and the quilt must be contract soft. Sleeper sofas must be made up with only the mattress pad.
4. Sheeting
The following sheeting elements must be utilized for all beds and meet the Brand approved, white 100% Microfiber Brushed Polyester (190 thread
count or higher, with care label and brand logo woven label with a 3" him at top and 1" hem at bottom) and be maintained at 2.5 turns:
• 2 sheets per bed, fitted bottom option
- only deep pocket fitted sheets may be used
- no-tuck sheet to be used only for top sheet
• 2 sheets per bed; flat bottom sheet (2nd option)
- larger flat bottom sheet to allow for tucking
- no-tuck sheet to be used only for top sheet
• 1 Sleeper sofa fitted sheet, flat sheet and blanket must be stored in zippered bag in working wall storage area. A 1.5 par of flat sheet must be
maintained at all times.
5. Pillows
2 Down Dream pillows must be stored in zippered plastic bags in working wall storage area.
Down Dream pillows are an alternate pillow type for guests who prefer down.
• outer chamber - Hyperclean Down/550 Fill Power
• inner chamber - Hyperclean small whole feathers
• labeled - front-Pacific Coast; back-American Lung Association/ADFC certified
• specification for the pillows are 33.5 oz., double-needle corded, barrier weave, 230 three count, 100% cotton and white
• a minimum of 1.1 par must be maintained at all times
2 each queen and king Envirosleep pillows

• fabric: T24-thread count, 100% white cotton, fiber-proof
• fill: blown balled polyester cluster fiber, odorless and hypoallergenic
• labeled: law label (made by DownLite) and Brenthaven ECO two-sided logo/care label (green); machine washable; made in USA
• specifications for the pillows are 20.5 oz. (queen) and 27 oz. (king); three-sided double-needle edge sewn with piping and fourth side over-locked
closure
1 pillow protector per pillow

• T180 envelope or zippered style
• hypoallergenic and protector must be white
• Touch of Down Pillow protector color must be cream or ivory
• Maintain a minimum of 2.5 par must be maintained at all times
1 Signature lumbar pillow insert per bed

• lumbar pillow insert specifications are T200 white, 55/45 cotton/polyester blend
• four-sided over-locked edge

• placed at top of bed (not required for sleeper sofa)

• closure type - 2 ply flap 36" x 9"
1 Signature lumbar pillow cover per bed

• Robert Allen product specifications are required. See product specification form.
• placed at top of bed (not required for sleeper sofa)
• closure type - 2 ply flap 36" x 9"
1 pillowcase per pillow

• fabric: white, T210, 100% microfiber brushed polyester
• care label and brand logo woven label
• hem: 4"; jumbo pillowcases must have "Z" tuck hem at the cuff; king pillowcases must have double needle hem stitch at the cuff - NO "Z" tuck; piping
1/8" satin at hem, count 98 Denier Weave - plain 1/1
6. Duvet/Blanket
A quilted blanket with sheeting sides must be provided for each bed in all guestrooms. Blankets must be white with a 200 thread count. The blanket
must be tucked at end of bed but not on sides. Hotel must maintain an inventory of 1.25 par at all times. A Santa Clara honeycomb textured weave
blanket that is 100% cotton and in a natural color must be provided for each sofa bed. A 1.1 par must be maintained at all times. The top and bottom
sheet for the sofa bed must be stored in a zippered bag in working wall storage area.
7. Decorative Elements
All beds must be fitted with a Brand approved coverlet and bed skirt. Robert Allen specs are required. See product specification form. An inventory of
1.75 par for coverlets must be maintained at all times. (Note: some markets will require a higher par based upon extended stay vs. transient occupancy
levels.)
8. Sofa Bed/Murphy Bed
Refer to Section 2510.06.A.17 for sofa bed specifications. Each sofa bed must be neatly made up with only the mattress pad. Blanket, pillows and
linens must be stored in the Brand approved, zippered plastic bag and placed in a drawer. Each suite must have only one blanket stored in a zippered
plastic bag.
G. Furnishings/Kitchen Equipment
The following cookware, silverware and utensils must be provided in each guestroom and all must be maintained, washed and sanitized according to local
health codes. Refer to Section 902.02C In-room Coffee/Tea Service for related amenities.
Equipment/Utensils
1 two-slice toaster located in bottom drawer must be NSL and UL approved
1 acrylic or tempered glass cutting board stored in bottom drawer
1 colander strainer stored in bottom drawer
1 paper towel holder mounted on wall under shelf to the side of the sink at eye level
1 roll of paper towel stored on the paper towel holder

1 each stored in utensil drawer (second drawer down beside the sink):
• hand operated can opener
• cutlery sorter
• two-piece knife set
1 each stored in the top drawer beside the sink:
• pot holder
• dish cloth
• dish towel
• solid spoon
• slotted spoon
• rubber spatula/ turner
Cookware:
1 each stored in middle drawer beside sink
• glass casserole - microwaveable with glass lid (1.5 qt./1.4L
• glass casserole - microwaveable with glass lid (2.5 qt./2.3L)
• glass casserole - microwaveable with glass lid (16 oz./473ml)
Dishware:
6 beverage glasses (12.5 oz.) stored on kitchen shelf
6 coffee mugs (7 oz.) stored on kitchen shelf with beverage glasses
6 dinner plates (9" microwave safe) stored in slots on kitchen shelf sink
6 bowls (6 3/4" to 7 1/4" microwave safe) stored on shelf in front of dinner plates
6 each stainless steel forks stored in top drawer beside the sink
6 each stainless steel spoons stored in top drawer beside the sink
6 each stainless steel knives stored in top drawer beside the sink
Required Items Available Upon Request from Front Desk:

• corkscrew
• juice pitcher
• induction burner with approved skillet with lid (10 each or 10% of inventory)
9 0 3 . 0 0
•Tracking documentation for on loan burners must be maintained for QA evaluations.
Bathroom/Dressing
A r e a
$Level1
$Level2_10203
903.00 Bathroom/Dressing Area

9 0 3 . 0 1
Required
I t e m s
$Level2
$Level2_10203
903.01 Required Items

All guestrooms must provide the following:
A. Other Expendables
The following must be provided in each bathroom:
1. Amenity Tray/Soap

1 Brand required soap dish and amenity tray for two washcloths
2. Wastebasket
1 Brand required, decorative wastebasket on floor near vanity
3. Facial Tissue
1 boxed facial tissue placed on vanity
• white
• display in Brand approved tissue box cover
1 facial tissue box cover placed on vanity
• Brand required
4. Toilet Paper
2 toilet tissue rolls must be in single roll dispenser
• white
• facial quality
• recycled content
5. Hairdryer
2 toilet tissue rolls must be in single roll dispenser
• white
• facial quality
• recycled content
6. Shower
1 shower curtain in guestrooms with tub/shower or roll-in shower
• 71" x 78" hookless with or without vision panel
• white
B. Bath Terry/Linen
The following terry items must be provided in each bathroom:
2. Bath Towel
4 white bath towels (queen/king) folded on shelf under vanity
• minimum content 86% cotton and maximum 14% polyester
• minimum size 27" x 54"
• minimum finished weight 16.25 lbs. per dozen
• maintain a 2.5 par at all times
6 white bath towels (queen/queen) folded on shelf under vanity

• minimum finished weight 16.25 lbs. per dozen

3. Hand Towel
4 white hand towels
• one hanging on right drawer pull
• three folded and placed under vanity
• minimum finished weight of 4 lbs. per dozen
4. Wash Cloth
4 white wash cloths
• two folded and placed under vanity
• two folded on amenity tray
• minimum finished weight of 1 lb. per dozen
5. Bath Rug/Mat
1 white bath mat hanging from shower door towel bar
• minimum finished weight 7 lbs. per dozen
C. Bath Amenities
All Brand approved amenities must be installed in the guestroom at all times. For dual branded hotels, these amenities must not be dual branded, and
must only display the appropriate brand specific items. The following amenities must be provided in each bathroom:
3. Optional Amenities
• 1 Neutrogena® boxed facial soap with logo displayed on vanity/soap dish. Soap must be a minimum of 1.75 oz. minimum. For guests identified as
extended stay guests, additional same-size OR full-size residential-style soap may be supplied.
• 1 Neutrogena® bulk shampoo in Neutrogena® bulk shampoo dispenser.
9 0 4 . 0 0
• 1 Neutrogena® bulk shower gel Neutrogena® bulk shower gel dispenser.
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_10223
9 0 5 . 0 0
Dual
904.00
B r a n d
Linen/Terry
$Level1
$Level2_24948 Not Applicable to this Brand
905.00 Dual Brand Linen/Terry
9 0 5 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_24948


This standard is applicable only to dual-branded hotels. Determine the appropriate combination of Brands and click on the link to proceed to standard
requirements.
Homewood Suites Home2 Suites

Required to use Hilton Garden Inn Required to use Hilton Garden Inn
Hilton Garden Inn
Linen Specifications. Linen Specifications.
See HGI Section 903.01.B See HGI Section 903.01.B

Required to use Homewood Required to use Homewood Suites
Hampton
Suites Linen Specifications. Linen Specifications.
See HWD Section 903.01.B See HWD Section 903.01.B

900 Guestroom and Bathroom - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Home2 Toolkit
l Interior Sign Package


Other Guest Areas and Services table of contents.
1002.00 Public Restrooms 1000-2
1003.00 Laundry and Shoe Shine Services 1000-2
1004.00 Guest Laundry 1000-2
1005.00 Ice and Vending Machines/Recycle Stations 1000-3
1006.00 Automatic Teller Machines (ATM) 1000-3
1007.00 Pet Policies/Amenities 1000-3

1 0 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_5221

1 0 0 1 . 0 1
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5221

1 0 0 1 . 0 2
H o u r s
o f
Operation
$Level2
$Level2_5221
1 0 0 2 . 0 0
1001.02 Hours of Operation
Public
R e s t r o o m s
$Level1
$Level2_5224
Hours of operation must be displayed for the convenience of guests if the area will not be open 24 hours a day.
1002.00 Public Restrooms
1 0 0 2 . 0 1
Amenities
$Level2
$Level2_5224
1002.01 Amenities
The hotel must provide:
1 0 0 3 . 0 0
• Hand soap, paper towels, toilet and facial tissue displayed according to Section 2503.00.
• Feminine products, including tampons and feminine hygiene pads, must be provided in a decorative display and offered on a complimentary basis.
L a u n d r y
a n d
S h o e
Shine
Services
$Level1
$Level2_5238
1003.00 Laundry and Shoe Shine Services

1 0 0 3 . 0 1
D r y
Cleaning
$Level2
$Level2_5238
1003.01 Dry Cleaning

The hotel must provide same day laundry service.
A. Service Availability
1 0 0 4 . 0 0
Laundry services must be provided Monday through Friday (excluding National Holidays). A detailed laundry service ticket, including pricing, approximate
G u e s t
L a u n d r y
$Level1
$Level2_5252
return time and a laundry bag must be provided in each guestroom.
1004.00 Guest Laundry
1 0 0 4 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5252

When a guest laundry is provided the following general rules apply:
• Guests must be provided access to the Spin2Cycle between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and midnight at a minimum.
• When required by the brand, hotel must install brand approved signage.
• A house telephone with direct-dial to the front desk must be available.
A. Operating Instructions
Operating instructions must be provided for all guest laundry equipment.
B. Laundry Products
Laundry products must be provided for sale in the Home2 Mkt. Professional signage must be mounted on the guest laundry wall stating availability and
location of laundry products. Visit Hotel Signs for a complete list of approved signage at http://www.hotelsigns.com/home2suites.
C. Equipment/Furnishings
If laundry equipment is coin operated, the maximum fee per washing or drying cycle must not exceed $.50 and the minimum dryer time setting per cycle
must be 20 minutes. The minimum amount of guest laundry equipment must be as follows:
• Two each, of a top-quality commercial washer and dryer
• Provide two stainless steel wire shelving/folding table stations with hanging bar. The two stations must have the Spin2Cycle graphic. See FF&E

specification at www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
• Waste receptacle
1 0 0 5 . 0 0
• Two chairs and one side table
I c e
a n d
Vending
Machines/Recycle
Stations
$Level1
$Level2_5270
1005.00 Ice and Vending Machines/Recycle Stations

1 0 0 5 . 0 1
I c e
a n d
Vending
Machines
$Level2
$Level2_5270
1005.01 Ice and Vending Machines

All retail items and snacks must be sold in the Home2Mkt™. See Section 2506.03 for more details on ice machines.
1 0 0 5 . 0 2
Recycling
Station
$Level2
$Level2_5270
1005.02 Recycling Station

Each floor must have an integrated and/or coordinating recycling station, including the trash receptacle, located near the ice areas. If space is limited,
relocation to elevator lobbies is permitted. Bins must be the brand-approved product and coordinate with the hotel’s interior design package. All bins
combinations must include a trash option be clearly marked to identify additional recycle stream options. Bins must be clean and well maintained at
all times. Replacement must be made as condition warrants. When utilized, plastic bag liners must not be visible on the exterior of the bin.
• If additional separation of recycled content is required by local code, this activity must be completed in the back of the house and out of guest view.
1 0 0 6 . 0 0
• In addition, hotels must provide a recycling dumpster and keep the area maintained and clean. New hotels and PIPs will require the collection area
to be expanded so that the additional dumpster be enclosed. See Section 2513.09.C.
Automatic
Teller
Machines
( A T M )
$Level1
$Level2_5280
1006.00 Automatic Teller Machines (ATM)

1 0 0 6 . 0 1
Installation
a n d
Minimum
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_5280
1 0 0 7 . 0 0
1006.01 Installation and Minimum Requirements
P e t
Policies/Amenities
$Level1
$Level2_5287
A cash machine/ATM, if installed, must not be installed in the immediate front desk area.
1007.00 Pet Policies/Amenities
1 0 0 7 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5287

Home2 is a pet-friendly brand.
A. Room Pricing and Fees
No more than two pets are allowed per room. Should a pet need to be removed from the hotel, a recommended kennel in the area must be suggested. It is
at the hotel’s discretion to allow a guest to keep the pet in the room once it is discovered. If pets are not permitted and are discovered, an additional fee of
up to 125 USD or local equivalent may be assessed.
B. Program Requirements
All hotels must provide the following:
1. A designated outdoor pet-friendly area must be clearly identified with brand approved graphics. Two integrated pet waste/trash stations must be
permanently installed and include a bag stand with biodegradable bags.
2. Pets are not permitted in the breakfast area unless the animal is a service animal.
6. Housekeeping services apply to guestrooms where the pet is kenneled. The front desk will provide door hanger to advise of pet. Visit

www.Home2toolkit.com for approved collateral.


Food and Beverage table of contents.
1102.00 Safety and Sanitation 1100-3
1103.00 Breakfast Offerings 1100-5
1109.00 Food and Beverage Market 1100-7
1110.00 Lobby Refreshments 1100-7

1 1 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_5404

1 1 0 1 . 0 1
Service
Offerings
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.01 Service Offerings

C. Documentation
The hotel is required to print current versions of the Food & Beverage Operations Guide, recipe cards, Approved Products List and other operational aids as
specified in the Food & Beverage Operations Guide. These documents are to be accessible to food and beverage team members, preferably in the in the
back of house pantry area.
1 1 0 1 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5404

1 1 0 1 . 0 3
Quality
A s s u r a n c e
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.03 Quality Assurance

Food and Beverage areas are evaluated regularly during Quality Assurance visits. The auditor will rate the preparation and service of the food and beverage
items to ensure compliance with the following:
• Food and Beverage storage
• Food and Beverage quality
• Food and Beverage presentation
• Cleanliness, Sanitation, Risk Control
• Structure, Lighting and Ventilation
• Food and Beverage invoices must be kept on file for at least 30 days to demonstrate that approved products are ordered for the Inspired Table Breakfast.
Invoices will be requested during quality assurance evaluations.
1 1 0 1 . 0 4
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5404

1 1 0 1 . 0 5
Identity
a n d
Marketing
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.05 Identity and Marketing

The breakfast informational signage identifies Home2's Inspired Table® Breakfast and announces the hours of operation. See
www.hotelsigns.com/Home2Suites In addition, brand approved back-of-house Food & Beverage informational posters for employee training must be
displayed and updated as required by the Brand.
1 1 0 1 . 0 6
Employees
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.06 Employees
Refer to Sections 300.00 and 403.01 for wardrobe and training requirements, respectively. In addition, Brand approved back-of-house Food & Beverage
informational posters for employee training must be displayed and updated as required by the Brand. See the Home2 Toolkit.
1 1 0 1 . 0 7
Equipment
a n d
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.07 Equipment and Décor


D. Buffet and Displayware
Hotels must comply with all zone specific displayware requirements as outlined in the Home2 Suites Food & Beverage Operations Guide.
F. Not Applicable to this Brand
H. Service Amenities
One highchair must be available to guests in the breakfast service area.
1 1 0 1 . 0 8
Entertainment
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1101.08 Entertainment
See Section 1706.01 for television requirements. Televisions must be on a national news or sports channel at all times.
1 1 0 1 . 0 9
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5404

1 1 0 1 . 1 0
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5404

1 1 0 1 . 1 1
Smoking/Non
-
Smoking
$Level2
$Level2_5404
1 1 0 2 . 0 0
1101.11 Smoking/Non-Smoking
S a f e t y
Food and beverage service areas must be non-smoking.

a n d
Sanitation
$Level1
$Level2_5476
1102.00 Safety and Sanitation

1 1 0 2 . 0 1
F o o d
Handling
a n d
Sanitation
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.01 Food Handling and Sanitation Requirements

All food handling and storage techniques must meet local and state health department requirements. Home2 Suites standards may be more stringent than
local codes, or local codes may be more stringent than Home2 Suites standards. In every case, meet whichever standard is higher. State and local agencies
have strict rules about how to serve food to the public. See the Food Safety Guidelines in the Home2 Suites Food & Beverage Operations Guide.
There are three critical steps that contribute to food safety:
• Purchase wholesome, contamination-free foods from sources that comply with local laws.
• Store and serve food at the right temperature.
• Use clean handling techniques.
1 1 0 2 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5476

1 1 0 2 . 0 3
Hygiene
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.03 Hygiene
Food handling employees must handle food in ways that prevent germs, foreign materials and chemicals from entering the food.
The following steps must be taken to ensure food safety:
• A hand sink must be provided in the pantry area. Paper towel dispenser and liquid antibacterial soap must be located at the sink. If a hand sink is
not provided in the pantry area of an existing hotel, a liquid waterless antibacterial soap and paper towels must be provided.

• Wash your hands before work, after using the restroom, when returning from breaks, and whenever something is touched that might carry microbes.
• Smoke, eat and drink away from food production and storage areas. Wash your hands afterward.
• Wash your hands if you cough, sneeze, or handle garbage. To wash correctly:
• Always wash at a hand washing station, not a food preparation sink.
• Wet your hands with warm water.
• Apply soap and wash your hands for at least 20 seconds.
• Scrub your nails with a nailbrush.
• Rinse with hot water for at least 20 seconds.
• Repeat steps two through four.
• Dry with a single-use paper towel.
• All food handling employees must wear disposable gloves when handling food.
• Stay away from the food preparation or service areas when you are sick.
1 1 0 2 . 0 4
Time
a n d
T e m p e r a t u r e
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.04 Time and Temperature

All food and display units must maintain proper temperatures to avoid contamination. Appropriate times/temperatures include:
• Hot food display units must maintain food above 145 °F/63 °C. (If applicable law imposes stricter requirements, the hotel must comply with those
requirements).
• Refrigerated display units must maintain foods below 41 °F/5 °C. (If applicable law imposes stricter requirements, the hotel must comply with those
requirements).
• Where applicable, dishwashers must have an operable thermometer. Temperatures must be a minimum of 140 °F/60 °C for the wash cycle and 180 °F/82 °C
for the final rinse cycle.
• Food that has been on display for a total of four hours or more must be considered unsafe and be discarded.
• Harmful microbes grow best in the Temperature Danger Zone, 41 - 145 °F /5 – 63 °C. To avoid the Temperature Danger Zone:
• Check temperature regularly
• Move food through the danger zone as quickly as possible
• Clean and sanitize every thermometer after each use
• Calibrate thermometers regularly for accuracy
1 1 0 2 . 0 5
Sanitation
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.05 Sanitation
All food handling areas must remain clean and follow food safety guidelines. Food contact surfaces must be cleaned and sanitized before and after each use
or at least once every four hours. Food contact surfaces must be sanitized when switching from one food item to another. Properties must retain 30 days of
invoices of the selected sanitation product and store the invoices as part of the quality assurance documentation.
1 1 0 2 . 0 6
S t o r a g e
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.06 Storage
Safely store food, equipment and supplies before, during and after preparation. Proper rotation of food inventory must be followed at all times. Label and date
all food and food products. Follow FIFO “First In, First Out”— using the products that came in first before using new products to ensure that products that are too
old are never used. All products removed from original packaging must be stored in approved food-grade containers and identified with a proper food safety

label. In-use bulk ambient products must be labeled with the proper clock dot rotation label. All chemicals and cleaning agents must be clearly labeled and
stored away from food-related products.
1 1 0 2 . 0 7
Periodic
Maintenance
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.07 Periodic Maintenance

Hotels must establish a maintenance program to ensure working order of equipment and is not limited to the following:
• No visible dust or debris is allowed on the ceiling.
• Doors to food storage and preparation areas must have no visible gaps and the door must fit the frames correctly. Doors must remain closed.
• Dumpster and recycling areas must be free of trash and garbage. Lids must remain closed.
1 1 0 2 . 0 8
Risk
M a n a g e m e n t
$Level2
$Level2_5476
1102.08 Risk Management

The following risk control equipment must be provided:
1 1 0 3 . 0 0
• A stocked first-aid kit must be available in the pantry/breakfast area.
• A fire extinguisher must be available in the pantry/breakfast area or as required by local ordinance.
B r e a k f a s t
Offerings
$Level1
$Level2_5540
1103.00 Breakfast Offerings

1 1 0 3 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5540

Breakfast must be provided daily for registered guests. Guests must be served for a minimum of three hours daily between the hours of 6:00-9:00 a.m. ,
Monday - Friday. Saturday and Sunday serving hours must be between 6:00-10:00 a.m., ending no sooner than 9:30 a.m.
B. Pricing
The hotel must not charge for breakfast.
C. Employee and Staffing
A minimum of one team member must be dedicated to working the Inspired Table® Breakfast area during serving times each day.
• At the end of breakfast service, the following tasks must be completed:
• The drapes must be drawn shut immediately following breakfast and prior to beginning end-of-service cleaning and restocking tasks.
All zones behind the drapes must be cleaned and restocked for the next shift.
• The shade must be pulled over the juice machine.
Clean and fully stock the Coffee2Tea Zone to ensure all offerings are available to guests 24 hours a day.
• Ensure all surfaces are clean and free of debris.
• Ensure all components are in proper working condition.
• Inspect to ensure signage, graphics, doors, drawers and countertops are free of damage.
• Inspect and clean beverage dispenser units daily:
• Wipe external surfaces
• Wash dispenser interiors
• Ensure dispenser valves do not leak and gauges work properly
• Ensure spill grates are in place and aligned properly.
• Replenish consumables and condiments.

• Clean and replenish Coffee2Tea Zone storage area:

• Wipe all storage area surfaces.
• Fully stock mugs in all drawers.
• Stock compostable cups.
1 1 0 3 . 0 2
Equipment
a n d
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_5540
Preparation of the Home2 Inspired Table® Breakfast requires that specific pieces of commercial equipment are installed and used. See the Inspired Table®
Food and Beverage Guide at OnQ Insider>Home2 Suites>Food & Beverage> Inspired Table for exact equipment specifications. Hotels must provide specified
equipment and décor as outlined by the Brand.
A. Buffet
Breakfast standards for the “Breakfast Zones” are designed to provide employees with information that will help them create a consistent breakfast
experience across the entire system. The Inspired Table® Breakfast presentation must mirror the prescribed order as outlined in the Home2 Suites Food &
Beverage Operations Guide. Consistent presentation standards must be used to ensure that each Home2 Suites guest experiences the same Inspired
Table® Breakfast from location to location. Lining of guest facing hot-holding, cold-holding, or ambient displayware or serveware with aluminum foil,
parchment paper, insert pan liners or similar is prohibited. The individual Inspired Table® Breakfast Zones are as follows:
• Coffee2Tea Zone
• Cereal and Topping Zone
• Hot Zone
• Baked Zone
• Juice Zone
• Conserve2Preserve Zone
In addition, each zone must consist of the following parts:
• Displayware and serveware – Each zone has appropriate displayware and serveware such as serving dishes and holders for cups, plates, bowls and
napkins.
• Graphics – See www.hotelsigns.com/Home2Suites for required graphics for each zone. The graphics package and displayware must be maintained in a
like-new condition and be replaced on an as-needed basis.

D. Artwork and Décor
Hotels must not use any additional décor enhancing items such as silk or dried flowers, artificial fruit, regional accessories, holiday/seasonal decorations
or any unapproved promotional collateral on the breakfast serving surface.
1 1 0 3 . 0 3
B r e a k f a s t
F o o d
a n d
B e v e r a g e
Offerings
$Level2
$Level2_5540
1103.03 Breakfast Food and Beverage Offerings

See Home2 Suites Approved Product List on OnQ Insider. All products listed have been tested and are approved. Some categories have multiple approved
products to ensure that food suppliers have an ability to carry at least one of the products. Work with food suppliers to ensure access to at least the minimum
number of the approved items in each category. Suppliers may be willing to stock additional brand-approved products based on usage. The Inspired Table®
Breakfast presentation must mirror the prescribed order as outlined in theHome2 Suites Food & Beverage Operations Guide. Refer to the Home2 Suites Food

1 1 0 4 . 0 0
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5615
1 1 0 5 . 0 0
& Beverage Guide for requied food and beverage offerings.
N o t

Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5644
1 1 0 6 . 0 0
N o t
1105.00
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5678
1 1 0 7 . 0 0
N o t
1106.00
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5693
1 1 0 8 . 0 0
N o t

Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5729
1 1 0 9 . 0 0
F o o d
1108.00
a n d
B e v e r a g e
M a r k e t
$Level1
$Level2_5784
1109.00 Food and Beverage Market
1 1 0 9 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5784

Hotels must provide a Home2 Mkt™ where guests are able to purchase a selection of light meals, candy, snacks, sundries and beverages. Refer to the
Home2 Suites Food & Beverage Guide for set-up and product specifications.
1 1 1 0 . 0 0
The Home2 Mkt™ must be available 24 hours a day.
L o b b y
R e f r e s h m e n t s
$Level1
$Level2_5790
1110.00 Lobby Refreshments

1 1 1 0 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5790

Complete coffee, tea and hot cocoa service must be available to all guests at no charge in the Oasis 24 hours per day.
1 1 1 0 . 0 2
Equipment
a n d
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_5790
Coffee must be displayed using approved thermal servers with graphic wraps (Visit Hotel Signs at http://www.hotelsigns.com/home2suites for ordering
information graphics.) Tea and hot cocoa must be displayed in approved containers.
1 1 1 0 . 0 3
Required
Offerings
$Level2
$Level2_5790
1110.03 Required Offerings

Two coffee selections must be available for the guest at all times: gourmet and decaffeinated. Hot water must also be provided for tea and hot cocoa
selections.

1100 Food and Beverage - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Home2 Suites Approved Product List
l Home2 Suites Food & Beverage Operations Guide


Business Center/Meetings and Events table of contents.
1201.00 Self Service Business Center 1200-2
1204.00 Meetings and Events 1200-2

1 2 0 1 . 0 0
Self
Service
Business
C e n t e r
$Level1
$Level2_5867
1201.00 Self Service Business Center

1 2 0 1 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_5867

All hotels must open utilizing the approved Brand Business Center Solution from Uniguest. For Assistance, contact Home2@uniguest.com.
A business services area must be provided within the Oasis exclusively for guest use 24 hours a day. Use of the business services area and supplies is
complimentary.
1 2 0 1 . 0 2
Equipment
$Level2
$Level2_5867
1201.02 Equipment
A. Approved Solution
The business center must contain the following equipment and supplies:
• Wired Internet access for the installation of business center equipment
• Wireless Internet access for guest use
• Computers, with all applicable software
• Laser jet printer and valet print key pad, where applicable
• Routers and surge protectors. All exposed cables on or under the work surface must be managed in a neat and orderly fashion.
• Paper shredder and wastebasket
• Brand approved ergonomic chair must be provided for each workstation
• Wall-mounted clock
• One telephone, in the lobby, that does not permit direct dialing to guestrooms. If the telephone allows outside call, printed instructions must be
provided.
1 2 0 1 . 0 3
Facsimile
Services
$Level2
$Level2_5867
1201.03 Facsimile Services

A fax service must be available to guests 24 hours per day and may be located at the front desk. The fax machine must have a dedicated telephone line and not
be an extension from the hotel switchboard. The hotel employees must be available to assist the guest.
A. Usage Fees
All fax documents received for guests must be complimentary. Guests must be informed of estimated fees prior to faxing.
1. All local and toll-free faxes must be complimentary.
2. Domestic long-distance fees must not exceed a rate equal to 3 USD per page for 1-3 pages. Additional pages must not exceed a rate equal to 1 USD
1 2 0 2 . 0 0
per page.
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5868
1 2 0 3 . 0 0
3. International faxes must not exceed a rate equal to 5 USD per page for 1-3 pages. Additional pages must not exceed a rate equal to 2 USD per page.
N o t

Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_5881
1 2 0 4 . 0 0
Meetings

a n d
E v e n t s
$Level1
$Level2_5982
1204.00 Meetings and Events

1 2 0 4 . 0 1
Services
a n d
G u a r a n t e e s
$Level2
$Level2_5982

1204.01 Services and Guarantees

All hotels that provide meeting space must meet the following standards:
A. Guarantee
Meeting services must be included in the Home2 Guarantee.
B. Hotline
All meeting rooms in the hotel must have at least one, permanently installed, telephone that rings to the front desk. One telephone must be available per
meeting room and one per divided bay.
1 2 0 4 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_5982

1 2 0 4 . 0 3
Meeting
Preparation
a n d
Facilitation
$Level2
$Level2_5982
1204.03 Meeting Preparation and Facilitation

When meeting services are requested, accommodations must be made to create an environment that facilitates success for the client. Items that must support
this environment include:
A. Signage
1. A reader board must be upscale in nature and match the lobby décor. It may be freestanding or wall-mounted and must include a summary of events for
the meeting rooms on the current day. The insert/ sign must be professionally printed by an outside supplier or in-house using desktop software on
white or cream paper. If using a decorative easel-type frame for display, the sign must be glassed and matted in a decorative frame. Reader board
signs with removable letters must not be used.
2. Meeting room entrance door signage used to identify groups must be professionally printed by an outside supplier or in-house using desktop software
or calligraphy on white or cream paper.
B. Collateral and Amenities
The hotel must offer meeting room set-up services that the Brand may specify from time to time. The meeting rooms must include, at a minimum, the
following:
• Pens and note pads with Brand logo.
• Individually-wrapped hard candy or mints in a decorative bowl or candy jar.
• Complimentary water must be provided in the meeting room. Pitchers of ice water placed on trivets with 7 oz./210 ml beverage glassware. The pitchers
are to be made of glass, high-quality acrylic or stainless steel.
• Coffee mugs (10 oz. minimum) must be provided if coffee service is offered. Plastic or foam cups are not permitted.
C. Furnishings
Each meeting room must provide a decorative wastebasket with an enclosed top and removable liner. All meeting room tables must be dressed with
coordinating linen and skirting unless otherwise requested by the customer. All first rows of classroom sets must be skirted. All U-shapes must be skirted
on the inside of the U. Reception tables must be skirted around each table. Covers and linens, when used, must be clean, in good repair, not wrinkled or
excessively creased and must be consistently draped parallel to the floor or as specified by the customer.
D. Meeting Room Environment
Thermostats must be adjustable by guests using the meeting space. Thermostats must not be restricted by programming or physical barrier.
F. Copy Service
In-house duplicating service for small-quantity copying must be available. Outside service may be recommended for large quantities.

1 2 0 4 . 0 4
Equipment
$Level2
$Level2_5982
1204.04 Equipment
A. Equipment
The hotel must have the following audiovisual and other equipment available at the hotel or available through an outside vendor upon 24-hour notice:
• Minimum one 32" LCD HDTV
• Television cart – one per television
• LCD Projector and projection screen (if not recessed in ceiling)
• Microphones (wired and wireless)
• DVD player
• Flip Charts and markers
• Extension cords and universal power strips (with adaptors, where appropriate)
B. Internet Access
Complimentary wireless Internet access must be installed in all meeting rooms.
1 2 0 4 . 0 5
B o a r d r o o m
$Level2
$Level2_5982
1204.05 Boardroom
Boardrooms are optional. Refer to Section 2507.03 for specifications.
1 2 0 4 . 0 6
F o o d
a n d
B e v e r a g e
$Level2
$Level2_5982
1204.06 Food and Beverage

D. Refreshment Breaks
When provided, refreshment breaks and catered meal functions for meetings must be set up to customer specifications and delivered on time.

1200 Business Center/Meetings and Events - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Business Center Solution


Fitness and Recreation table of contents.
1301.00 Swimming Pool/Whirlpool 1300-2
1302.00 Fitness Center 1300-3

1 3 0 1 . 0 0
Swimming
Pool/Whirlpool
$Level1
$Level2_6057
1301.00 Swimming Pool/Whirlpool

1 3 0 1 . 0 1
H o u r s
o f
Operation
$Level2
$Level2_6057

Where required to be installed by the Brand, swimming pool and whirlpool facilities must be open and accessible to registered guests from at least 9:00
a.m.to 10:00 p.m. (9:00-22:00 h) daily, weather and climate permitting. Hours of operation must be posted by all swimming pool and whirlpool entrances.
1 3 0 1 . 0 2
Design,
Construction
a n d
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_6057
1301.02 Design, Construction and Signage

Hotels where pools are installed must comply with the standards below. See Section 2508.03 for additional information.
A. General Rules
A floating divider rope must be installed if required by code or if the swimming pool includes an abrupt change in depth.
B. Usage
A professionally prepared sign outlining guidelines and rules for use of the swimming pool must be prominently displayed. Swimming pool and whirlpool
(indoor and outdoor) signs must match the design of and be consistent with the other signs in the hotel sign system. See the Interior Sign Manual on
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design and any local codes.
1 3 0 1 . 0 3
S a f e t y
a n d
Security
$Level2
$Level2_6057
1301.03 Safety and Security

A. Equipment
The following equipment is required and must be provided and/or be readily available at every swimming pool, even when the swimming pool is closed
(including off season):
• One shepherd’s hook with a minimum extended length of 12' (3.5 m).
• Two United States Coast Guard or international equivalent life rings for each swimming pool. Each life ring must be attached to a line with a minimum
diameter of 3/16" (0.5 cm). The length of the line must be one and a half times the greatest width of the pool and not to exceed 60' (18 m).
B. Water Maintenance
1. All swimming pools must maintain appropriate temperatures. See Section 2508.03.Q.
2. The water in the swimming pool and whirlpool must appear clear whenever those facilities are available for guest use. The minimum chemical content
of the swimming pool and whirlpool water must be 1:3 parts per million. The pH of the swimming pool and whirlpool water must be between 7.2 and
7.8 unless otherwise specified by health department regulations.
a. Documentation must be maintained at the hotel noting the results of daily pH and chemical levels testing.
C. Covers
Outdoor swimming pools and whirlpools that are closed for seasonal reasons must be covered by a professionally fitted swimming pool cover. Any
swimming pool not covered must be considered open and must be maintained as open and available for guest use. See Section 2508.03.
D. Underwater Lighting
Underwater illumination in swimming pools and whirlpools must be provided from sunset to sunrise.
E. Locked Gate
A padlock must be placed on exterior swimming pool entrance gates when the swimming pool is closed.
F. Diving Boards

Temporary or permanent swimming pool diving boards, diving platforms, slides, and/or trampolines are prohibited.
1 3 0 1 . 0 4
Pool
Towels
$Level2
$Level2_6057
1301.04 Pool Towels

Clean, bath-sized towels must be provided during hours of operation.
A. Towel Bin
A decorative, Brand approved towel bin/hamper must be provided for dirty towels.
1 3 0 1 . 0 5
D é c o r
$Level2
$Level2_6057
1 3 0 2 . 0 0
1301.05 Décor
Fitness
Plants within containers must be live and well-maintained.

C e n t e r
$Level1
$Level2_6060
1302.00 Fitness Center

1 3 0 2 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_6060

All hotels must follow the Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Guide and the standards below:
A. Fitness Center Compliance
Have a fitness center for registered guests open seven days a week. All hotels must comply with all Furniture Fixtures and Equipment standards in Section
1302.04 -1302.05 and Section 2508.01.
B. Signage
Professionally prepared signs that match the rest of the interior sign package must be posted, including:
1. Hours of operation must be posted at the entrance.
2. Easy-to-understand instructions and safety and emergency information for use of fitness center equipment must be clearly visible.
3. A sign outlining applicable health and safety information for use of the fitness center must be posted. Only the approved rules signage, as part of the
Spin2Cycle graphics package, is permitted.
4. Directions to fitness center must be clearly marked from elevator on the guest floor where the fitness center is located.
C. Hours of Operation
At a minimum, the fitness center must be available for daily use between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 a.m. (6:00 - 24:00 h).
E. Pricing
Usage of the facility must be complimentary and for the exclusive use of hotel guests. “Memberships” to non-hotel guests must not be issued.
F. Access and Security
The entrance door must be key card locked with the deadbolt feature disabled.
1 3 0 2 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_6060

1 3 0 2 . 0 3
Cleaning
a n d
Maintenance
$Level2
$Level2_6060
1302.03 Cleaning and Maintenance

All fitness center equipment must be maintained, clean and in good working order at all times.
1 3 0 2 . 0 4
Fitness
Equipment
$Level2
$Level2_6060
1302.04 Fitness Equipment

A. Equipment Requirements
The fitness center must contain pre-selected and Brand approved equipment. See the Spin2Cycle Guide located on the Hilton Worldwide Fitness Center
Website for all equipment and design requirements.
B. Replacement Cycle
If equipment is in need of replacement the hotel must replace existing equipment with brand approved equipment specifications or other brand approved
commercial grade equivalents.
1 3 0 2 . 0 5
Casegoods/Finishes
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_6060
1302.05 Casegoods/Finishes Requirements

The design package must be from one of the pre-approved schemes. See the Hilton Worldwide Fitness Center website and Section 2508.01 for specifications.
A. Towel Station/Towels
A brand approved towel station must match be provided for an adequate supply of towels, and be neatly displayed for guests using the facility.
B. Decorative Hamper
A decorative hamper must be positioned next to the towel station.
C. Decorative Wastebasket
A décor enhancing, metal waste basket must be present in the fitness center. This may be integrated with the hygienic wipes dispenser.
D. Clock
A 10" to 20" (25 cm to 50 cm) wall-mounted clock with a white face and black numbers must be provided.
E. Decorative Hooks
Four decorative robe hooks must be provided.
F. Water Cooler
A water cooler with cup station must be provided for guest use. Hotel must provide paper cups with water cooler. Plastic cups are not permitted.
G. Hygienic Wipes
Hotel must maintain brand approved hygienic wet wipes for guest use. Hygienic wipes do not replace daily disinfecting during the cleaning process.
Consult equipment owner’s manuals for recommended cleaning solutions.
H. Graphics/Signage
Only approved Spin2Cycle graphics will be permitted, including brand approved laundry signage. See Signage Section 2519.02.K.
1 3 0 2 . 0 6
Amenities
a n d
Technology
$Level2
$Level2_6060
1302.06 Amenities and Technology

B. Technology
Televisions must be provided for guest use. See Section 1706.01.C for specifications.
If a hotel opts to use Personal Viewing Screens (PVS), the following must be provided:
• Individually wrapped disposable ear buds.
• Replacement ear buds must be left in the fitness center in a silver wire mesh basket stored on the towel station or made available at the front
desk.
• Brand approved professional signage designed to match existing signage must be visible on towel station to direct guests to replacement pieces.
C. House Telephone
House telephone or emergency call button must be available in the fitness room and ring directly to the front desk.
1 3 0 2 . 0 7
Walking
P a t h
$Level2
$Level2_6060

1302.07 Walking Path

A. General Rules
When an outdoor walking path is provided for guests' use, the following must be adhered to:
1. General area of path must be kept in good condition at all times, including, but not limited to, landscaping free from debris and trash. Pathways must
also be well maintained.
2. Two smoking posts must be displayed and maintained along the path.
3. Approved signage must be displayed. Visit Hotels Signs for brand approved signage at http://www.hotelsigns.com/home2suites.

1300 Fitness and Recreation - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Hilton Worldwide Fitness Center Website
l Home2 Interior Signage Package


Retail/Concessionaire table of contents.
1401.00 Gift Shop/Suite Shop/Pantry 1400-2
1403.00 Third-Party Concessionaires 1400-4

1 4 0 1 . 0 0
Gift
Shop/Suite
S h o p / P a n t r y
$Level1
$Level2_6378
1401.00 Gift Shop/Suite Shop/Pantry

1 4 0 1 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_6378

The Home2 Mkt must comply with the attributes, amenities or product requirements as specified below. The Home2 Mkt must always be kept clean, well-lit,
amply stocked and void of empty shelf spaces.
A. Guest Billing
Items from the Home2 Mkt must be purchased by guests at the front desk. Registered guests to whom credit privileges have been extended are entitled to
charge Home2 Mkt purchases to their folio. Reasonable credit limits may be imposed by the hotel. Minimum purchase fees from the Home2 Mkt are
prohibited. Hotels are required to use the approved Home2 Mkt vendor to ensure product is aligned with guest trends and to ensure consistency across the
Brand.
B. Hours of Operation
The Home2 Mkt must be available to all guests 24 hours a day.
C. Signage
The hotel must install brand approved signage and pricing display. Visit Hotel Signs for Brand approved signage at
http://www.hotelsigns.com/home2suites.
D. Displays
All Home2 Mkt’s must have displays that consist of the following:
• Millwork merchandiser built to prototypical plans for all non-perishable and toiletry items and include:
• Self-fronting display organizers that are clear in color
• Use of non-approved display pieces is not allowed. Displays must be pleasing to the eye. Items must not be displayed in cardboard boxes.
• Refrigerator and freezer
• Product endorsements are prohibited on refrigerator or freezer equipment
• All merchandise must be reasonably priced, with the cost of the items on the products and/or a price list displayed within the Home2 Mkt for the guests’
convenience.
• Where individual pricing of merchandise is mandated by local laws, pricing must be professional in appearance (i.e., produced on pricing gun labels)
and positioned in accordance to local code.
• Brand approved graphics. See Suppliers' Corner at www.hilton.worldwide.com/design for more information.
1 4 0 1 . 0 2
P r o d u c t
Section/Zones
$Level2
$Level2_6378
1401.02 Product Section/Zones

A. Freezer Section
The freezer section must include a minimum of three nationally-recognized brand name entrées, one brand which is recognized for their healthy options
(which must include pizza, sandwiches, skillet meals, and a healthy option entree). All entrées must be able to be cooked using a microwave. All offering
must be sized to fit into the guestroom microwaves.
B. Dessert Section
Three dessert selections must be available, which include a 3.5 oz. cup, nationally recognized brand, frozen ice cream bar/sandwich, and one low fat
option.

C. Cooler Section
The cooler section must include an assortment of the following:
• Five or more nationally recognized brand name sodas, to include a minimum of two diet soda
selections
• Three assorted juice selections
• Two selection of well-being drinks with focus on protein content (i.e., Naked brand)
• Bottled Water - nationally recognized brands only
• Two flavors of nationally recognized ice teas
• Three flavors of Gatorade-type drink
• Three flavors of specialty carbonated drink (i.e. Izze drink)
• Bottled water – nationally recognized brands only
• Two flavors of nationally-recognized iced coffee drink
• Beer and/or wine. If alcohol is sold, all employees must complete appropriate training. Refer to the
Home2 Training Completion Checklists for required training.
E. Laundry Section
The laundry section must include a minimum of one nationally recognized brand name detergent and fabric softener. NOTE: Laundry items may not be sold
from a vending machine in the laundry area.
F. Health and Beauty Section
The health and beauty section must provide a minimum of two nationally recognized brands for each of the following items:
• Mouthwash
• Deodorant
• Shaving cream
• Toothpaste
• Pain reliever
• Cold/sinus reliever
• Hair spray
• Feminine hygiene products
• Disposable razors
• Toothbrushes
• Saline Eye Drops
1 4 0 1 . 0 3
S e t u p
a n d
Merchandising
$Level2
$Level2_6378
1401.03 Setup and Merchandising

A. Installation/Setup/Merchandising
All merchandise offered in the Home2 Mkt must meet the following:
• Reflect nationally recognized brands only.
• All items must be easy to reach and guest assistance must be available.
• A minimum per item par stock of four must be displayed in the store at all times unless otherwise noted.

1 4 0 2 . 0 0
B. Zone Categories
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_6380
1 4 0 3 . 0 0
Merchandise selection provided in the Home2Mkt must include, at a minimum, six categories of items below:
Third
1402.00
-
P a r t y
Concessionaires
$Level1
$Level2_6381
1403.00 Third-Party Concessionaires
1 4 0 3 . 0 1
A p p r o v e d
Activities
$Level2
$Level2_6381
1403.01 Approved Activities

A. Brand Approved
Concessionaires may only be used by the hotel for activities that are approved by the Brand, including and not limited to design, quality and placement of
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment and signage.
B. Qualifications
Concessionaires must be qualified and reputable in their field.
1 4 0 3 . 0 2
Operating
A g r e e m e n t
$Level2
$Level2_6381
1403.02 Operating Agreement

A. Signed Agreement
Concessionaires must be operated under the terms of a signed agreement between the Concessionaire and the hotel.
1 4 0 3 . 0 3
U s e
o f
T r a d e m a r k s
$Level2
$Level2_6381
1403.03 Use of Trademarks

Concessionaires are prohibited from using any of the trademarks for any purpose.
1 4 0 3 . 0 4
G u e s t
Billing
$Level2
$Level2_6381
1403.04 Guest Billing

The billing of charges for hazardous activities, including waterborne and airborne crafts, third-party fitness facilities, water sports, third-party spas, diving and
scuba diving activities or the operation of watercraft or aircraft (including hot air balloons) to a guest’s folio is prohibited. The Brand prohibits allowing payment
for any goods or services of a concessionaire to be billed to a guest’s folio. The only exceptions are restaurant charges.

1400 Retail/Concessionaire - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Home2 Suites Food & Beverage Operations Guide


Risk Management and Insurance table of contents.
1502.00 Insurance 1500-2
1503.00 Safety 1500-9
1504.00 Security 1500-11
1505.00 Loss Prevention 1500-12

1 5 0 1 . 0 0
General
Rules
$Level1
$Level2_6455

1 5 0 1 . 0 1
Compliance
S t a t e m e n t
$Level2
$Level2_6455
1501.01 Compliance Statement

1 5 0 2 . 0 0
Note: the following Insurance Requirements section is written with US Dollars used for coverage types and minimum limits. The insurance obtained must
I n s u r a n c e
meet or exceed these brand standards based on current currency conversions.

$Level1
$Level2_6456
1502.00 Insurance
Franchisee must meet or exceed the insurance requirements specified in this Hilton Worldwide Inc., (“HWI”) Brand Standards Manual (“Manual”), unless
specifically indicated to the contrary in the Management Agreement (“Agreement”). Insurance requirements are split into TWO areas:
• Insurance required during Construction (or Significant Renovation); and
• Insurance required during Operation
Wherever possible, global standards have been provided. To the extent requirements differ for hotels located within the US and those located outside the US,
specific standards are provided.
1 5 0 2 . 0 1
I n s u r a n c e
Required
During
Construction
$Level2
$Level2_6456
1502.01 Insurance Required During Construction

A. General Provisions
If the hotel is under construction or undergoing significant renovations or remodeling, the following insurance requirements apply. This insurance must be
effective prior to the start of construction or renovation/remodeling.
B. General Contractor Insurance
Any and all contractors and subcontractors (collectively, "Contractors") performing work on or about the hotel must be contractually assigned responsibility
for job site safety and for all claims for injury or damage arising out of Contractors' operations to the greatest extent permitted by law. Franchisee must
provide or negotiate requirements for sufficient insurance on the part of the general contractor, which at a minimum must include:
1.
• Statutory Worker's Compensation Insurance (as required by State law)
2. • Employer's Liability (“EL”) Insurance, in an amount not less than:
•• 1,000,000 USD Each Accident,

•• 1,000,000 USD Disease - Policy Limit, and
•• 1,000,000 USD Disease - Each Employee.
The EL limits can be satisfied by any combination of Workers' Compensation, EL, and/or Excess/Umbrella policies. However, the certificate of
insurance must clearly indicate that Excess/Umbrella liability insurance affords coverage for EL.
3. General Liability Insurance (GL)
Coverage limits in the minimum amount of 10,000,000 USD per occurrence. If the GL policy contains a general aggregate limit, it must apply separately
to the hotel project. Coverage must include:
• products-completed operations,
• personal and advertising injury,

• protective liability,
• independent contractors, and
• liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) on an "occurrence basis”.
This insurance may not have any restrictions, modifications or exclusions for explosion, collapse, underground property damage, earth movement or
damage to work performed by a subcontractor.
Contractor must carry completed operations insurance for a period of not less than 5 years after the completion of the project.
4. Automobilie Liability Insurance (AL)
Coverage limits in the minimum amount of 2,000,000 USD each accident combined single limit for any automobile (including, but not limited to: owned,
scheduled, hired, and non-owned vehicles).
5. Excess and Umbrella Liability Insurance
Contractors’ insurance requirements for General Liability, Employers Liability and Auto Liability may be satisfied with a combination of primary umbrella
and/or excess policies.
a. Cold testing, windstorm, and collapse, including collapse resulting from design error.
b. This insurance must apply to:
• property intended for incorporation into the work for the entire duration of the contract including;
• property in the course of construction, reconstruction, or repair;
• property while in transport to the site;
• property stored at the site or off premises;
• scaffolding, staging, shoring, formwork, fences, false work, and temporary buildings and any similar items commonly referred to as construction
equipment located at the site;
• furniture, fixtures, and
• other personal property typical to a hotel located on premises or in storage or at any other temporary location.
c. The policy must cover the cost of removing debris, including demolition as may be made legally necessary by the operation of any applicable law,
ordinance or regulation.
d. Permission to occupy or a partial occupancy clause or definition must be included and allow occupancy without qualification.
e. This insurance must include Business Interruption coverage including the Brand's interest for full recovery of net profits and continuing expenses of
the hotel projected for 12 months following a covered loss (including Rental Value and payments which would have been owed the Brand in the
absence of a loss). Such limit must be sufficient to avoid a coinsurance penalty.
f. This insurance must be maintained in effect until the earliest of either the date on which all persons and organizations who are insured under the
policy agree that it may be terminated or as provided for in the contract documents.
g. This insurance must name all Franchisees of the premises, agents of the Franchisee, and Contractors of any tier as insured. The policy must
include a waiver of subrogation which states that all Franchisees and Contractors waive their rights of subrogation against one another with respect
to losses covered by this policy.
6. Builders Risk Insurance
Franchisee must purchase or cause to be purchased Builder's Risk insurance covering the entire work at the jobsite. This insurance must be on a
100% completed value (replacement cost) form. For renovation projects, the 100% completed value may be achieved through a combination of Property
and/or Builder's Risk insurance. This insurance must include the perils covered under a special causes of loss ("all-risks") form and include the
following:
a. Cold testing, windstorm, and collapse, including collapse resulting from design error.
b. This insurance must apply to:

• property intended for incorporation into the work for the entire duration of the contract including;
• property in the course of construction, reconstruction, or repair;
• property while in transport to the site;
• property stored at the site or off premises;
• scaffolding, staging, shoring, formwork, fences, false work, and temporary buildings and any similar items commonly referred to as construction
equipment located at the site;
• furniture, fixtures, and
• other personal property typical to a hotel located on premises or in storage or at any other temporary location.
c. The policy must cover the cost of removing debris, including demolition as may be made legally necessary by the operation of any applicable law,
ordinance or regulation.
d. Permission to occupy or a partial occupancy clause or definition must be included and allow occupancy without qualification.
e. This insurance must include Business Interruption coverage including the Brand's interest for full recovery of net profits and continuing expenses of
the hotel projected for 12 months following a covered loss (including Rental Value and payments which would have been owed the Brand in the
absence of a loss). Such limit must be sufficient to avoid a coinsurance penalty.
f. This insurance must be maintained in effect until the earliest of either the date on which all persons and organizations who are insured under the
policy agree that it may be terminated or as provided for in the contract documents.
g. This insurance must name all Franchisees of the premises, agents of the Franchisee, and Contractors of any tier as insured.
h. The policy must include a waiver of subrogation which states that all Franchisees and Contractors waive their rights of subrogation against one
another with respect to losses covered by this policy.
7. Flood Insurance
Flood Insurance for the amount of the Builder’s Risk as is available at commercially reasonable prices must be obtained. Coverage must include
Business Interruption. This requirement is subject to review and modification in recognition of changes in the insurance marketplace with prior written
approval from HWI Risk Management.
This requirement only applies if the location is in the special flood hazard areas of Zones A (A, A1-A30, AE, AH, AO, A99, AR and any combination of
zones such as AR/AE, AR/AH, AR, AO, etc.) and Zones V (V30, VE, and VO). Franchisee should contact FEMA map service at 1-877-336-2627 or visit the
following websites to determine the hotel’s zone:
• http://www.msc.fema.gov/
• http://www.floodsmart.gov/floodsmart
Information may also be obtained through the hotel’s local community planning board or building permit department.
8. Earthquake Insurance
Earthquake Insurance with a limit of not less than 75% of the project’s hard cost value or the probable maximum loss (PML) if available. Coverage must
include Business Interruption. This requirement only applies if the location is in a zone with a hazard rating of 48 or higher according to the US
Geological Survey Shaking Hazard maps. For locations in zones 32-48 Earthquake Insurance with a limit of not less than 50% of the project’s hard cost
value is required or the probable maximum loss (PML) if available. Visit http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2008/3018/ to determine the hotel’s zone. Additional
consultation with your insurance broker is recommended.
The Earthquake Insurance requirements in this section are subject to review and modification based on conditions in the insurance market with prior
written approval from HWI Risk Management.
9. Pollution Liability Insurance
If a pollution exposure exists during renovation or construction, Franchisee must require Contractor's Pollution Legal Liability insurance in an amount
not less than 1,000,000 USD per occurrence. If the contractor's Pollution Legal Liability coverage is written on a claims-made policy form, the retroactive

date of the policy must be shown on the certificate of insurance and must be on or before the date of the commencement of services by Contractor.
Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least 3 years after completion of the work. If the coverage is canceled
or not renewed, and it is not replaced with another policy with a retroactive date that precedes the date of Contractor’s agreement, the Contractor must
provide extended reporting coverage for a minimum of 3 years after completion of the work on the former policy.
C. Professional Errors and Omissions Insurance
The Architect and all design professionals must carry E&O with limits commensurate with the risks. Such policy shall cover claims arising out of negligent
errors or omissions during the performance of professional services and include coverage for attorney fees. The retroactive date of the policy must be
shown on the certificate of insurance and must be before the date of the agreement. If the coverage is canceled or not renewed and it is not replaced with
another policy with a retroactive date that precedes the date of this agreement, all professionals must provide extended reporting coverage for a minimum
of two years after completion of the agreement or the work on the former policy. All professionals shall keep such insurance in force during the course of
this Agreement and for a period of not less than 2 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work in accordance with the terms of Construction
Contract.
D. Miscellaneous
1. Franchisee must defend, indemnify and hold HWI, its owners’ subsidiaries and affiliates now or hereafter existing, harmless from any and all damages
or claims arising out of the failure of any Contractor, supplier or vendor doing business with the hotel to maintain adequate insurance.
2. Contractors must not be allowed on the site or within the premises until the stated insurance requirements are evidenced.
3. Contractor's insurance, with the exception of Workers' Compensation must name Franchisee, HWI and each of their owners, subsidiaries and affiliates
(including their respective directors, officers and employees), now or hereafter existing as additional insured on terms no less broad than forms ISO CG
20 10 11 85 or a combination of ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 04 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage), and copies of
these endorsements or their equivalent must be provided to Franchisee and the Brand.
4. Franchisee, at its option, may purchase a "Franchisee controlled insurance program" or "wrap up" insurance program to comply with the coverage
requirements in this Section 1502.01.
1 5 0 2 . 0 2
I n s u r a n c e
Required
o f
O w n e r
while
in
Operation
$Level2
1502.02 Insurance Required of Owner while in Operation

$Level2_6456
The insurance policies required in this Section 1502.02 must be effective at the commencement of any operations related to the hotel and apply to hotels in the
USA only. These are as follows:
A. General Liability (GL)
General Liability (GL) coverage must be purchased on an occurrence form including defense costs arising out of or connected with hotel operations.
Coverage limits must be at least 10,000,000 USD per occurrence, and may be satisfied with a combination of primary (EL, GL and AL), umbrella, and/or
excess insurance policies. The GL insurance must include coverage for the following risks:
1. Damage to property of others and bodily injury including sickness, disease and death.
2. Personal and advertising injury covering liability for false arrest, libel, slander, defamation, false imprisonment, unlawful detention, wrongful or
malicious prosecution or invasion of privacy.
3. Innkeeper’s Liability insuring loss or damage to guests’ property (up to statutory requirements). This can be satisfied by any combination of GL or
Crime coverage.
4. Liquor Liability insuring Franchisee’s liability arising out of the sale or serving of alcoholic beverages, if the hotel serves or sells beer, wine or spirits.
5. Contractual Liability, insuring liability arising out of oral, written or incidental agreements, including, but not limited to, hold harmless agreements and
the Indemnity Paragraph of the Agreement.

6. Independent Contractors insuring liability Franchisee may incur arising out of operations performed for Franchisee by persons other than Franchisee’s
own employees.
7. Premises/Operation insuring liability arising out of work performed on premises.
8. Products and Completed Operations.
9. Worldwide jurisdiction covering lawsuits brought anywhere in the world from occurrences arising out of the hotel or the operations connected with the
hotel (per form ISO CG2422 10 01 or equivalent).
10. Aggregate limits, if any, must be aggregated on no less than a “per location” basis for the underlying general liability as well as the umbrella/excess
coverage (per form CG 2504 or equivalent).
11. Named perils pollution including coverage for liability arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire, or smoke, fumes, vapor or soot produced
by or originating from equipment that is used to heat, cool or dehumidify the building, or equipment that is used to heat water (per form CG 2165 or
equivalent).
12. Terrorism
C. Automobile/Motor Liability (AL) – Worldwide Hotels
AL with coverage limits of at least 10,000,000 USD each accident/combined single limit, which may be satisfied with a combination of primary (EL, GL and
AL), umbrella, and/or excess insurance policies. Coverage must include:
1. (i) Coverage for any automobile including, but not limited to, all owned, non-owned, leased, and hired automobiles used in the operation of the hotel.
2. (ii) Garage-Keeper's Liability, if the hotel’s operations include parking operations, with a limit adequate to cover the full actual value of all automobiles
that are in Franchisee’s care, custody, and control at any one time.
D. Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance (WC)
As required by State law, this must be in force prior to the hiring of any employees. Employers Liability (“EL”) coverage must also be obtained in the
minimum amounts of:
• 1,000,000 USD each accident,
• 1,000,000 USD Disease - Policy Limit, and
• 1,000,000 USD Disease - Each Employee
E. Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance (WC)
The EL limits can be satisfied by any combination of WC, EL, and/or Excess/Umbrella policies. However, the certificate of insurance must clearly indicate
that Excess/Umbrella liability insurance affords coverage for EL. WC must be extended to cover "All States", Voluntary Workers' Compensation, and
Longshoreman's and Harbor-worker's Act on an "if any" basis, unless the hotel is insured under a state operated fund. Participation in a US state's
insurance fund shall satisfy the requirements hereunder. If the hotel self-insures WC, a copy of the license granting authority to self-insure must be
furnished to the Brand. If the hotel participates in a state fund or self-insures for WC, stopgap coverage or an endorsement to the GL policy is required in
an amount not less than 1,000,000 USD per claim.
For the State of Texas, participation as a Non-Subscriber must be evidenced by submitting to the Brand a copy of the Employer Notice of No Coverage or
Termination of Coverage (DWC Form-5), and an ERISA-compliant occupational injury benefit plan that covers substantially the same work-related injuries
as WC. Non-subscribers must carry EL insurance with limits of no less than 5,000,000 USD.
F. Flood Insurance
Flood Insurance with a limit as close to the full replacement cost of the building as is available at commercially reasonable prices. Coverage must include
business interruption. This requirement is subject to modification based on conditions in the local insurance market with prior written approval from HWI
Risk Management. This requirement shall only apply if the location is in the special flood hazard areas of Zones A (A, A1-A30, AE, AH, AO, A99, AR and any

combination of Zones such as AR/AE, AR/AH, AR/AO, etc) and Zones V (V30, VE and VO). Franchisee should contact the FEMA map service at +1-(877)-
336-2627 or visit the following websites to determine the hotel’s zone:
• http://www.msc.fema.gov/
• http://www.floodsmart.gov/floodsmart/
Information may also be obtained through the hotel’s local community planning board or building permit department.
G. Flood Insurance
Flood Insurance with a limit as close to the full replacement cost of the building as is available at commercially reasonable prices. Coverage must include
business interruption. This requirement is subject to modification based on conditions in the local insurance market with prior written approval from HWI
Risk Management. This requirement shall only apply if the location is in the special flood hazard areas of Zones A (A, A1-A30, AE, AH, AO, A99, AR and any
combination of Zones such as AR/AE, AR/AH, AR/AO, etc) and Zones V (V30, VE and VO). Franchisee should contact the FEMA map service at +1-(877)-
336-2627 or visit the following websites to determine the hotel’s zone: • http://www.msc.fema.gov/ • http://www.floodsmart.gov/floodsmart/ Information may
also be obtained through the hotel’s local community planning board or building permit department.
H. Earthquake Insurance
Earthquake coverage with a limit not less than 75% of the replacement cost of the hotel must be provided or the probable maximum loss (PML) if available.
Coverage must include business interruption. This requirement shall only apply if the location is in a zone with a hazard rating of 48 or higher according to
the US Geological Survey Shaking Hazard maps. For locations in zones 32-48 earthquake coverage with a limit not less than 50% of the replacement cost
of the hotel must be obtained or the probable maximum loss (PML) if available. Visit http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2008/3018/ to determine the hotel’s zone.
Additional consultation with your insurance broker is recommended. The earthquake insurance requirements in this section are subject to review and
modification based on conditions in the local insurance market with prior written approval from HWI Risk Management.
I. Boiler and Machinery/Equipment Breakdown Insurance
Broad form Boiler and Machinery insurance, including business interruption coverage, against loss from accidental damage to, or from the explosion of,
boilers, air conditioning systems, including refrigeration and heating apparatus, pressure vessels and pressure pipes in an amount equal to 100% of the
actual replacement value of such items (without taking into account any depreciation) plus full recovery of the net profits and continuing expenses of the
hotel. Continuing expenses must specifically include royalty/license fees and other fees payable to the Brand.
J. Crime Insurance
Crime insurance with the following coverages and limits of insurance (per occurrence):
• Employee Dishonesty 100,000 USD

• Forgery & Alteration 50,000 USD
• Money & Securities (Inside) 50,000 USD
• Money & Securities (Outside) 50,000 USD
• Robbery & Safe Burglary of Property
other than money and securities 50,000 USD
• Computer Fraud 50,000 USD
• Counterfeit paper currency 50,000 USD
K. Terrorism Insurance
Terrorism coverage shall be obtained and maintained for both first party damage and third party liability either stand-alone, through a government operated
or mandated pool, or as part of the GL coverage and the Property Damage/Business Interruption coverage. This requirement may be modified with
approval by HWI’s Risk Management department based on an assessment of the risks in the area of the hotel, conditions in the local insurance market
premium.

L. Watercraft Liability
Watercraft liability coverage to the extent that hotel operations include watercraft activities. Please contact HWI’s Risk Management for requirements on
limits of liability.
M. Aircraft Liability
Refer questions concerning insurance limits to HWI’s Risk Management if applicable.
1 5 0 2 . 0 3
A d e q u a c y
o f
I n s u r a n c e
$Level2
$Level2_6456
1502.03 Adequacy of Insurance

A. No Representation by the Brand
The Brand makes no representation, implied or express, that the foregoing insurance requirements are adequate to protect Franchisee.
B. Minimum Requirements
The insurance coverage requirements contained in this Manual are only minimum requirements. These requirements do not relieve Franchisee from
responsibility for any loss or claim for damages arising out of the Agreement. Franchisee must indemnify the Brand for any claim for damages due to
failure of Franchisee or any Contractor, supplier, or vendor doing business with Franchisee to maintain adequate insurance.
C. Submission to Agent
To ensure compliance, the Brand strongly recommends that Franchisee reproduce all insurance sections in this Manual in full and submit it to an agent or
broker experienced in writing insurance for hotels.
D. Reimbursement for Brand Coverage
If Franchisee does not obtain or maintain the required insurance or policy limits, the Brand can (but is not obligated to) obtain and maintain the insurance
or such portion of the insurance (“Difference in Limits”/”Difference in Conditions”) needed to bring Franchisee's insurance in line with the requirements
herein for Franchisee without first giving Franchisee notice. If the Brand does so, then Franchisee must immediately pay the Brand upon request the
premiums and costs incurred by the Brand. RESOURCES/REFERENCES: OnQ Insider: https://OnQInsider.hilton.com/Insider/CMS/Default.aspx?
channel=/Departments/RiskMgmt/RiskManagement/FranchiseInsurance/default.htm
E. Resources and Reference
Please visit OnQ Insider for more information:
https://OnQInsider.hilton.com/Insider/CMS/Default.aspx?channel=/Departments/RiskMgmt/RiskManagement/FranchiseInsurance/default.htm
1 5 0 2 . 0 4
General
I n s u r a n c e
Requirements
$Level2
$Level2_6456
1502.04 General Insurance Requirements

A. Named Insureds
All policies, with the exception of Workers' Compensation (WC), must name the Franchisee as named insured and must name HWI and its Franchisees,
subsidiaries and affiliates now or hereafter existing as additional insured, including their employees, officers and directors. For GL, additional insured
endorsement form ISO CG 20 10 11 85 or equivalent for construction and renovation, and form ISO CG 2029 11 85 , ISO CG 20 10 11 85 or equivalent
during operations must be used to satisfy this requirement. Such forms may be requested from HWI's Risk Management Department or obtained from
OnQ Insider. All liability policies must contain cross liability coverage.
B. Acceptable Insurance Providers
All required insurance must be purchased from insurance companies with a financial rating acceptable to Hilton, which shall be no less than A - VII if rated
by the company A.M. Best.
C. Cross Liability
All policies of Franchisee must be endorsed to be primary insurance with no recourse to or contribution from any other similar insurance, if any, which may

be carried by HWI and its Franchisees, subsidiaries and affiliates now or hereafter. Evidence of such must be supplied to the Brand.
D. Provision of Information to the Brand
Franchisee must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Brand each of the following:
1. Certificates of insurance or proof acceptable to HWI evidencing the insurance required in this Brand Standards Manual (“Manual”), including applicable
endorsements. Each certificate must specifically identify insured location(s) by name, address and Facility ID number.
2. A signed letter written or translated to English from the insurance agent or broker who placed the required insurance affirming that he or she has read
and understood the insurance requirements contained in this Manual. This letter must specifically address whether the insurance the agent or broker
has placed complies with the insurance requirements set forth in this Manual.
3. A signed checklist from the insurance agent or broker indicating whether there is coverage for each of the minimum requirements set forth in this
Manual.
4. For samples of these letters and checklists, as well as sample certificates and evidence of property insurance, please refer to:
https://OnQInsider.hilton.com/Insider/CMS/Default.aspx?channel=/Departments/RiskMgmt/default.htm or request a copy from HWI’s Risk Management
department at Risk.Management@hilton.com.
5. For notice purposes the certificate holder is “Hilton Worldwide, Inc., Attn: Risk Management, 7930 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, VA 22102" Phone +1
(703)-883-5435.
6. All evidence of insurance required herein including certificates must be sent, either by fax, email or upload, to HWI’s external partner as indicated on
OnQ’s Risk Management page: https://OnQInsider.hilton.com/Insider/CMS/Default.aspx?
channel=/Departments/RiskMgmt/RiskManagement/ProofOfInsurance/default.htm. HWI’s external partner will review and audit each certificate of
insurance in line with requirements as set out in this Manual.
E. No Waiver of Franchisee’s Obligation
Failure of the Brand to demand evidence of compliance with the insurance requirements in this Manual or failure of the Brand to identify a deficiency from
evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Franchisee's obligation to maintain such insurance.
F. Brand Request for Additional Copies
At the request of the Brand, Franchisee must deliver a copy of each policy bearing certification of the insurance company underwriter(s), that the policy is a
complete copy of the policy issued with all endorsements to the Brand.
G. Brand Changes to Minimum Requirements
The Brand may increase or decrease the minimum amount of insurance, require additional or different types of insurance, or otherwise change the
requirements to make them comparable to the amount and kinds of insurance carried by other properties or hotels, taking into account the size and
location of the hotel and changing circumstances in the law and insurance marketplace.
H. Deductibles
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions above 50,000 USD or 5% of the replacement cost of the hotel must be declared to and approved by HWI's Risk
Management Department, at: 7930 Jones Brand Drive, McLean, VA 22102; Email: Risk.Management@hilton.com.
I. Documents in English; Currency in US Dollars
All certificates or other documents evidencing insurance must be provided in English with currency indicated in US dollars. Limits required in this standard
may be satisfied in the local currency equivalent at the time the policy is purchased.
1 5 0 3 . 0 0
J. Other Statutory Requirements
S a f e t y
Franchisee must obtain and maintain any other insurance required by local or national statute or law.
$Level1
$Level2_6545
1503.00 Safety
1 5 0 3 . 0 1
Life
S a f e t y
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.01 Life Safety Program

A. Minimum Standards
The Brand expects the Franchisee to treat the safety and security of customers and guests at the hotel with the highest regard. As a reminder, the Brand
Standards below, as well as any other Brand Standards in this manual related to the safety and security, health or wellness of guests or other visitors to the
hotel, are only minimum standards. Franchisees must carefully examine these Brand Standards and take such additional precautions and implement
such additional procedures as the Franchisee deems necessary to protect the safety, health and wellness of the guests and other visitors to the hotel.
1. The hotel must conduct a self-audit on safety and security issues biannually. Records of this audit must be kept on file for review by Hilton Worldwide
quality assurance auditors for a period of no less than three years.
2. Portable fire extinguishing equipment must be located throughout the hotel as specified in Section 2516.03.F and/or in accordance with all local laws,
whichever are more stringent.
3. All portable fire extinguishing equipment must be tested and checked according to a scheduled plan and applicable law, and documented accordingly.
4. Fire prevention and fire alarm procedures must be kept by the hotel in written form and must be communicated to all employees as designated in the
Fire Safety Systems Section 1503.04 and Section 2516.00.
5. The hotel must comply with all applicable laws concerning life safety issues.
1 5 0 3 . 0 2
E m e r g e n c y
Plan
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.02 Emergency Plan

A. Requirements
Each hotel must have an emergency plan that meets or exceeds the requirements of local codes and is designed to fit the individual needs of the hotel.
When more than one plan is available at the hotel, each plan must consistent and updated at the same time. It must include, at a minimum: the handling of
hazardous waste and chemical spills, fire, evacuation procedures, power failure, medical assistance, armed robbery, bomb threat, civil unrest, elevator
malfunction, weather and all other perils pertinent to the hotel’s geographic location, serious illness, choking, death and drowning NOTE: CPR certification
is required for at least one team member per shift on duty at all times. Refer to Training, Section 403.00, for details.
B. Emergency Shut-off Plan
1. The hotel must post a detailed plan displaying the hotel layout and location of all working components of the hotel’s fire safety system and utility
shutoffs (fire pumps, sprinkler system, pull stations, alarm, electrical and gas).
2. The hotel layout with emergency procedures must be posted in the work area behind the front desk, maintenance and housekeeping, easily accessible
to all employees.
3. Photographs must be taken of the fire system and utility shutoff components and posted with the hotel layout denoting the location of that piece of
equipment to allow familiarization of the fire safety components by the team members.
1 5 0 3 . 0 3
E m e r g e n c y
Lighting
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.03 Emergency Lighting

Refer to Section 2516.05.F for details.
1 5 0 3 . 0 4
Fire
S a f e t y
S y s t e m s
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.04 Fire Safety Systems

Minimum standards for fire safety systems approval, testing, maintenance and training are detailed below. These minimum standards do not supersede more
stringent applicable laws.
A. Requirements
Refer to Section 2516.00 for complete fire safety system requirements.
B. Approval, Testing and Maintenance, Training

1. Written approval of the plans for required fire safety systems must be obtained from the governmental authority having jurisdiction prior to installation of
the fire safety system. The form of written approval may vary by governmental authority. For the purposes of these Brand Standards, “written approval” is
defined as a certificate, letter of approval, permit, stamp of approval, or other approval method as used by the governmental authority.
2. Written certification that the required fire safety systems have been installed according to the approved plan by a licensed contractor and are fully
operational, tested and approved by the authority having jurisdiction must be obtained from the installation contractor.
3. All fire safety systems installed (including any systems installed above and beyond the requirements of this standard) must be tested and maintained
either:
a. Through a maintenance contract with an organization licensed to install and maintain such equipment OR By individuals trained to perform such
maintenance and testing.
b. Testing and maintenance of sprinkler systems must be in accordance with the stricter of the manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 25, as otherwise
specified by the governmental authority having jurisdiction over the hotel, or as specified in Section 2516.00.
c. Testing and maintenance of smoke detection systems (or heat detection devices where appropriate) must be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 72, or as otherwise specified by the governmental authority having jurisdiction over the hotel or as specified in
Section 2516.00.
d. A statement certifying that such testing and maintenance have been performed must be signed by either the maintenance company representative
and by the general manager of the hotel OR By the individual trained to perform such maintenance and testing and by the general manager of the
hotel.
1. All statements certifying such testing must be kept on file at the hotel and be made available to the Quality Assurance auditor upon request.
Such testing and maintenance must be performed at least once every six months. A minimum of one test per year must be conducted by an
outside third party licensed to test fire safety equipment. Guestroom smoke detectors must be included as part of this testing and
documentation. Refer to OnQ Insider for the complete list of testing and maintenance requirements by a maintenance contractor or hotel
personnel.
C. Training
1. All employees must comply with emergency training as specified in Section 403.00.
2. Fire Drills Fire drills must be conducted twice a year to maintain the readiness of all employees. Documentation of each fire drill must be maintained for
12 months for Quality Assurance to review.
1 5 0 3 . 0 5
Fire/Emergency
Exits
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.05 Fire/Emergency Exits

Refer to Section 2516.05 for details.
1 5 0 3 . 0 6
Required
items
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1503.06 Required items

Fully-stocked first-aid kits must be available at the front desk area, pantry area, housekeeping area and maintenance area, and any other areas required by
local code.
1 5 0 3 . 0 7
Building
C o d e s / G o v e r n m e n t
Regulation
$Level2
$Level2_6545
1 5 0 4 . 0 0
1503.07 Building Codes/Government Regulation
Security
$Level1
$Level2_6594
Refer to Section 2616.01 for details.

1504.00 Security
1 5 0 4 . 0 1
D o o r s
$Level2
$Level2_6594

1504.01 Doors
A. Signage
All entrance/exit doors normally locked during specific times, or as required by code, in the evening must have signs, both inside and outside the doors that
indicate the time they are locked and include directions to the appropriate alternate entrance/exit doors. All exterior doors of the hotel must provide
registered guest access with the use of their key cards. All secondary doors of the hotel must remain locked from the exterior side at all times.
1 5 0 4 . 0 2
Incoming
Telephone
Calls
$Level2
$Level2_6594
1504.02 Incoming Telephone Calls

An incoming caller must identify the guest by name before the call can be transferred. Do not connect any call by room number only.
1 5 0 4 . 0 3
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_6594

1 5 0 4 . 0 4
Electronic
K e y
C a r d s ;
Additional
K e y
R e q u e s t s
$Level2
$Level2_6594
1504.04 Electronic Key Cards; Additional Key Requests

A. Electronic Lock Key Cards
All hotels must utilize brand approved electronic lock key cards. Refer to the standards below and www.Home2toolkit.com:
• Room keys must not display the hotel name, logo, or room number at any time.
• No third-party advertising may be featured anywhere on the key.
• Room numbers must never be announced.
• A coding system must be used for key card labeling that allows in-house verification of room numbers.
B. Additional Key Requests
If a guest requests a replacement room key, verify guest identification prior to issuance.
1 5 0 4 . 0 5
H o u s e
P h o n e s
Dial
Switchboard
$Level2
$Level2_6594
1504.05 House Phones Dial Switchboard

The hotel’s public area house phones must automatically dial the switchboard/PBX. Telephones located in the elevator, pool area, Spin2Cycle must
automatically dial the hotel switchboard when the receiver is lifted off the cradle.
1 5 0 4 . 0 6
Security
G u a r d s
$Level2
$Level2_6594
1 5 0 5 . 0 0
1504.06 Security Guards
L o s s
Prevention
$Level1
$Level2_6635
Security guards, whether on staff or contracted, must not be armed while on hotel.
1505.00 Loss Prevention
1 5 0 5 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_6635

Each hotel must have a digital camera accessible at all times.
1 5 0 5 . 0 2
Closed
Circuit
Television
( C C T V )
$Level2
$Level2_6635
1505.02 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV)

All systems installed in your hotel, are subject to your obligations to maintain a high quality, first class hotel.
A. Prohibited Areas
CCTV cameras must not be placed in, or aimed at, guestrooms, locker rooms, restrooms or other non-public areas.
B. Installation

Monitors must not be mounted on the ceiling or wall of the lobby or front desk and must be no larger than 13" in size. The monitor may be larger than 13" if it
is in the back office area out of the view of guests. The monitor may be placed in one of two locations:
1. At the front desk/back office, out of the view of guests OR On the side area of the front desk (not the main registration area). The monitor must be
encased in a finished cabinet that coordinates with the front desk mill work. The monitor may be in view of the guests.
2. All cables must be concealed. When penetrations are made in walls or ceilings, a cover plate must be installed over the opening with the cables
passing through the cover plate. All exposed multiple wires (exiting the ceiling at the camera and exiting the wall at the VCR) must be bound using tie
wraps.
C. Recording Systems
1. The hotel must ensure that all employees are trained on the CCTV system.
2. The hotel must maintain the CCTV system and make certain that all of its components are working.
3. It is strongly recommended to locate the recording device in a locked cabinet/unit to prevent any tampering.
4. Hotel’s use of CCTV cameras, installation, and the retention of CCTV footage must comply with applicable laws.
1 5 0 5 . 0 3
L o s t
a n d
F o u n d
$Level2
$Level2_6635
1505.03 Lost and Found

All lost and found articles must be logged and maintained for 90 days. Valuables should be maintained for one year in a safety deposit box or other secure
area. Local codes may preempt this policy.
1 5 0 5 . 0 4
Parking
L o t
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_6635
1505.04 Parking Lot Signage

Signs must be conspicuously posted in the parking lot stating “Guest Parking, User Assumes All Risks.” Visit Hotel Signs for brand approved signage at
http://www.hotelsigns.com/home2suites .


Back of House /Building Operations table of contents.
1602.00 Housekeeping Service 1600-2
1603.00 Engineering and Maintenance Service 1600-3
1604.00 Service Areas 1600-3
1605.00 Employee Facilities 1600-3

1 6 0 1 . 0 0
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_6655
1 6 0 2 . 0 0
Housekeeping
1601.00
Service
$Level1
$Level2_6663
1602.00 Housekeeping Service
1 6 0 2 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_6663

Refer to standards Section 2513.02.
A. Daily Cleaning Schedule
The hotel must implement, maintain and document a daily cleaning program.
B. Service Options
For weekday housekeeping services, the hotel must, at a minimum, alternate full-clean housekeeping with light-touch (or stay-over) service. Full-clean
must be delivered every fifth day, regardless of the day of the week in which it falls. All requests for full-clean must be fulfilled, regardless of schedule. Light
–touch is delivered for the first four days of any stay, unless guest request full-clean or no service. Light-touch must be provided on weekends only when
requested by the guest. The following housekeeping service descriptions must be utilized in determining the levels and schedule of service:
1. Light-touch (or stay-over):
• Replace soiled terry/towels, only if left on the floor.
• Terry/Towels hanging indicate guest will reuse.
• Wipe down counter tops on working wall and bathroom vanity.
• Load any dirty dishes into the dishwasher.
• Do not begin wash cycle until a full load is present.
• Removal of trash and items in the recycle bin.
• Quick vacuum with a manual floor sweeper in high traffic areas.
• Empty coffee pot and filter, when utilized.
• Replenish coffee, tea and condiment caddy.
• Bed made with existing linens.
• Wipe down shower floor, door and bulk amenity dispensers only (full clean completed on full service days)
2. Full-clean and check-out service (in addition to light-clean elements):

• Working wall thoroughly cleaned and all kitchen supplies replaced.
• Load any dirty dishes into the dishwasher and run wash cycle.
• Bathroom thoroughly cleaned, all bath terry replaced and all soaps, shampoo replenished as needed. Entire suite dusted.
• All suite amenities replaced with new items as needed.
• Bed sheets changed, including pillow cases and pillow protectors.
• Checkout service includes coverlet, sheets, pillow cases, lumbar pillow covers.
• When utilized, replace the sofa bed blanket in zippered clear plastic bag.
1 6 0 2 . 0 2
G u e s t
R e q u e s t
R e s p o n s e
$Level2
$Level2_6663
1602.02 Guest Request Response

Guest service representatives must respond to guest requests for expendable amenities and other room items (e.g., extra linens, blankets, pillows) within 15

minutes of request.
1 6 0 2 . 0 3
D e e p
Cleaning
P r o g r a m
$Level2
$Level2_6663
1602.03 Deep Cleaning Program

Each hotel must develop, implement and document a deep cleaning program. The program must be designed to ensure that the hotel is maintained at a high
level of cleanliness.
1 6 0 2 . 0 4
M a t t r e s s
Rotation
Schedule
$Level2
$Level2_6663
1 6 0 3 . 0 0
1602.04 Mattress Rotation Schedule
Engineering
a n d
Maintenance
Service
$Level1
$Level2_6664
Each hotel must rotate mattresses quarterly according to the rotation schedule on the mattress.
1603.00 Engineering and Maintenance Service
1 6 0 3 . 0 1
General
Rules
$Level2
$Level2_6664

Each hotel must develop, implement and document a systematic quality control system.
A. Systematic Quality Control
The system must be designed to ensure that the hotel is maintained in quality condition. A fixed schedule must be established for performing appropriate
preventive maintenance to ensure the entire hotel is inspected four times per year.
B. Maintenance Coverage
The hotel must give the highest priority to all repair requests from an occupied guestroom. The hotel must have maintenance coverage seven days a week.
1 6 0 3 . 0 2
G u e s t
R e q u e s t
R e s p o n s e
$Level2
$Level2_6664
1603.02 Guest Request Response

Guestroom repair requests for items that directly affect guest comfort, needs or security (e.g., televisions, HVAC, plumbing, light bulbs, light fixtures, door locks)
must be responded to within 15 minutes of the guest’s request during the hours of 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. (7:00 h to 23:00 h). After-hours requests must be handled
as promptly as possible.
A. Alternate Response Time
1 6 0 4 . 0 0
If repairs cannot be completed within 15 additional minutes, a designated guest service representative must contact the guest and remain in contact with
Service
A r e a s
$Level1
$Level2_6725
the guest until an acceptable alternative solution is agreed upon with the guest.
1604.00 Service Areas
1 6 0 4 . 0 1
Trash/Recycling
Receiving
A r e a s
$Level2
$Level2_6725
1604.01 Trash/Recycling Receiving Areas

The dumpster and recycle areas must always be kept clean and organized. Gates/doors must be closed and secured when not in use. See Section 2513.09.
1 6 0 5 . 0 0
Each hotel must responsibly separate and dispose of recycle collection in appropriate manners, including but not limited to maintaining separation in outside
Employee
Facilities
$Level1
$Level2_6771
recycle collection dumpsters. All employee areas must utilize recycling bins for personal use items. Bins must clearly identify recycle streams.
1605.00 Employee Facilities
1 6 0 5 . 0 1
Nursing
A r e a
$Level2
$Level2_6771
1605.01 Nursing Area

In accordance with Federal laws, hotels with greater than 50 employees must implement an employee nursing room as outlined in Section 2513.04. C and
include additional supplies below:
• Paper towels
• Liquid hand soap

• Wastebasket
• Wall clock

1700 Technology

Technology table of contents.
1701.00 Hotel Management Technology 1700-2
1702.00 Voice Telecommunications Hardware 1700-5
1703.00 Telephone Switchboards 1700-6
1704.00 Telephones 1700-6
1705.00 Internet Access 1700-9
1706.00 Entertainment 1700-10
1707.00 Mobile Telephone and Wireless Devices 1700-12

1700 Technology
1 7 0 1 . 0 0
Hotel
M a n a g e m e n t
Technology
$Level1
$Level2_6783
1701.00 Hotel Management Technology

1 7 0 1 . 0 1
Hotel
P r o p e r t y
M a n a g e m e n t
Technology
$Level2
$Level2_6783
1701.01 Hotel Property Management Technology

A. General Rules
The hotel must install the required business software as mandated by Hilton Worldwide. The required business software is subject to change at any time.
The hotel must use the defined technology system for the country in which the hotel is located as currently mandated by Hilton Worldwide. The system must
be installed to comply with Hilton Worldwide's Information Security standards, as published on OnQ Insider. The system will perform the following functions
as outlined in the subsections below:
1. Provide real-time integration with the Hilton Worldwide reservation system, which supports all current and future reservation functions and procedures.
2. Maintain guestroom status, provide automated guest folio and accounting capabilities and provide a level of guest service required to maintain and
conform to all standards.
3. Integrate with and provide timely data to Hilton Worldwide’s centralized database for system statistics and financial data analysis.
4. Support all current and system-wide marketing programs
5. Provide a fully-integrated revenue management system which analyzes historical data and current booking activity and recommends how to achieve the
highest possible revenue
6. Connect to the Hilton Worldwide Wide Area Network service through approved vendor for secure access to Hilton Worldwide's online services.
7. All workstations on the Hilton Worldwide network must have access to the Internet.
8. The minimum number of required registration workstations is outlined in standards Section 2502.04.A and this must be adhered to.
B. Replacement
Hilton Worldwide operates a mandatory hardware refreshment program, details of which are outlined in your HITS agreement. This will ensure that the
hotel's hardware technology platform will remain current and consistent across the Brand. The current equipment model deployed at the hotel during
refresh becomes the minimum equipment standard for the hotel.
1. Brand Management will cover hardware costs, including shipping of OnQ. The hotel is responsible for the software related costs and all
implementation costs, including the payment of personal hotel tax.
2. All equipment on the Hilton Worldwide network must be covered by a hardware maintenance and support contract.
C. Technology Environment
1. The hotel must utilize hardware for Hilton Worldwide systems that is certified and approved by Hilton Worldwide to run all technology and third-party
software enhancements. Failure to maintain this Brand Standard could result in:
a. Inability to properly install or operate software upgrades enabling participation in Brand-sponsored programs (e.g., HHonors); and
b. Inability to properly install or operate software upgrades from Hilton Worldwide or third-party providers that are necessary for maintaining efficient,
secure, reliable system operation.
2. The hotel must utilize network connectivity devices that are certified and approved by Hilton Worldwide to run all Hilton Worldwide technology and
considered supported devices by the equipment manufacturer. In addition, the use of Local Area Network Switch devices is required to improve the
efficiency of the Hilton Worldwide network.
3. The hotel must have fully executed and valid Hilton Information Technology Systems Agreement and associated licenses for the Hilton Property
Management System.
4. Call Accounting Software. The hotel must have one call accounting interface software program for Hilton Worldwide approved PMS to interface to an

1700 Technology
approved third-party call accounting system.

5. The hotel must have an interface for the Hilton PMS to the PBX through the Call Accounting Software.
6. The hotel must have one voice mail interface software program for Hilton Worldwide PMS to interface to an approved third-party voice mail system.
7. The hotel must have a door lock interface software program for Hilton Worldwide PMS to interface to an approved RFID locks system in accordance with
standards, Section 2514.01.P.
1 7 0 1 . 0 2
Third
P a r t y
C o m p u t e r
Equipment
a n d
S o f t w a r e
$Level2
1701.02 Third-Party Computer Equipment and Software

$Level2_6783
A. Support
1. Except in cases where the hotel has arranged for support from or via Hilton Worldwide, Hilton Worldwide will not provide support for any third-party
software and/or equipment. NOTE: Any 3rd party system that is not or no longer in compliance with Hilton Worldwide's technology environment, will
require removal. Hilton Worldwide will not by responsible for the cost associated with system conflicts.
2. The hotel must neither attach nor use third-party equipment and/or interfaces with the Hilton PMS Technology equipment if the third-party equipment
has not been certified by Hilton Worldwide as meeting Hilton Worldwide specifications. The hotel may not install third-party software on Hilton PMS
equipment that has not been certified by Hilton Worldwide. A list of compatible third-party software and approved interfaces is available on OnQ Insider.
Failure to follow this Brand Standard will void any maintenance agreement with Hilton Worldwide or its affiliates or subsidiaries and the hotel will be
solely responsible for all repair or replacement expense.
3. The hotel must not install any third-party network equipment that would allow access to the Hilton Worldwide network from an outside source. Firewalls
and other devices installed on the Hilton Worldwide network must be certified and purchased through Hilton Worldwide.
4. Ethernet connections are the required standard for Hilton Worldwide connected systems.
5. For any software application that is approved to be used on the Hilton Worldwide network, the hotel must have proof of legal licensing for that software
application.
B. Microsoft® Licenses
1. OnQ desktop software packages that are Microsoft® XP workstation compatible need the legal, licensed software (original installation disks) in order to
install the software.
2. Hotels must maintain and install the most current version of Microsoft® Office. Software must be purchased at a reduced rate and billed through
monthly installments through the Hilton Worldwide IT Department.
1 7 0 1 . 0 3
E
-
mail
A c c o u n t s
$Level2
$Level2_6783
1701.03 E-mail Accounts

Three e-mail accounts are assigned per hotel by Hilton Worldwide. The new e-mail accounts are established as follows: FirstName.LastName@hilton.com. At
minimum one e-mail account must be associated with the general e-mail account. This can be established by assigning the account through the OnQ identity
site at ID.hilton.com. The hotel must check their e-mail account on a daily basis.
A. Principal Correspondents or Designee
Principal correspondents or appointed designee must provide a valid e-mail address to the Brand Management Team. The Brand Management Team
must be notified in writing within 10 business days of a change in the principal correspondent or designee e-mail address.
1 7 0 1 . 0 4
Hotel
Information
Security
$Level2
$Level2_6783
1701.04 Hotel Information Security

A. Regulatory Requirements
The hotel must comply with all laws and regulations relating to information or data security. The hotel must comply with all information security standards,

1700 Technology
as published on OnQ Insider.
B. Wireless Network
1. Wireless networks must use strong encryption for the transmission of all authentication credentials and data using WPA/WPA2 or stronger.
Use of WEP is prohibited under PCI DSS. In order to detect the presence of unauthorized and malicious wireless access points (WAP), rogue
WAP detection procedures must be performed, including the following:
• An electronic wireless solution must be implemented to detect all wireless access points in real time and it must provide alerts to take
appropriate action, or;
• A manual procedure must be performed at least monthly using a laptop to discover and document all wireless access points and to scan
wireless networks, document vulnerabilities and document remediation.
2. Vendor default SSID configuration on wireless access points must not be used and a new SSID must be created, which is not intuitively linked to the
organization or group associated with the network.
3. All cardholder environments (including POS & PMS) should be protected from any public/wireless networks by means of firewalls in compliance with
PCI DSS.
4. Guest Internet access must be on a separate network from the Hilton Worldwide network or separated by a firewall.
5. Guest Internet Wireless networks must not be used for the Hilton Worldwide Network including POS and PMS servers and workstations.
6. All third-party applications or systems must be certified by the HW Technology Approval process prior to being installed on the Hilton Worldwide
network.
C. Network
1. Vendor supplied usernames and passwords must be removed from all applications and devices.
2. All unnecessary and insecure services and protocols not directly needed to perform the devices specified function must be disabled (e.g., FTP & telnet
must be disabled).
3. Intrusion Detection Systems for monitoring unauthorized network access must not be tampered with or disabled.
4. All servers and workstations installed on the Hilton Worldwide network must be configured with the Hilton Worldwide approved current functioning anti-
virus program that receives regular security patches and signature updates. The hotel must perform periodic tests to discover inappropriate network
configurations (as referenced in the Hotel Information Security Standards Checklist). This must be performed on the POS workstation, Business Center
workstations and Guest Internet Access, documented and submitted to Network.Security.Survey@hilton.com. The hotel must maintain this information
for subsequent audit verification.
5. The Hilton Worldwide network must be separated from any other network (e.g., Franchise Network or other third-party networks) either physically or by a
Hilton Worldwide approved firewall.
6. PMS server backups must be performed daily and labeled as appropriate (e.g., date, contents, confidential).
1 7 0 1 . 0 5
Certificate
o f
Compliance
$Level2
$Level2_6783
1701.05 Certificate of Compliance

General Managers (or their designee) are required to read and acknowledge their understanding and agreement to comply with the Hotel Information Security
Standards at least annually.
1 7 0 1 . 0 6
Point
o f
Sale
( P O S )
S y s t e m s
$Level2
$Level2_6783
1701.06 Point of Sale (POS) Systems

When a hotel utilizes a POS system, it must be compliant with the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (FACTA).
A. The system must comply with all laws and regulations relating to information or data security and be installed to comply with Hilton Worldwide's Information
Security standards, as published on OnQ Insider.

1700 Technology
B. Upon completion of installation or onsite maintenance of a POS, the vendor must sign a certificate of compliance (available on OnQ Insider) certifying that
the POS is in compliance with PCI-DSS and PA-DSS.
C. The POS server, workstations, and credit card gateway server must be configured and/or upgraded to meet current Hilton Preferred F&B Vendor POS LAN
Standards.
D. The hotel must ensure the version of POS vendor software in use is PA-DSS certified. As software versions fall out of PA-DSS compliance, hotels will
upgrade the vendor software to a current PA-DSS complaint version.
1 7 0 2 . 0 0
E. All wireless or mobile POS devices must be configured and/or upgraded to meet current Hilton Mobile Wireless LAN Standards.
Voice
F. All Hosted or above-property POS devices must be configured and/or upgraded to meet current Hilton Hosted POS LAN Standards.
Telecommunications
H a r d w a r e
$Level1
$Level2_6911
1702.00 Voice Telecommunications Hardware

1 7 0 2 . 0 1
Privated
A u t o m a t e d
B r a n c h
E x c h a n g e
$Level2
$Level2_6911
1702.01 Privated Automated Branch Exchange

The hotel must have a digital private automated branch exchange (PBX) telephone system that provides the following features:
A. Features
For future proofing, on-site PBXs must be Internet Protocol (IP) capable (not enabled) or a Hosted PBX solution and must be capable of the
following:
• Internal Emergency notification either to the front desk or Emergency Center
• Direct dial to the local Emergency Service without having to dial an access code first (example,
9+911).
• Interface with PMS to provide guest name display, maid codes and phone on/off functionality
• Automatic wake-up call
• Least-cost routing/automatic route selection
• Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)
• Message waiting notification light
• Direct dial access
• Toll-free area code programming
• Ability to connect to a T-1 or equivalent dedicated network using internal equipment
• Call restriction capabilities for fraud prevention
• A minimum of two hours of battery backup.
B. Software Updates
PBX software must be regularly updated to allow guests access to new area codes and exchanges (prefixes).
C. Emergency Services Requirements
The hotel must submit Emergency Services and switchboard system specifications to Hilton Worldwide Telecommunications on OnQ Insider
(https://onqteamsites.hilton.com/sites/TelecommunicationsInventory/default.aspx). Direct any questions regarding this process to
#Standards_PABX@hilton.com. Failure to submit required specifications will result in a graded infraction on the hotel’s Quality Assurance Evaluation. All
hotels must comply with the Emergency Services requirements, certification and standards outlined below no later than June 30, 2015.
1. Calls to outside Emergency Services: Any Guest, Public or Administration telephone must allow direct calls to outside Emergency Responders (i.e.
911,999, etc), and satisfy the following 3 conditions:
a. The call must be allowed WITHOUT any preceding ‘access code’. Example, 9+911 is not acceptable

1700 Technology
NOTE: The hotel may retain functionality that requires an access code (e.g., 9-911) as long as non-access code dialing (e.g. 911) is also provided.
The hotel is permitted to retain faceplates that include instructions that require access codes when dialing Emergency Services only if the non-
access code dialing feature is also enabled. If the current access code functionality is not retained, then faceplates must be replaced when direct dial
(without access code) functionality is implemented. If the hotel provides an INTERNAL EMERGENCY NUMBER (e.g., 222, 55, Speed Dial Button,
etc.) it may retain this functionality in addition to the non-access code dialing.
b. The call must be allowed, regardless of any other restriction on the telephone (i.e., vacant room, house phone, local calls only, etc.).
c. “Ring-down” phones (typically used to prevent house phones from calling Guest rooms) must be replaced or reprogrammed to allow users to dial
Emergency Services calls, as above. Ring-down phones are only allowed where they are mandated by local Authority, and are solely for making
Emergency Services calls.
2. Emergency Services Call Notification: Any Emergency Service call must automatically notify appropriate staff of the Extension number and any
associated Name of the phone line placing the Emergency Service call.
a. This notification must be provided the moment the call is DIALED. Reporting the event after the call (as is sometimes done via call accounting
systems) is an additional option that may be employed, but does not substitute for this initial notification.
b. Notification (minimum compliance) is to a dedicated EMERGENCY Telephone at a location staffed 24x7x365. This may be a staffed Security office
1 7 0 3 . 0 0
or Front Desk location. The EMERGENCY Telephone is only for Emergency Notification. The hotel switchboard cannot be the only point used for
Notification.
Telephone
Switchboards
$Level1
$Level2_6940
1703.00 Telephone Switchboards

1 7 0 3 . 0 1
H a r d w a r e
Display
$Level2
$Level2_6940
1703.01 Hardware Display

The PBX switchboard must have a multi-character visual display, showing the calling guest's name, in order to provide enhanced customer service.
1 7 0 3 . 0 2
H o u r s
o f
Operation
$Level2
$Level2_6940

The PBX switchboard service must be operated 24 hours a day. Initial calls into the PBX switchboard must be answered in person, the use of automated
1 7 0 4 . 0 0
attendants (automated systems that answer/transfer calls) is not permitted. An on-hold message or automated interceptors (automated systems that answer
Telephones
on the fourth ring) are acceptable as long as there is a message reminding callers that a service representative will assist them shortly.
$Level1
$Level2_6955
1704.00 Telephones
1 7 0 4 . 0 1
Voice
Messaging
S y s t e m
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.01 Voice Messaging System

A. General Rules
The Voice Messaging System (voice mail) must meet the following minimum standards:

1700 Technology
1. An efficient voice mail/messaging system must be part of the standard telephone system. Easy-to- understand operating instructions for its use must
be posted on the telephone faceplate.
2. Interface directly with the PBX for accurate and timely message delivery
3. Interface with PMS via the PBX-to-PMS interface or directly to PMS via the approved interface specification to provide mailbox open/close at checkout
4. Provide the ability to partition the system between administration and guest. This will ensure that guests must easily retrieve messages and provide
employees with additional features.
5. Have a minimum of four access ports and 40 hours of storage or equivalent, based on data storage technique
6. Allow manual activation and deactivation of message waiting lamp.
7. The hotel operator must log into the guest’s mailbox and use a password that is unique to that guest and/or room to then connect the guest to their
voice messages. For security reasons, the passwords may not be given out to any guest.
8. Guests must have access to their voice messages from their guestroom telephone without having to input “login” codes. When away from their
guestroom, guests must be directed to the hotel operator for assistance.
9. Instructions for proper usage of the voice mail system must be clearly posted by the telephone in each guestroom, unless instructions are in the voice
mail system itself.
B. Wake Up Calls
Guest programmable wake-up calls via confirmation tones or voice prompts are required. If confirmation tones are used, instructions must be available in
each guestroom.
1. In addition to placing wake-up call requests with the hotel operator, guests must be able to access the hotel wake-up service utilizing their guestroom
telephone to input their own request directly.
2. Instructions for proper use of the wake-up service must be provided in the wake-up service system itself in a language preference as designated by the
guest upon check-in.
3. The hotel must audit the wake-up service to track and monitor the status of all wake-up calls programmed directly by the guests themselves.
4. The wake-up service must be capable of placing wake-up calls (five rings plus announcement time) to, at minimum, one-half of all guestrooms within a
single 10-minute period. Unanswered wake-up calls must be automatically retried a second and a third time at five-minute intervals. If a call is still not
answered, the wake-up system must notify the hotel operator who will then take what action is dictated by hotel security procedures.
5. A Call Accounting system approved for interface to the Hilton Worldwide approved PMS must be provided, to accurately record and post calls to the
guest folio. The Call Accounting system should support “Answer Supervision”, to ensure only answered calls are billed to guest folios. Guest and
Administration calls should be separately partitioned, to accurately charge guest folios, and provide appropriate cost information for Administration
calls. The Call Accounting system must accurately report taxes collected by local or regional taxing authorities.
1 7 0 4 . 0 2
Call
Accounting
S y s t e m
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.02 Call Accounting System

A. Required Features
A Call Accounting System must be provided with the following features:
1. Interface with PMS for quick and accurate posting of telephone revenue
2. Balance telephone system revenues with PMS audits
3. Remote dial-up access for rate table and other software changes
4. Allow call posting from both lines if guestroom or suite has two telephone lines
5. If the hotel uses billing timers in the call accounting system, it must have the timer set at a minimum of 10 seconds for “Directory Assistance,” 25
seconds for “Local,” and 45 seconds for “Long Distance” before charges for the telephone call may begin. Billing timers are not required if answer

1700 Technology
supervision (T1) or answer detection supervision technology is provided in the telephone system or peripheral device.
6. Partition between guest and administration to ensure that guests are accurately billed and that administrative use can be accurately reported
7. Dedicated telephone line for remote maintenance and diagnostics
1 7 0 4 . 0 3
Local
N e t w o r k
A c c e s s
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.03 Local Network Access

A. Services
Hotels must offer the following telephone services:
• Complimentary 0+ dialing
• Unless required by local carrier, no long-distance access charges are permitted
• Unless required by local carrier, no charge for toll-free calls
• No surcharge for long-distance calls not charged to the hotel, including credit card calls
• The long distance carrier’s name and rates must be provided in each guestroom in the guest
directory.
• Deposits for telephone usage are prohibited.
1 7 0 4 . 0 4
L o n g
Distance
N e t w o r k
A c c e s s
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.04 Long Distance Network Access

Applicable law requires that guests be allowed to dial the long-distance operator service provider of their choosing. Such access must be allowed by all of
the following methods:
• Dial 8 (or 9) + 1010xxxx + 0 + the number to access an operator service provider.
• Dial 8 (or 9) + 1 + 8xx + the number for toll-free access to an operator service provider.
• Dial 8 (or 9) + 950xxxx + the number for local access to an operator service provider
A. Access Charges
The term "access charge" is defined as a separate fee to the customer who uses the telephone in his/her room to "access" the long-distance carrier of
his/her choice, and uses that company's credit card (or any method where the call is not charged to he guest's account) to place long distance calls.
Charges to guests using telephone credit card, collect, or person-to-person calls must not exceed current AT&T credit card tariffs for similarly-placed calls.
B. Federal Regulations
All properties must comply with FCC regulations and local and state laws concerning fees charged to the guests for telephone usage. All such charges
must be posted on the telephone and be clearly visible to the guest. There must be no long distance access charges unless a waiver is approved.
1 7 0 4 . 0 5
G u e s t r o o m s /
Suites
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.05 Guestrooms / Suites

A. Telephones
Each guestroom must have a telephone at the nightstand equipped with a 25-foot cord and message light. An additional telephone may be provided at the
desk. If two telephones are available, each must be equipped with a 15-foot cord. In two room suites, telephones must be placed on the nightstand and in
the living area. All telephones must be hearing aid compatible.
B. Faceplates
Guestroom telephones must have a faceplate with dialing instructions. If the phone has special features, e.g., hold, transfer, conference, speaker,
automatic wake-up call service, etc., instructions for operation of these features must also be displayed on the faceplate. Emergency dialing instructions

1700 Technology
must be displayed on the telephone faceplate. A speed-dial button may be used as long as the telephone faceplate displays the emergency dialing
instructions in the event the speed-dial button is inoperable. See the Hampton Sales and Marketing Online Toolkit.
1 7 0 4 . 0 6
Public
A r e a
Telephones
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.06 Public Area Telephones

A. General Rules
There must be a minimum of one house telephone that has local, credit card and toll-free number access, located in the lobby. The phone must not have
direct dial features to the guestroom. Professionally created signage must be in place designating local, credit card and toll-free number dialing
instructions. If signage is wall-mounted, it must match interior signage package. House phones must be kept clean at all times.
1. All elevator landing areas, near the lobby, meeting and conference rooms, must be equipped with a house telephone that will dial only to the
following areas:
• Hotel operator
• Toll-free numbers
• Emergency services, as applicable law may require.
Please confirm applicable law governing the hotel. If required, a telephone system that simultaneously notifies the hotel operator and security
office of the outgoing direct call must be provided.
2. All house telephones in public areas and lobbies must be restricted from dialing directly to guestrooms. A notice must be posted stating that
guestrooms may not be dialed from that telephone, and provide instructions on how to reach the hotel operator. If the telecommunications system is not
capable of restricting guestroom calls while allowing calls to hotel operator, then house telephones must restrict all direct dialing and automatically
connect to the hotel operator as soon as the handset is lifted.
1 7 0 4 . 0 7
Meeting/Event
R o o m
Telephones
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.07 Meeting/Event Room Telephones

Each meeting room must be equipped with a telephone that dials to the front desk.
1 7 0 4 . 0 8
Recreation
A r e a
Telephones
$Level2
$Level2_6955
1704.08 Recreation Area Telephones

1 7 0 5 . 0 0
The swimming pool area and fitness center must be equipped with a house telephone or emergency button that will automatically ring to the front desk unless
I n t e r n e t
local code requires otherwise.

A c c e s s
$Level1
$Level2_7134
1705.00 Internet Access

1 7 0 5 . 0 1
Operations
a n d
Technical
Specifications
$Level2
$Level2_7134
1705.01 Operations and Technical Specifications

All hotels must participate in the Hilton Worldwide Guest Internet program – “Stay Connected™” provided by a regionally approved solution provider. Continued
participation in the Stay Connected ™ program is subject to compliance with the regionally approved solution provider's Lifecycle/equipment refresh program.
Non-compliant hotels must transition to the Stay Connected ™ program at the time of expiration of current contract. NOTE: For complete Stay Connected™
program requirements refer to www.hiltonworldwidestayconnected.com
A. General Rules
Complimentary and premium wireless Internet access must be available throughout the hotel. Premium internet access should be made available to
guests at prices that are competitive with prevailing charges in the local market. The recommend maximum daily charge for Premium internet access
(wireless) is 6.95 USD. Hotels may offer wired access in addition to wireless in guestrooms. Existing hotels with wired solutions must install wireless
access by April 30, 2014.

1700 Technology
1. Sufficient Internet Bandwidth Pipe

The hotel must have an internet circuit with sufficient bandwidth to support all guest room, public space, and meeting rooms Guest Internet traffic, with
each guest receiving 3 Mbps download/1.5 Mbps upload with Premium access and 1 Mbps download/0.5 Mbps upload with Complimentary access.
Approximate recommended circuit size ranges, by hotel size, are as follows:
1-160 Rooms : 10-20 Mbps
161-320 Rooms : 15-30 Mbps
321-800 Rooms : 20-40 Mbps
801-1333 Rooms : 25-50 Mbps
1334-1866 Rooms : 35-70 Mbps
1867-2400 Rooms : 45-100 Mbps
NOTE: Hotels with more than 10,000 sq. ft. meeting space are required to move to the next incremental bandwidth level. Additional factors such as
geography, large corporate accounts, etc., may also require an incremental change. Refer to www.hiltonworldwidestayconnected.com for up-to-date
minimum circuit size recommendations for each size hotel.
2. All landing and billing pages must be owned and designed by the Brand. The Brand may establish products and services which may, without
restriction, be promoted on, linked from, or otherwise leverage any aspect of the hotel’s billing, landing, or other pages.
3. The first Internet Landing page, after billing process, will be a site specifically designated by the Brand. From this point, the guest can surf the Internet
1 7 0 6 . 0 0
freely.
Entertainment
$Level1
$Level2_7182
4. Brand-approved collateral must be maintained in guestrooms, clearly identifying the provider service number and technical support directions.
1706.00 Entertainment
1 7 0 6 . 0 1
Televisions
$Level2
$Level2_7182
1706.01 Televisions
All televisions must meet the following requirements:
A. Public Area
A minimum of two commercial grade flat panel televisions, one 40-42” and one 52”, with remote control is required and must be easily viewable from the
seating areas. The 40-42” minimum television must be located on a wall near the breakfast table and the 52” television must be integrated into the
entertainment wall. The televisions should meet the following specifications:
• Widescreen (16:9) LCD screen, high definition display capable of receiving 1080i signal (60Hz),
ATSC Digital Tuner built-in
• Televisions must be set with closed caption as default.
• The remote control must be accessible to guests at all times.
• The power and cable outlets and cords must be concealed from view behind the television.
• TV content in public space must be limited to the same channels as suite channel options. The
Premium movie channels or any other entertainment channels are not permitted in public space.
• All non-guestroom televisions must comply with Federal Copyright Laws.
B. Guestrooms/Suites
• Hotels where current LCD, flat panel televisions do not meet current size requirements below must replace the televisions within seven years of the
manufacturing date.
• All one-bedroom suites must have a 37" television in the bedroom and a minimum of 40" television in the living space. Each television must be equipped
with Audio/Video, Audio/PC, HDMI, USB/5V ports to accommodate future technology enhancements.

1700 Technology
• All studio suites must have a minimum of a 40" commercial, LCD high-definition televisions (HDTV’s). Pro:Idiom and MPEG4 are optional features.
Television size must be appropriate for room. See Design and Construction Section 2510.09 for television stand requirements. Program televisions so
that analog channels are not stretched. They should be displayed in native 4:3 format with “barn doors” (black bars) on the left and right sides. HD channels
should fill the screen completely with 16:9 resolution.
• All channels must be preset and appropriately identified electronically on the screen. Any channel not received must be locked (not accessible) to guest
access.
• Remote control unit must not be secured to any furnishings..
C. Fitness
A 37" high-definition, commercial LCD television with remote control is required for fitness rooms less than 350 sq. ft. (35 m2) and whenever personal
viewing screens (PVS) are installed. The television must be easily viewable from all equipment locations. Fitness rooms with greater than 350 sq. ft. (35
m2) must install two televisions. The power and cable outlets and cords must be concealed from view behind the television. Televisions must be set with
closed caption as the default. Television must be wall or ceiling mounted. In cases where the exercise room shares a wall with a guest room, the ceiling
mounted option must be used.
1 7 0 6 . 0 2
Television
Channels
a n d
H D
C o n t e n t
$Level2
$Level2_7182
1706.02 Television Channels and HD Content

A minimum of twenty (20) channels must be provided free of charge in all guest rooms. At least seven (7) of these channels must be provided in HD.
• At minimum, all guestrooms must offer the following high definition (HD) channels: NBC HD, ABC HD, CBS HD, FOX HD, a premium movie channel (HBO HD
or Showtime HD), ESPN HD, and one nationwide HD channel.
• The following standard channels must be offered in each guestroom:
PBS, TNT, TBS, A&E, CNN, CNN Headline News, CNBC, The Weather Channel, ESPNews, Comedy Central, Cartoon Network, Nickelodeon, History Channel,
MTV, Food Network, Fox News, TNT, and USA.
Effective December 31, 2014, all hotels must expand channel selection to forty (40) channels, including fifteen (15) in High Definition (HD).
• The 15 HD channels must include: NBC, ABC, CBS, FOX, a premium movie channel (HBO or Showtime), Fox News, MSNBC, CNN, ESPN, ESPN2, TBS, TNT,
USA, Comedy Central, and Discovery.
• The 25 SD channels must include a mix of the most popular news, sports, and entertainment channels.
• Consult the HDTV site: www.HiltonWorldwideHDTV.com for the Hampton brand preferred channel lineup.
A. Channel Groups
TV Channels must be grouped by content (local HD channels; then national HD channels grouped by movie, news, sports, entertainment; then standard
definition channels grouped by news, sports, entertainment)
B. Duplication
Channels offered in HD do not need to be duplicated in analog unless required by the content provider.
C. Language
Where appropriate, hotels should supplement this lineup with appropriate language channels.
1 7 0 6 . 0 3
O n
-
D e m a n d
Movies
$Level2
$Level2_7182
1706.03 On-Demand Movies

A. Inappropriate Material

1700 Technology
No adult content movies may be shown, televised or made available on public space televisions. In addition, no other type of printed material, activity or
entertainment which is not in conformity with the high standards associated with the Brand name may be publicly displayed on the premises.
B. Blocked Services
The hotel must ensure that guests can, by request, block some or all Video-on-Demand programming.
1 7 0 6 . 0 4
Public
S p a c e
Music/On
-
Hold
Messaging
$Level2
$Level2_7182
1706.04 Public Space Music/On-Hold Messaging

A. Music System
Hotels must provide audio systems, background and on-hold messaging as provided through the brand approved vendor. Refer to Section 2514.09.E for
installation requirements.
B. On Hold Messaging
1 7 0 7 . 0 0
Each hotel must provide either brand approved on-hold messaging or customize two messages. The franchisee must provide either an analog telephone
Mobile
Telephone
a n d
Wireless
Devices
$Level1
$Level2_7346
line or Ethernet connection for music and messaging updated from brand approved vendor.
1707.00 Mobile Telephone and Wireless Devices
1 7 0 7 . 0 1
Hilton
Worldwide
Security
$Level2
$Level2_7346
1707.01 Hilton Worldwide Security

The use of all Cellular Telephone and Wireless PDA Devices must conform to Hilton Worldwide's security standards established for Personal Wireless
Devices as stated in the information security standards published on OnQ Insider. "Personal Wireless Devices" means personal wireless electronic devices,
including devices that are configured to receive Hilton Worldwide e-mail and/or process confidential information or Credit Cardholder Data, and which may also
connect to Hilton Worldwide's network or systems either directly or indirectly. Some types of Personal Wireless Devices may have advanced features, such as
e-mail or the ability to run applications. Examples of Personal Wireless Devices include personal digital assistants, netbooks, laptops and other personal
computers, BlackBerries, iPhones and other smartphones and cellular, Internet or other telephones.

1700 Technology - Resources
S e c t i o n
l Hotel Information Security Standards
l Personal Wireless Device Policy


Design, Construction & Renovation table of contents.
2501.00 Exterior 2500-12

2501.01 Utilities 2500-12

2501.02 Landscaping 2500-13

2501.03 Sidewalks/Patios 2500-13
2501.04 Building Exterior 2500-14

2501.05 Porte Cochere 2500-16

2501.06 Parking 2500-16

2501.07 Flagpoles 2500-18
2501.08 Exterior Lighting/Electrical 2500-18
2502.00 Lobby Area 2500-19

2502.01 Vestibule 2500-19

2502.02 Lobby 2500-20


2502.04 Front Desk 2500-22
2503.00 Public Restrooms 2500-24
2504.00 Food And Beverage 2500-27
2504.01 Food Prep/ Kitchen 2500-27
2504.02 Food And Beverage Storage 2500-29



2504.06 Complimentary Area 2500-30
2506.00 Commercial Facilities 2500-33


2506.01 Sundries/Gift Shop 2500-33
2506.02 Guest Laundry 2500-34
2506.03 Vending Area 2500-35
2507.00 Meeting Facilities 2500-36

2507.02 Meeting Rooms 2500-36
2507.03 Boardroom 2500-38


2507.05 Meeting Support Areas 2500-40
2508.00 Recreational Facilities 2500-42
2508.01 Fitness Center 2500-42



2508.03 Pool/Whirlpool 2500-44

2508.04 Locker Room/Restroom 2500-48
2508.05 Sauna 2500-49

2508.06 Steam Room 2500-49


2508.09 Walking Trail 2500-50
2509.00 Circulation 2500-50

2509.01 Elevators/Lifts 2500-50

2509.02 Elevator/Lift Lobbies 2500-52
2509.03 Corridors 2500-54
2509.04 Exit Stairs 2500-55


2510.00 Guestroom/Suites 2500-56

2510.01 Doors 2500-56

2510.02 Windows 2500-57
2510.03 Finish Options - Guestrooms/Suites 2500-58

2510.04 Closets 2500-59

2510.05 Bed 2500-59

2510.06 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment 2500-60
2510.07 Mechanical 2500-64
2510.08 Electrical 2500-65

2510.09 Technology 2500-66

2510.10 Kitchen/Wet Bar 2500-66


2512.00 Guest Bathroom 2500-67

2512.01 Doors 2500-67

2512.02 Finish Options - Guest Bathroom 2500-67
2512.03 Mechanical 2500-68
2512.04 Fixtures/Plumbing 2500-68

2512.05 Electrical 2500-71

2512.06 Lighting 2500-71

2512.08 Vanities 2500-72

2512.09 Bathroom Accessories 2500-72

2512.10 Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment 2500-73
2513.00 Back-of-House 2500-73


2513.01 Office 2500-73
2513.02 Housekeeping Zones 2500-74

2513.03 Engineering 2500-77

2513.04 Employee Facilities 2500-78
2513.05 Storage 2500-80
2513.06 Electrical Rooms 2500-81

2513.07 Mechanical Rooms 2500-82

2513.08 Computer/Telecom Room 2500-82

2513.09 Trash Collection Area 2500-84
2514.00 Technical Criteria 2500-84

2514.01 Doors and Windows 2500-84

2514.02 Walls 2500-86


2514.03 Floors 2500-87
2514.04 Ceilings 2500-92

2514.05 Acoustical Performance 2500-92

2514.06 Mechanical 2500-93

2514.07 Plumbing 2500-102
2514.08 Electrical 2500-103
2514.09 Technology 2500-106


2514.11 Hazardous Materials 2500-108
2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment 2500-109
2515.01 Furniture 2500-109

2515.02 Fabrics 2500-117


2515.03 Window Treatment 2500-118

2515.04 Top Surfaces 2500-119
2515.05 Art 2500-120

2515.06 Mirrors 2500-121
2516.00 Fire Protection and Life Safety Requirements 2500-121

2516.01 Administration 2500-121
2516.02 Fire Rated Construction 2500-121
2516.03 Fire Suppression 2500-122

2516.04 Fire Detection, Communication and Alarm Systems 2500-125

2516.05 Means of Egress 2500-132
2516.06 Emergency Power 2500-135
2517.00 Accessibility Guidelines 2500-136


2518.00 Technology Wiring Standards 2500-136

2518.01 Application 2500-136

2518.02 Approved Supplier 2500-136
2518.03 Wiring Standards (Voice and Data) 2500-136

2518.04 Horizontal Sub System 2500-138

2518.05 Communications Cabinets 2500-139

2518.06 Implementation and Hand-Over 2500-140
2518.07 Wireless Distribution 2500-140

2518.08 Patch Cable Standards 2500-141

2518.09 Guest Room Technology Services 2500-141

2518.10 Wiring Standards (Coaxial - MATV, CATV) 2500-142
2519.00 Signage and Graphics 2500-143


2519.01 General Signage 2500-143

2519.02 Interior Signage 2500-143

2519.04 Exterior Signage 2500-146

Overview
The following Design, Construction and Renovation Standards, in conjunction with the prototype drawings, represent the requirements established for design of a
Home2 Suites™ by Hilton hotel (“Home2”). If discrepancies are found between the standards and prototype drawings, the Architecture & Construction (A & C)
Department of Hilton Worldwide will clarify. The Brand Style Guide must be referred to for various building element requirements and for overall design intent. See
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for prototype drawings and applicable standards. All owners are responsible for referencing the most current Standards and up-
to-date prototype design. It is the owner’s responsibility to ensure that this information is incorporated into the construction documents per the
License/Management Agreement. Reduction of scope below these Standards will not be permitted. Hilton Worldwide, when giving approval for projects, may alter
requirements contained herein in accordance with the project’s local market, custom or practice.
The Design, Construction and Renovation Standards apply to the following situations:
1. New construction projects
2. Remodeling, refurbishing, renovation, and additions to existing properties
3. Change of ownership, renewal of a license agreement, conversion, or adaptive reuse.
Codes
The owner is responsible for compliance with all applicable laws, codes and/or other governing building, zoning and design regulations. In the event applicable
local codes and regulations exceed the requirements contained herein, the local codes and regulations must be construed as minimum requirements. All
discrepancies found between these standards and applicable local codes must be brought to the attention of Hilton Worldwide for resolution. Where designs
deviate from applicable codes and regulations, approval or acceptance by the authority having jurisdiction must be documented and kept on file. Hilton Worldwide is
not responsible for review of documents for compliance with local codes. It is the responsibility of the owner to meet or exceed these local regulations. The more
stringent requirement between these Brand Standards and the applicable code(s) must be followed as a minimum.
Interior Design Review and Approval Process
New or existing hotels within the Hilton Worldwide portfolio that are undergoing construction, renovation, refurbishment or remodeling must receive prior approval
for their design. Submittals must be compiled by a licensed architectural firm and/or licensed interior design firm. Completed submittals must be sent to the Hilton
Worldwide GDS (Global Design Services) Director assigned to the particular hotel development. The Design Director will assist with all requirements of the
process. Contact GDS for assistance, including a recommendation of design firms.
2 5 0 1 . 0 0
Exterior
$Level1
$Level2_15874
2501.00 Exterior
Refer to Section 2514.00, Technical Criteria, for requirements applicable to this section.
2 5 0 1 . 0 1
Utilities
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.01 Utilities
A. All utilities in the development must be provided underground. If local service is above ground, provisions must be made at the property line for
underground service.
B. Provide complete surface and subsurface drainage systems to collect and dispose of all surplus ground water. All site drainage must flow away from
buildings.

C. Building rainwater must be collected in gutters and downspouts or in an internal drainage system. Downspouts must have splash blocks and carry water
to a landscape area or to the storm sewer system.
D. Surface drainage across the sidewalks and landscaped areas adjacent to the building is not acceptable.
F. Provide hose bibs or hydrants for porte cochere, parking area, sidewalk, patio and pool deck washdown. Spacing around building perimeter must be no
more than 200'-0"/60 m on center.
2 5 0 1 . 0 2
Landscaping
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.02 Landscaping
A. A registered Landscape Architect must develop landscaping plans and maintenance program for all landscaping materials. Hilton Worldwide reserves the
right of final approval on all landscape plans.
B. A minimum of one year warranty must be provided for all landscaping.
C. Landscaping is required on all areas of the site not covered by pavement or a building. Landscaping includes natural elements such as lawns, plants,
trees and water features.
D. A minimum of 10 percent of the total site area must be landscaped. Exceptions for urban locations are subject to review and approval by Hilton Worldwide.
E. Primary landscaped areas must be generous in scale and concentration, and must be placed adjacent to the entrance drive, the primary hotel entrance,
along primary drives and around the outdoor swimming pool area.
F. Secondary landscaping must be provided at the entire building perimeter, throughout the parking areas and at the site perimeter.
G. Initial planting specimens must be of a size to give the impression of maturity at time of opening.
H. Native and succulent/draught resistant plants are recommended rather than those requiring significant watering.
I. Not Applicable to this Brand
J. Special landscaping or fencing/screening is required to enhance the views from the guest suites and screen undesirable views, such as service areas and
any ground mounted equipment. Chain-link or barbed wire type fencing is not permitted.
K. Retaining/landscaping walls located in public areas must be of a stone or masonry veneer or any other materials approved by Hilton Worldwide.
L. Provide handrails or guardrails at the top of all retaining walls 42"/1.0 m above grade accessible to the guest.
M. Not Applicable to this Brand
N. Satellite dishes must be screened from view.
O. Locate all utility equipment away from guest entrances and screen from guest view.
P. An automatic underground irrigation system must be provided to support the maintenance of the exterior landscaping. The use of grey or recycled water
may be considered for irrigation purposes only.
Q. Not Applicable to this Brand
R. Not Applicable to this Brand
S. Landscaping must include upright shade trees clustered along the walking path and grouped on the Outdoor Lounge side of the site. Design intent is to
provide a varying experiential quality while moving around the course, where one of the long sides of the site is more open and the other side is more
shaded, in lieu of evenly spacing trees along the path and around the site. Tree clusters must also be positioned to maximize the ability to be viewed while
in the public spaces of the building, most importantly the lobby.
T. Not Applicable to this Brand
U. Hold landscaping sprinkler heads back 2’-0”/600 mm to 3'-0”/900 mm from curbs in surface parking areas. Overspray must not fall on the building façade,
parked cars, or onto pedestrian walkways.
V. Locate all irrigation system valve boxes and appurtenances in easily accessible landscaped areas and screen from view with landscaping.
2 5 0 1 . 0 3
Sidewalks/Patios
$Level2
$Level2_15874

2501.03 Sidewalks/Patios
A. Exterior paved walks must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.5 m wide and be of non-slip design and texture. They must be silica based aggregate. Access panels
and manholes are not permitted in walkways.
E. Two patio areas, both brand signature elements, must be provided. The Patio must be next to the pool and it must be 400 ft² /37 m² minimum. The Outdoor
Lounge must be adjacent to the Oasis (lobby) entrance and it must be 660 ft² /60 m².
F. The Patio and Outdoor Lounge must be exposed aggregate with a light sandblast or with a concrete finishing/curing product. The finish must be
comfortable to walk on with bare feet. Decorative concrete finishes must be integral with the slab. Topical applications are not allowed.
G. A fire pit must be provided at the Outdoor Lounge patio. Fire pits must be permanent and fueled by natural gas. Bowl must be metal, concrete or stone and
must have minimum 18"/450 mm high ledge. Automated operation must be UL approved. An emergency shut-off button must be highly visible in the area.
H. A minimum of two outdoor gas grills must be provided for guest use at the Patio adjacent to the pool. Grills must be four burner, outdoor rated, heavy-duty,
stainless steel with a hinged lid and must have at least 600 in²/0.4 m² of grill cooking space each. Residential grade grills such as kettle-type are not
permitted.
I. The Patio must have a minimum of two four-top tables, three two-top tables and two outdoor grills. Tables must be metal frame with tops of shatter
resistant material. Sun screen umbrellas must be provided at the four-top tables.
J. The Outdoor Lounge must have a minimum of four lounge chairs with cushions, two coffee tables, six benches, three four-top tables with dining chairs, and
a fire pit. Individual benches must be 48”/1.22 m to 60”/1.52 m long with backs but without arms. Benches must be made of faux rattan or of recycled plastic
polymer. Four-top tables must be metal frame with tops of shatter resistant material.
K. Not Applicable to this Brand
L. Provide a convenient smoking area when hotels are 100 percent non-smoking restricted or when market conditions dictate. Areas must meet the following
requirements:
1. Area must be permanent in nature and provide cover from the weather. Cover may be an existing feature of the building or an added element.
2. The design of the cover and/or structure must match that of the main building.
3. Area must be at least 6'-0"/1.8 m from any entrance, not impeding foot traffic, and must be positioned so not to disturb guestrooms.
8. Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment
a. All furnishings must coordinate in design and finish.
c. One smoker’s post receptacle must be secured to the floor or wall.
d. One, 16”/400 mm wide x 30”/760 mm high trash receptacle must be provided.
M. Exterior railings at steps, ramps, landings, retaining walls and exterior swimming pools must conform to local regulations. Railing must be aluminum (with
a five year minimum warranty on an electrostatic finish). Other materials must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
2 5 0 1 . 0 4
Building
Exterior
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.04 Building Exterior

A. The following are acceptable exterior finish building materials; refer to the Brand Style Guide for acceptable combinations.
1. Exterior Insulated and Finish System (EIFS)
a. The exterior cladding system must be a secondary barrier and drainage exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) type.
b. EIFS manufacturer’s fluid-applied, acrylic polymer-based, air/water-resistive barrier must be applied over the wall assembly substrate and over
joints prepared with reinforcing mesh. It must then be applied again to the entire surface as a secondary air/water-resistive barrier.
c. All wall penetrations must be properly prepared and flashed in advance of wall component installation i.e., windows, doors, louvers, etc., in
accordance with the EIFS manufacturer and governing building code requirements. Flashing must be Flexible Fluid or Peel and Stick membrane
type, compatible with substrate and integrated into secondary fluid applied air/water-resistive barrier coating.
d. Adhere strictly to the approved EIFS system manufacturer’s long-form specifications, installation procedures, and other guidelines. Pre-approved
manufacturers are Corev, Dryvit and Sto.
2. Brick
3. Stone veneer
5. Stucco (allowed with prior approval)
6. Other high quality materials will be considered where appropriate for the local environment; however, vinyl siding is never allowed. All alternates must
be submitted for approval by Hilton Worldwide.
7. Porcelain tile
8. Metal panels
B. A recessed stripe leading from the base of the building up to the Beacon is required. The stripe must be contrasting to the adjacent building materials and
it must be illuminated. Lighting must not spill over to adjacent building surfaces. Refer to the prototype drawings and Brand Style Guide for more details.
C. The Beacon is an exterior signature Brand element that is required for all Home2 Suites™ by Hilton hotels. It must be positioned on the building near the
main entry and drop-off porte cochere. It must be a backlit glass box at the top of the building. Refer to the prototype drawings and Brand Style Guide for
more details.
E. Louvers
1. Louvers must be Kynar painted aluminum with storm proof and drainable blades in a color that coordinates with the exterior color scheme.
2. Exterior louvers, when aligned with guest suite windows, must be the same size and finish as the window frames.
3. Louvers must be combined into one larger louver when possible except at the laundry when exhaust may impact make-up air.
G. Balconies
1. Balconies (when approved by the Brand) must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.5 m deep.
2. Balconies/patios must be designed to provide privacy and security for guestrooms. Views must be blocked to adjacent balconies/patios.
3. Balcony floors must slope outwards or toward internal drains.
4. Balcony railings must be a minimum of 42”/1.1 m in height and at least partly open, or transparent for views. Any opening in railings must not exceed
4”/100 mm and include a bottom rail a 2”/50 mm maximum above the floor. Railings must not be horizontal or climbable by children.
H. Roof materials must meet the following requirements:
1. Single-ply, non-ballasted, directly adhered membrane roofing system.
a. Roofing must be installed by a certified roofing contractor and carry a 20 year warranty.
b. System must be a light color, energy star or equivalent compliant light color (solar reflective index SRI 78 or better).

I. Roof vents, exhaust caps and other penetrations must be hidden from view on flat roofs.
J. All rooftop and ground mounted equipment must be screened from view.
L. Not Applicable to this Brand
M. Antennae are not allowed to be taller than any parapet walls. Cell phone antennae, or any other antennae that are not used for the operation of the property,
are not allowed on the building.
2 5 0 1 . 0 5
P o r t e
C o c h e r e
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.05 Porte Cochere

A. A porte cochere is required. Refer to the prototype drawings.
B. The width of the drive aisle must be at least 12’-0”/3.66 m minimum.
C. Porte cochere height clearance must not be less than 9’-10”/3.0 m.
E. The area under the porte cochere must be a decorative non-slip surface paving such as brick, stone, tile pavers or color stamped concrete. Hand troweled,
scored concrete, floated concrete or asphalt is not allowed. Decorative paving in driving areas must be sealed and cleanable. Painted finishes are not
permitted.
F. Porte cochere support columns and other features at the building entry that are susceptible to damage by car doors, luggage carts, etc., must be finished
with a high-quality, hard durable material. Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS), if used in these areas, must be designed to resist impact.
G. Entrance drive paving must be flush with the sidewalk at hotel entrance to facilitate the movement of luggage carts and for easy access into the hotel.
H. Not Applicable to this Brand
I. Provide soffit venting to avoid moisture/condensation problems.
J. Provide decorative or recessed lighting at the porte cochere and any secondary entrances.
K. Provide GFCI/ELCB/RCCB (or equal) protected exterior power outlets (socket outlets) adjacent to entry porte cochere and primary entrances.
L. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
2 5 0 1 . 0 6
Parking
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.06 Parking
E. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
F. Surface Parking
1. The parking area must accommodate a minimum of one space for each guest suite. Additional spaces may be required contingent on local code
requirements, employee parking requirements, and meeting room needs.
3. Provide wheelstops where car overhang has the potential of damaging light poles, landscaping or other objects.
4. Parking and drive areas must be concrete (slab or pavers), sealed asphalt or coated macadam.
5. Heavy–duty, 6"/150 mm thick concrete must be used at service yard, trash collection area and loading areas.
6. Parking areas must be designed to provide positive drainage to prevent standing water.
7. Provide 6”/152 mm concrete curb and gutter or sloped granite at all edges of the parking lot and drives. Asphalt curbing at edges of the parking areas

and drives is not allowed. Turned-down sidewalk slab edges are permitted on interior perimeters within 5’-0”/1.52 m wide sidewalks if landscaped
areas are provided.
10. Parking lot striping must be white, except where other colors are required by local codes for fire lanes, accessible parking, no parking zones, etc.
G. Drives
3. The drive lane minimum width must be 24'-0”/7.3 m between parking stalls.
5. Dead end drive lanes are not allowed.
H. Parking Stalls
1. Parking stalls must be a minimum of 18’-0”/5 m from face of curb to drive lane.
2. Parking stalls must be a minimum of 9’-0”/2.75 m wide centerline to centerline. A maximum of 25 percent of the parking stalls may be compact stalls
subject to Hilton Worldwide approval.
I. Parking Garage/ Covered Parking
All of the requirements for surface parking, as well as the following, apply to garages and covered parking.
2. Garage must be located within a short distance from the main hotel entrance.
3. Finish Options - Parking Garage/ Covered Parking
a. Floor
1. Steel trowel finished concrete, hardened and epoxy sealed.
2. Floors exposed to external elements must be waterproofed.
b. Wall
1. Painted concrete or concrete block when designated by Hilton Worldwide.
2. Protective barriers must be installed at areas vulnerable to damage.
c. Ceiling
1. Painted concrete when designated by Hilton Worldwide.
2. Suspended acoustical tile ceilings are permitted only where sublevel of the hotel and necessitated by screening of insulation, piping, etc. All
instances must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
3. Parking garages must have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8’-0”/2.4 m.
4. Light fixtures must be suitable for outdoor installation. Wrap-around type fluorescent fixtures are not permitted. Exposed lamp fixtures are not permitted.
Fixtures must be located outside of drive lanes.
5. Parking garages must be designed to provide positive drainage to prevent standing water.
7. Parking garages or ramps designed with exterior decorative screens rather than permanent walls must be equipped with suitable protective guardrails
for guest safety and protection.
J. Not Applicable to this Brand
K. Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Stations

1. EV charging stations are permitted but are not required.

2. Stations must be protected or positioned to prevent damage from vehicles.
3. Power supplied to the stations must be provided underground.
4. Stations must provide Level 2 charging (240 volt AC input) minimum.
5. Features must include the following:
a. Ability for drivers to access stations via contactless credit cards in addition to any manufacturer's subscription.
b. 24/7 driver assistance including alternate charging station locations.
c. Access control to eliminate energy theft and improve safety.
d. Notifications to driver of charge status including completion or interruption of charge.
e. Cord management system including long reach and storage.
6. Enclosure must be corrosion and weather resistant and comply with NEMA 3R.
7. Stations must be SAE J1772 compliant and meet all UL and NEC requirements.
8. Signage must be provided designating parking space(s) for the electric vehicle charging stations.
9. Stations must meet Hilton Worldwide and any applicable local or federal accessibility requirements.
2 5 0 1 . 0 7
Flagpoles
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.07 Flagpoles
A. One 30’-0”/9 m flag pole is required for the national flag. Optionally, one 35’-0”/10 m pole for the national flag and two 25’-0”/7.5 m poles, one for the state
and one for the Brand flag, are permitted. When multiple poles are used, they must be spaced so that each flag cannot wrap itself around another pole.
Flag pole finish must coordinate with exterior materials and color schemes.
B. Flag poles must be illuminated. Lighting must be in ground mounted up lighting aimed on the flags. Pole mounted fixtures 8’-0”/2.4 m above the finished
floor are allowed in climates susceptible to snow.
2 5 0 1 . 0 8
Exterior
Lighting/Electrical
$Level2
$Level2_15874
2501.08 Exterior Lighting/Electrical

B. Exterior lighting used to illuminate building surfaces (including elevations, canopies, roofs and grounds) must be controlled so that only the defined
building surfaces are illuminated. Light must not shine beyond the building surfaces to adjacent areas or the sky.
C. All secondary guest entrances must be well lit and readily identifiable.
D. All exterior light fixtures must be suitable for outdoor installation and must have coordinated color temperature and characteristics.
F. Fixtures for building uplighting must not be mounted to the building. Parking lot light fixtures must not be used for building uplighting.
G. Exterior lighting located at the Patio and Outdoor Lounge must be provided through string lights and wall sconces.
H. Exterior lighting must be controlled by a photocell with a manual override switch, by time clock or by building automation system - located in the back of
house area. The control system must switch all lights on and off simultaneously.
I. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
J. Parking Lighting
1. The parking area must be illuminated.
2. Parking lot and driveway lighting must be pole-mounted, high energy efficient and long life based upon fluorescent, metal halide, or SON (high pressure
sodium) lamps. Other technology will be considered.
3. Maximum pole height is 30'-0"/9.0 m. Cut off shields or similar devices must be used to prevent glare and annoyance.

4. Provide protective barriers for light fixtures that are subject to vehicular damage.
2 5 0 2 . 0 0
L. Provide exterior power outlets (socket outlets) around the building perimeter at 200’-0”/61 m intervals. Outlets must be waterproof and GFI/RCD protected.
L o b b y
M. Provide all lighting and power circuits with GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal ground fault protection.
A r e a
$Level1
$Level2_16118
2502.00 Lobby Area

Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00, Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
2 5 0 2 . 0 1
Vestibule
$Level2
$Level2_16118
2502.01 Vestibule
A. A vestibule is required at the entrance to the lobby. Doors must be automatic sliding with a breakaway feature and provide approximately a 4’-0”/1.22 m
opening.
E. Any manual locks on the doors must be disengaged.
F. When security staff are not provided at the primary entrance, the entrance must be locked during off hours by use of magnetic locks, an intercom with buzzer
and card key access. Provide remote release at front desk. A security camera must be provided at the entrance if the primary entrance is not within line of
sight of the front desk.
I. Finish Options - Vestibule
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
2. Tile must have plank shape and wood-look. Plank-shaped tiles must be no less than 3"/75 m x 24"/600 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x
36"/915 mm.
c. Not Applicable to this Brand
d. Not Applicable to this Brand
e. Not Applicable to this Brand
f. Not Applicable to this Brand
g. Base (minimums)
1. 3"/75 mm porcelain tile
3. 3"/75 mm wood
4. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Vinyl wall covering
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum

b. Acoustic ceiling tile

N. Not Applicable to this Brand
O. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
2 5 0 2 . 0 2
L o b b y
$Level2
$Level2_16118
2502.02 Lobby
G. An accessible area designated for luggage carts must be provided.
J. Finish Options - Lobby
1. Floor
b. Porcelain tile
36"/915 mm.
g. Not Applicable to this Brand
h. Base (minimums)
2. 3"/75 mm wood
3. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
c. Accent wall tile is required where shown in the prototype.
3. Ceiling

a. Paint on gypsum
1. Maximum percentage of acoustic ceiling tile allowed as shown in the prototype.
M. Electrical
1. Lighting must be switched from panels located within an employee area not accessible by guests.
2. Three large decorative shade pendant lights - Brand signature elements - with translucent shade and dimming capabilities are required over the
banquette. Minimum size: 36”/915 mm dia. x 16”/406 mm high. Shade dimensions and height off floor must be coordinated with the ceiling height.
Lamping must not provide “hot spots” on the shade.
7. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
8. Power outlets (socket outlets) must be provided for guest use.
N. Provide a minimum of one outlet for a house telephone in the lobby area. Business Center outlet allowed as a substitution when Center is open to the
lobby area.
O. Two HD LED/LCD televisions, one 40”-42" and one 52”, are required and must be easily viewable from the seating areas. The 40”-42" television must be
located near the breakfast table. The 52” television must be on the Entertainment Wall.
P. Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment
1. Guests must have barrier-free access to the lobby/registration area. Ensure that circulation patterns to the registration area do not conflict with lobby
seating.
2. Total lobby seating must accommodate the number of persons equal to 33 percent of the guest suite count. In no case must less than 42 seats be
provided. Certain markets, such as resort areas or airport locations, require additional seating. If the lobby is enlarged in comparison to the prototype,
artwork must be added and all seating must be increased - banquette lengthened and table and chairs added.
3. Seating must be composed of three types of zones: the breakfast table, soft seating, and dining seating. Approximately 40 percent of the total seat count
must be provided at the breakfast table. Soft seating must make up approximately 45 percent of the count and 15 percent must be composed of
traditional dining seating. The Oasis soft seating area must be an eclectic mixture of a banquette, lounge chairs, side chairs, ottomans, stools and
tables. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment Specifications for the design intent for all seating components.
4. Clearances at soft seating (sofas, lounge chairs) from the seat to the underside of the table top must be 7.5"/190 mm to 8.5"/210 mm with the table top
no more than 12"/300 mm from the seat. Clearances at dining seating (bar stools, dining chairs) from the seat to the underside of the table top must be
8"/200 mm to 10"/250 mm with the table top being no more than 12"/300 mm from the seat.
5. Seating
a. A dual-sided banquette – a Brand signature element - is required. Backseat and cushion must be tightly upholstered. Banquette must have a seat
height of 18”/457 mm. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment Specifications for required construction details on the banquette. Finish
selections for the banquette may be customized to each design.
1. The banquette must display three planters of potted faux grass. Each container must be 38"/965 mm wide x 12"/300 mm high and no wider than
6"/150 mm at the base. The grass must be of contract quality and suitable for commercial use.


c. Lounge chairs 30”/760 mm wide x 28”/700 mm deep must have upholstered seats, minimum 18”/457 mm seat-height and upholstered backs.
f. Ottomans must be 18”/457 mm x 18”/457 mm x 18”/457 mm minimum, but may be of varying styles. One must match a slipper chair.
g. Slipper chairs 24”/610 mm wide x 32”/810 mm deep minimum must have upholstered seats, minimum 18”/450 mm seat height, and upholstered
backs.
h. Dining chairs (seat 18”/457 mm wide x 18”/457 mm deep minimum) are to be a mix of wood-framed chairs with and without upholstered seats and
backs. There must be between two to four different chair styles used.
i. Not Applicable to this Brand
j. Stools must be upholstered without backs, with a seat size 18”/457 mm wide x 18”/457 mm deep and a height of 18”/457 mm.
k. Breakfast table barstools, minimum overall seat size 18”/457 mm wide x 18”/457 mm deep, with backs must be used at the breakfast tables. Chairs
may be with or without upholstery. Footrests must have metal caps to prevent wear and tear. The required clearance from the seat to the top of the
table is 12"/203 mm with no less than 8"/203 mm provided for leg clearance from the seat to the bottom of the apron.
l. Accent Pillows
1. One banquette – 12 accent pillows
2. Two slipper chairs – lumbar pillow each
3. Two lounge chairs at window – accent pillow each
6. Tables
a.Not Applicable to this Brand
b.Not Applicable to this Brand
c.Commercial-grade bases must be provided for sturdy support of all tables.
d.Pedestal dining tables must be approximately 30"/760 mm high. All tabletops must be minimum 1-¼“/31.7 mm thick. A minimum of two tables must
be 30”/760 mm x 30”/760 mm, and two must be 24"/610 mm x 30"/760 mm. Tabletops must be of engineered stone or of high pressure laminate
with wood edges.
e. Trestle tables must be minimum 29”/737 mm high. All tabletops must be minimum 1-¼”/32 mm thick, 72”/1.8 m x 32”/810 mm minimum. Tabletops
must be of engineered stone or of high pressure laminate with wood edges.
f. Small side tables (18”/450 mm to 20”/508 mm high) must be wood, plastic and/or metal and be stain/moisture resistant.
g. The breakfast table must seat a minimum of 18 guests. The table must consist of a minimum three tables that comfortably accommodate three
guests per side at a minimum (minimum 30”/762 mm wide X 72”/1.83 m long x 42”/1.06 m high). Tabletop material must match that of the front
desk. Each tabletop must contain four power and four data (HSIA) outlets. Outlets must be UL listed, plug-in and pop-up type, and meet UL spill test
requirements. All power cords must be concealed.
9. The Brand signature element, Entertainment Wall, must be provided in the Oasis. Refer to Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Specifications for required
construction detailing. Any accessories selected for the Wall must be submitted for approval. Accessories are not allowed elsewhere in the lobby.
2 5 0 2 . 0 3
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16118

2 5 0 2 . 0 4
F r o n t
D e s k
$Level2
$Level2_16118

2502.04 Front Desk

A. Provide the following minimum number of registration workstations:
Two stations: 0-200 keys
Add 1 station for each additional 100 keys above 200
I. Finish Options - Front Desk
1. Floor
a. Carpet
2. Carpet tile (see prototype for location)
b. Porcelain tile
36"/915 mm.
h. Base (minimums)
2. 3"/75 mm wood
3. 4”/100 mm vinyl
j. At freestanding desks, the lobby flooring must continue behind the front desk. Anti-static/anti-fatigue mats with a wood grain are required behind the
freestanding desks. Their design must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
2. Wall
e. Back wall must comply with the prototype drawings. Material finishes must match those provided in the Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment
Specifications. All materials must be submitted to Hilton Worldwide for review and approval prior to installation.

3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
J. Front Desk Millwork
1.
The front desk must be freestanding, open on both sides. Refer to the prototype drawings for millwork details.
2.
Computer monitors must not be within guest view above the countertop.
3.
4.
The front desk finishes must be as follows:
a. The front desk countertop (customer counter) must be solid surface or engineered stone with a recycled content at minimum and must match that of
the breakfast table and the Home2 MKT. Stone tile, marble, cultured marble, and granite are not permitted.
c. The employee side of the front desk must be high pressure plastic laminate as a minimum.
L. Front Desk Back Wall
1. The front desk back wall with the Brand logo and colored glass window is a signature Brand element. Refer to the prototype drawings for detailed
information. No other item — signage, power outlets (socket outlets), etc.— is allowed on the back wall.
M. Electrical
2. An interface switch to release the vestibule’s electronic door lock must be provided and must be built into the front desk.
3. Each workstation must have the following as a minimum:
a. Above the counter: a duplex electrical outlet, single telephone outlet and single data port above the counter. Dedicated phone lines are required.
b. Below the counter: two quad electrical outlets and two data ports. All outlets must be dedicated and ground.
4. The electrical outlets below the desk must not be on the same dedicated grounded circuit as the outlets above the desk. Each dedicated circuit may
provide power up to three workstations.
N. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
4. Safe-deposit boxes must be provided. A minimum of one box for every 20 guestrooms must be provided. These boxes are still required when in-room
2 5 0 3 . 0 0
safes are provided. Safe-deposit boxes must be provided in the office area or within the front desk (employee side) if there is ample space. If the boxes
Public
R e s t r o o m s
$Level1
$Level2_16511
are located within the front desk, and are within view of guests, cabinet doors must conceal them.
2503.00 Public Restrooms
Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00, Furnishings Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
A .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
A. There must be one restroom each for men and women in the lobby area. The restrooms must not open directly onto the lobby. The number of lavatories,
stalls and urinals required are as indicated on the prototype drawings or as dictated by code, whichever is more stringent.
B .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
B. All restroom entrance doors must have door closers. A privacy set is required, except in multi-stall restrooms where the entry door is not allowed to be
lockable. Push/pull plates are required at multi-stall restrooms.
C .
$Level2

$Level2_16511
C. Direct line of sight into multi-occupant restroom toward the urinal or water closet is prohibited.
D .
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16511

E .
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16511

F .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
F. Finish Options - Public Restrooms

1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
1. Tile must be nominal 18"/457 mm x 18"/457 mm minimum.
2. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles are
permitted. Plank-shaped tiles must be sized no less than 3"/75 mm x 24"/600 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x 36"/915 mm.
b. Natural stone
c. Base (minimums)
2. 3"/75 mm natural stone
2. Wall
b. Porcelain tile
1. Floor to ceiling tile is required on wet walls (at water closets) as a minimum.
c. Natural stone
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
G .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
G. Restroom Partitions Stalls

1. Water closet partitions and urinal screens are required for multi-stall restrooms.
4. Water closet partitions may be floor or ceiling mounted.
5. Urinal screens must be wall mounted with tamper proof fasteners.
6. Partitions and screens must be plastic laminate, solid polymer (high density polyethylene) or better. Metal partitions are not allowed.
7. Partition doors must be hung from the same side.
8. Water closet partition doors must be 2'-6"/750 mm wide minimum and be self-closing with spring hinges.
H .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
H. Accessories
1. The following items are required within each water closet stall or within the room of single stall toilets:

a. Surface-mounted dual toilet tissue dispensers. Plastic is not allowed.

b. Coat hook mounted at 60”/1.5 m above the finished floor on the back of door.
2. The following items are required within the shared space:
a. A minimum of one motion-activated, paper towel dispenser that is recessed or semi-recessed. Electric hand dryers are allowed when used
in conjunction with paper towel dispensers.
c. Trash receptacle as a freestanding decorative unit or under-counter with a cut-out in the vanity countertop.
3. The following items are required at the washbasin:
a. Decorative facial tissue dispenser
b. Decorative liquid soap dispenser
I .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
I. All finishes (accessories, fixtures, hardware) must match.

J .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
J. All finish components must be polished or brushed chrome, brushed nickel or stainless steel.
K .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
K. Exhaust Ventilation
1. Interlock toilet exhaust fan with an air handling system that provides makeup air for the exhaust air volume. Operate fans continuously.
2. Maintain the toilet room negative with respect to adjacent areas by exhausting ten percent more air flow than is supplied directly to the room.
L .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
L. Plumbing
1. Install chrome plated brass floor drain and slope floor for proper drainage.
2. Provide shock absorbers on all flush valve systems with isolation valve and access door for maintenance.
3. Exposed plumbing must be chrome-plated.
4. Water closets must be vitreous china, low flow, with elongated bowls and flush valve.
6. Water closet seats must match fixture color, be solid plastic, open front, and self-sustaining.
7. Urinals must be vitreous china.
8. All fixtures must be white and identical.
9. Provide commercial grade faucets with single lever or dual lever handles. Dual lever must be 8”/203 mm on centers and have a quarter turn
feature. All faucets must be plated brass, with replaceable cartridges, and manufactured by nationally known manufacturers. All fixtures must be
low-flow type. Acrylic controls are not allowed.
M .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
M. Vanity
1. The top of the wash basin must be 34"/860 mm high.
2. Wash basins must be vitreous china under-mount bowls with an overflow design as a minimum. Integral bowls are not allowed. Vessel sinks
are allowed. Single stall restrooms may have a wall-hung china commercial sink meeting ANSI.
3. Built-in vanities must have a solid-surface or engineered stone top and matching splashes. Cultured marble, marble, tile and granite are not
allowed. Splashes must be 4"/100 mm.

4. Vanity skirt must match the top.

N .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
N. Electrical
1. Lights must be on keyed switches or motion sensors. The motion sensor must have a delay of thirty minutes from the last detection of
movement in the defined area prior to shut down. Entry light must remain on at all times in multi-stall restrooms.
2. In a single user restroom, a pendant light must be provided with a satin nickel, brushed stainless steel, or brushed aluminum finish. It is to be
an ambient overhead light with dual shade system. A clear frosted diffuser is required on top and bottom. Lamping must not provide “hot spots”
on the shade. The outer shade must be transparent.
5. Two GFCI/ELCB/RCCB (or equal) power outlets (socket outlets) must be located on a sidewall of the water basin.
O .
$Level2
$Level2_16511
O. Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment

2 5 0 4 . 0 0
1. A decorative framed mirror with a minimum frame width of 2”/51 mm is required above all vanities.
F o o d
A n d
B e v e r a g e
$Level1
$Level2_16597 2. Direct line of sight via mirror reflection into restrooms is prohibited.
2504.00 Food And Beverage
Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00, Furnishings Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
2 5 0 4 . 0 1
F o o d
P r e p /
Kitchen
$Level2
$Level2_16597
2504.01 Food Prep/ Kitchen

B. Provide a food prep area/pantry directly adjacent to the breakfast serving area as shown on the prototype drawings. This area must be completely enclosed.
O. Not Applicable to this Brand
Q. Finish Options - Food Prep/ Kitchen
1. Floor
a. 4”/100 mm x 4”/100 mm quarry tile

b. Porcelain tile
c. Epoxy-screed concrete floors
d. Poured resinous flooring system
h. Not Applicable to this Brand
j. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm quarry tile
4. Tile base must be matching, sanitary and coved when possible.
2. Wall
a. Epoxy paint
3. Ceiling
a. Acoustic ceiling tile
c. Washable ceiling system with non-corrosive aluminum grid
R. Countertops must be stainless steel.
S. Storage racks must be provided to accommodate 2.5 par of all china (plates, bowls, coffee cups and silverware). Stainless steel shelving units must be
hung to house the microwave and operating manuals.
T. A hand sink, soap dispenser and hands-free towel dispenser must be provided.
U. Not Applicable to this Brand
V. Plumbing
1. Grease Interceptors (if required by local jurisdiction)
a. Provide grease interceptors located outdoors in an area serviceable without disruption of normal activities, and out of guest view.
b. Grease drains that are directed to grease traps must use cast iron piping systems that allow mechanical cleaning when blockages occur.
2. Floor Drains/Basins
a. Provide floor drains.
W. Not Applicable to this Brand
X. Electrical
1. Lighting
a. Provide recessed fluorescent, vapor-proof fixture with warm white lamps.
b. Cover all light fixtures with clear plastic covers or use shielded lamps.
c. Switch lighting from local wall switches or breaker panels. Do not use dimmers.
d. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.

2. Power
a. Electrical outlets must be provided to suit the installed equipment together with an additional eight general purpose electrical outlets.
b. Protect all receptacles in kitchen with GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal circuits.
Y. Not Applicable to this Brand
Z. Equipment
1. Provide for the following commercial grade equipment:
a. Three-compartment stainless steel sink with drain boards
b. Vertical reach-in refrigerator, 22 ft³/0.329 m³ minimum, with a solid single door and a stainless steel finish. Residential units and top and bottom
units are not permitted.
c. Vertical reach-in freezer, 22 ft³/0.329 m³ minimum, with a solid single door and a stainless steel finish. Residential units and top and bottom units
are not permitted.
d. Coffee brewer (Fetco)
i. Dishwasher
j. Not Applicable to this Brand
k. Not Applicable to this Brand
l. Not Applicable to this Brand
m. All equipment must have NSF, Underwriters Laboratories or CE labels or code-approved equivalent.
2. Provide a stainless steel island.
3. Kitchen hoods must be a minimum of 6'-6"/2.0 m above the finished floor.
4. Refer to 2516.03.E for kitchen hood and duct protection requirements.
5. Kitchen hoods must exhaust on average 350 ft³ per minute/linear foot or 2,000 m³ per hour/linear meter. The following must be taken into consideration
in calculating specific exhaust requirements:
a. Type, energy source and use of equipment below the hood.
b. Position of equipment below the hood.
c. Style and geometry of the hood.
d. Introduction method for the kitchen make-up air.
6. Kitchen hoods must be tested for proper operation after installation of all pertinent equipment is complete.
2 5 0 4 . 0 2
F o o d
A n d
B e v e r a g e
S t o r a g e
$Level2
$Level2_16597
2504.02 Food And Beverage Storage

B. Provide a lockable room for dry storage.


H. Finish Options - F&B Storage
1. Floor
a. 8”/200 mm x 8”/200 mm quarry tile
c. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm quarry tile
2. Wall
a. Paint
b. FRP
3. Ceiling
b. Paint on gypsum
L. Electrical
2 5 0 4 . 0 3
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16597

2 5 0 4 . 0 4
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16597

2 5 0 4 . 0 5
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_16597

2 5 0 4 . 0 6
Complimentary
A r e a
$Level2
$Level2_16597
2504.06 Complimentary Area

C. Operable drapery is required at the breakfast serving counter to completely close the counter area off during non-breakfast hours. Refer to the prototype
drawings for locations and to the Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Specifications for design intent.


O. Not Applicable to this Brand
R. Not Applicable to this Brand
S. Not Applicable to this Brand
T. Not Applicable to this Brand
U. Not Applicable to this Brand
V. Finish Options - Complimentary Area
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
36"/915 mm.
b. Natural stone
f. Base (minimums)
4. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
W. Serving Counters
2. Serving counters for the breakfast serving area are a Brand signature element and must be provided as shown on the prototype drawings and in the
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications in relation to style, length and layout.
3. The counter must be serviced from the rear and food served from the front.
4. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications for required construction details on the base cabinets. Finish selection is open but must

be to the extent shown in the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications.

5. Counter depth must be 36”/914 mm minimum.
6. The countertop must be a solid surface or engineered stone. Tile, cultured marble, marble or granite is not allowed.
7. Upper shelving is required.
8. A breakfast serving counter, 18’-0”/5.5 m plus an additional 3'-0"/914 mm for juice, must be provided directly adjacent to the front desk as shown on the
prototype drawings. In addition, a roller shade must be installed at the juice cabinet and utilized during non-breakfast hours. Refer to the prototype
drawings for locations and to the Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Specifications for design intent.
9. A separate coffee serving counter that is 4’-0”/1.22 m long minimum must be provided. Counter depth for this area is 30”/762 mm minimum. Counter
must have a cutout in the top for trash container below. The coffee serving counter countertop must match the breakfast serving counter. Provide open-
front pullout drawers for coffee cup storage. Provide front spring-loaded disposable cup dispenser. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Specifications for details. The coffee area must be accessible 24 hours a day.
12. A dish recovery unit that is 4’-4 ½”/2.24 m long x 36”/914 mm high x 24”/610 mm deep must be provided. Unit is to have cutouts in the counter top for
access to recycling containers below. The dish return cart is to sit next to the unit. Countertop must be an engineered stone or solid surface.
X. Lighting
Y. Not Applicable to this Brand
Z. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
6. Provide the following equipment: (Graphics package required on/around some pieces; Refer to hotelsigns.com/home2suites for information.)
a. Two commercial microwaves with stainless steel finish (Amana #HDC12A2).
b. Four-slice commercial stainless toaster
c. Kettle (Vollrath Cayenne 72017 - 7 quart round)
e. One, minimum, waffle iron (New Carbon 1RTP01CK)
f. Four-head juice dispenser (Vitality® Express Beverage System)
g. Coffee urns (Fetco; decaffeinated and regular, hot water)
2 5 0 5 . 0 0
h. Under-counter mini-refrigerator that is stainless steel, glass front, lockable, 6.5 cu ft. with interior light (True #TUC-27 G LP)
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_17248
i. Refrigerated cold well or food pan with wire rack and poly cover (APW Wyott #CW-1); ensure proper fit within millwork.

2 5 0 6 . 0 0
Commercial

Facilities
$Level1
$Level2_17351
2506.00 Commercial Facilities

Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00 Furnishings Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
2 5 0 6 . 0 1
Sundries/Gift
S h o p
$Level2
$Level2_17351
2506.01 Sundries/Gift Shop

A. A retail area, the Home2 MKT (a signature Brand element) must be provided. The area must be directly adjacent to the front desk for ease of service by front
desk employees.
G. Finish Options - Sundries/ Gift Shop
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
36"/915 mm.
b. Natural stone
g. Base (minimums)
2. 3”/75 mm porcelain tile
3. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
H. Shelving, 18”/457 mm deep minimum, must be provided for display of food and sundries. Plastic laminate base cabinets and finishes must be provided.
Closed lockable cabinetry millwork for storage and an approved adjustable display system for sundries must be provided. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures
and Equipment Specifications for details.
J. Millwork countertop must match the front desk countertop (guest side).
K. The finish and style of all millwork must coordinate with the front desk millwork.
L. Lights must be wired to stay on at all times or be key switched.

M. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.

O. Equipment
1. A commercial-grade, glass door, reach-in refrigerator and separate glass door, reach-in freezer, each 22 ft³/0.6 m³ minimum, with self-contained
condensation evaporation system must be provided. Units must have a minimum of four vinyl-coated adjustable shelves for product display. Exterior
surfaces must be all stainless steel or all black. All interior surfaces must be a white finish. The refrigerator and freezer must match in size and color.
3. Ice machines are not allowed in the space.
5. No brand endorsements are allowed on the refrigeration units.
6. The freezer and refrigerator units must have illuminated panels above the door. The panel graphics must be the Home2 approved design. Refer to the
Trademark and Identity Guide.
2 5 0 6 . 0 2
G u e s t
L a u n d r y
$Level2
$Level2_17351
2506.02 Guest Laundry

A. A guest laundry must be provided.
B. Guest laundry must be in a separate room within the fitness center space, but it must not be closed off.
C. Equipment must be hidden from direct view from the fitness center entry.
E. Finish Options - Guest Laundry
1. Floor
b. Woven vinyl floor covering made with 10 percent recycled materials (match fitness center).
d. Base (minimums)
2. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
4. No exposed structure, pipes, ducts, etc. are allowed.
G. Provide a floor drain with chrome plated brass cover outside the guests’ path of travel with floor sloped to drain.
I. Conceal all electrical and plumbing connections behind the connected equipment.
J. Lights must be wired to remain on, be key switched or have occupancy sensors with a 30 minute delay before switching. If sensors are used, a single entry
light must remain on at all times.
K. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.


M. Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment
1. A minimum of two each commercial washer and dryer must be provided. Dryers must be vented/exhausted to the exterior.
2. Provide an area of seating within the fitness center for guest laundry users as shown in the prototype drawings. Seating must include a minimum of two
chairs and one side table. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications for design intent.
3. Provide the approved 60”/1.52 m towel and folding station in the adjacent fitness center. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications
for a detailed design.
2 5 0 6 . 0 3
Vending
A r e a
$Level2
$Level2_17351
2506.03 Vending Area

A. A minimum of one vending room must be located on every guest suite floor.
C. Vending equipment must be located in an alcove or in an enclosed room to reduce noise and conceal visibility from public circulation.
D. Entry door, when provided, must have a vision panel or sidelight.
E. Finish Options - Vending Area
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
2. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles are
d. Base (minimums)
1. 3”/75 mm porcelain tile
2. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
4. No exposed structure, pipes, ducts, etc. are allowed.
F. Vending rooms with windows, located on the exterior wall, must have the same window treatment as adjacent spaces.
G. Provide a floor drain with chrome plated brass cover outside the guests’ path of travel with floor sloped to drain.
H. Insulate all ice machine drain traps to prevent condensation.
I. Provide a filtered cold water supply to the ice maker and electrical connections for all equipment.
J. Provide recessed or decorative lighting that is wired to remain on at all times or have an occupancy sensor. Lights wired with an occupancy sensor must
have a minimum light level of two foot candles/200 lux maintained when the room is unoccupied.
K. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
L. When vending areas are required by 2506.03.A, each area must contain a minimum of one self service ice machine with a minimum production capacity of

5 lb/2.2 kg per 24-hours for each guestroom on the floor served. Machine must be equipped with sanitary dispenser operated by push button, guestroom
key card or complimentary token. Open-bin type ice machines are not permitted.
2 5 0 7 . 0 0
Meeting
Facilities
$Level1
$Level2_17475
O. Provide an enclosed, flame retardant, decorative trash container and recycling container that is pre-approved by the Brand.
2507.00 Meeting Facilities
Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment for requirements applicable to this section.
2 5 0 7 . 0 1
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_17475

2 5 0 7 . 0 2
Meeting
R o o m s
$Level2
$Level2_17475
2507.02 Meeting Rooms

A. Meeting rooms are to be included at the owner’s discretion. All individual components must meet these standards. The meeting room(s) mix allowed by
Hilton Worldwide is one bay boardroom, two bay meeting room or one bay boardroom with a two bay meeting room.
C. Meeting rooms are not allowed to be more than twice as long as the narrowest dimension.
G. Provide convenient access to public restrooms.
I. Meeting rooms must have exterior windows when possible.
J. Structural columns and stacking operable partitions must not protrude more than 1’-6”/450 mm into the meeting room at any point.
M. Built-in counters with cabinet storage must be provided for service. Counters must be solid surface or engineered stone with stained wood or plastic
laminate cabinets (with adjustable shelves). Cultured marble, marble, tile or granite tops are not allowed.
N. Doors
1. Single doors must be a minimum of 3’-0”/900 mm wide, must swing flat against the pre-function wall or be configured within pockets. Paired doors
must be no less than 3’-0”/900 mm wide for each leaf. All doors must be 6’-8”/2.0 mm high minimum.
2. All entrance and service doors must have a tamper-proof, 180 degree, reverse, one-way viewer looking into the room. Install viewer at centerline of door,
5’-0”/1.5 m above the finished floor.
3. Interior doors must be solid-core wood. Painted hollow metal doors are allowed only at exterior exits.
5. Meeting room service doors must have perimeter sound stripping, closers with hold open capability, and kick plates on the meeting room side of the
door that blend with décor.
6. Meeting room entrance doors must have decorative hardware, perimeter sound stripping, and closers with hold open capability.
O. Operable Partitions
1. Operable partitions must be stacked behind a concealed door in a closet when not in use. Closet doors must match the surrounding wall finish.
2. All operable partitions must be top-supported and have a laboratory STC of 52 minimum and field-tested NIC 42. A permanent acoustical separation,

having a rating of not less than STC 52, must be installed above each operable partition and extend to the underside of the structure above.
3. Provide a positive bulb-seal type mechanical closure (hinged closure not acceptable) with minimum 250 lbs pressure. Provide sufficient structural
support in abutting walls to compensate for this requirement.
4. Provide hard surfaced, flush walls with sufficient structural support where operable partitions terminate to ensure proper bedding of joint seal.
5. Operable partitions must be standard steel construction with minimum 24 gauge steel faces and sound-retardant core assembled to minimum 16
gauge reinforced steel frame, insulated to achieve acoustical performance specified.
7. Seal all wiring and piping penetrations above operable partitions.
P. Finish Options - Meeting Rooms
1. Floor
a. Carpet
2. Carpet tile
b. Base (minimums)
3. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
g. The minimum ceiling heights are as follows:
Meeting Room Minimum Ceiling Heights
Area Finished Ceiling Height
< 500 ft²/46.45 m² 8'-6"/2.60 m
500 ft²/46.45 m² - 2,000 ft²/185.80 m² 10'-0"/3.05 m
> 2,000 ft²/185.80 m² 11'-0"/3.35 m
R. Electrical
1. Provide recessed lighting. Lighting must be dimmable and wired in a minimum of two zones for varying light levels/areas.
2. Lighting for divisible meeting rooms must be controlled by local dimmers and by remote dimmers allowing combined dimming control of subdivided
spaces.

5. For all meeting rooms over 2,000 ft²/185 m², provide at least one 208-240VAC outlet.
6. Electrical outlets, every 20’-0”/6.0 m on permanent walls, must be available for display purposes.
8. Provide four floor electrical outlets per every 800 ft²/74 m².
S. Technology
1. Provide one outlet for a house telephone per subdivision.
6. Provide one MATV outlet in each meeting room subdivision.
T. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
1. Meeting rooms must be furnished with folding tables with high pressure laminate or ABS tops and stack chairs with fabric upholstered seats and
backs. Chair seat to be a minimum of 18”/457 mm wide x 22”/559 mm deep.
3. A projection screen must be provided, sized appropriately for the space. If permanently installed, it must be ceiling recessed.
4. Art (size and number appropriate for space) must be provided, reviewed and approved by Hilton Worldwide.
5. Window Treatment
a. Window treatments must be a commercial grade roller shade with side track system for blackout. The shade must extend to the top of the window
sill and must sit inside the window opening. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications for more information.
2 5 0 7 . 0 3
B o a r d r o o m
$Level2
$Level2_17475
2507.03 Boardroom
A. Boardrooms to be included at the owner’s discretion. All individual components must meet these standards.
F. Doors
1. Boardroom entrance doors must swing flat against the pre-function wall.
2. All entrance and service doors must have installed a tamper-proof, 180 degree, one-way viewer looking into the function space. Install viewer at
centerline of door, 5’-0”/1.5 m above the finished floor.
3. Doors must be solid-core wood. Painted hollow metal doors are not allowed.
G. Finish Options - Boardroom
1. Floor
a. Carpet
2. Carpet tile

c. Base (minimums)
3. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
I. Electrical
1. Lighting must be recessed or decorative, centralized dimmer controlled and be provided along the perimeter of the room. Switching of lamps within the
fixtures is not an acceptable method of dimmer controls.
3. Provide 20 amp duplex outlets at no more than 12’-0”/3.7 m on center around perimeter walls.
4. Power connections must be provided in pop-up boxes in the conference table top.
5. Provide two floor electrical outlets per every 400 ft²/37 m².
J. Technology
1. Provide a telephone outlet integrated into the boardroom table.
2. A telephone outlet is required for house telephone.
4. Audio Visual (AV)
a. AV connections must be provided in pop-up boxes in the conference table top.
b. Provide a minimum 52” wall mounted LED/LCD television with connectivity to MATV system and to boardroom table connection, or else provide a
ceiling recessed, electronically operated screen with controls located near lighting controls.
K. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
1. Provide a permanent conference table (with a high pressure laminate top with wood edge, a solid wood top or better) to seat a minimum of eight
people.
2. Provide ergonomic chairs, fully upholstered with commercial grade fabric or leather, adjustable with armrests, swivel/tilt bases and casters. Chairs
must include a stopgap mechanism on arms. In all cases, armrests must clear bottom of table apron.
3. A built-in buffet counter is required. The top surface must be a minimum of 24”/610 mm deep and 48"/1.20 m wide. Tops must be engineered stone
and installed on a 34”/865 mm high finished wood cabinet base. Cultured marble, marble, tile or granite tops are not allowed.
6. Art (size and number appropriate for space) must be provided, reviewed and approved by Hilton Worldwide.
7. Window Treatment
a. Window treatments must be a commercial grade roller shade with side track system for blackout. The shade must extend to the top of the window
sill and must sit inside the window opening. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications for more information.
2 5 0 7 . 0 4
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_17475


2 5 0 7 . 0 5
Meeting
S u p p o r t
A r e a s
$Level2
$Level2_17475
2507.05 Meeting Support Areas

A. Business Center
1. The business services area must be open to the Oasis, not in a separate room.
7. Finish Options - Business Center
a. Floor
5. Porcelain tile
a. Tile must have plank shape and wood-look. Plank-shaped tiles must be no less than 3"/75 m x 24"/610 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x
36"/915 mm.
6. Base (minimums)
a. 3"/75 mm wood
c. 4”/100 mm vinyl
d. 3"/75 mm porcelain tile
b. Wall
1. Vinyl wall covering
c. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum
2. Acoustic ceiling tile
8. Provide a minimum of two computer workstations.
10. Each workstation must have a high pressure laminate top and shelving. Refer to the Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Specifications for required
construction detailing of the workstation; finish selections listed in the specifications are optional.
12. A shared printer and the CPUs must be placed on shelves behind operable doors out of direct view as shown in the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Specifications.
13. Electrical
a. Provide a duplex power outlet in a pop-up box in the top of each workstation. Outlets must be UL listed, plug-in type and meet UL spill test

requirements.
b. Provide a minimum of three quadplex power outlets and three quadplex data outlets for the specified equipment.
e. Lights in business center area must be on keyed switches.
f. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
14. Technology
b. Provide data outlets at each PC workspace.
15. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
a. Refer to Section 1201.02 for equipment requirements.
b. A Diffrient World chair by Humanscale with upholstered seat and adjustable armrests is required at each workstation.
c. The Brand signature artwork is required. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications on www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for
required specifications. Installation requirements include:
** Artwork must be displayed over each workstation and security mounted.
** One area must include four, 14”/350 mm x 14”/350 mm pieces that are displayed together and stacked evenly in two rows to create a square.
** The second area must display a single 30”/750 mm x 30”/750 mm piece.
2 2
** Each artwork display must cover 900 in /0.6 m .
B. Meeting Storage
1. The area of lockable storage for the meeting rooms must be a minimum of 15 percent of the total meeting room square footage.
7. Finish Options - Meeting Storage
a. Floor
1. Steel troweled concrete, hardened and sealed
2. Base (minimums)
a. 4”/100 mm vinyl
b. Wall
1. Paint
2. Provide protection to meeting storage walls with a 48”/1.2 m high laminated or fiber reinforced panel wainscot applied to gypsum board
partitions unless CMU walls are provided.
c. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum
2. Painted structure
8. Lighting fixtures must have a protective wire or plastic enclosure.

2 5 0 8 . 0 0
Recreational

Facilities
$Level1
$Level2_18072
2508.00 Recreational Facilities

2 5 0 8 . 0 1
Fitness
C e n t e r
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.01 Fitness Center

A. All hotels must have a fitness center. Refer to the prototype drawings.
D. The fitness center must be a minimum of 580 ft²/53.8 m² that is located off the lobby and includes a guest laundry. For properties larger than 120 guest
suites, this space must be enlarged to 675 ft²/62.7 m² . For more than 160 guest suites, add 3 ft²/0.3 m² per additional guest suite.
E. Properties with more than 160 rooms must contact Hilton Worldwide for additional equipment requirements.
F. Properties that exceed their minimum square footage requirement (based upon room count) must meet the equipment requirements (number and type of
pieces) for their total square footage.
H. The fitness center must not be directly accessible to the pool areas.
J. Doors and Windows
1. Entry door must have a large view panel (the maximum code will allow) or be a solid door with side lights. The view panel and side lights must not have
window treatments other than specified graphics from the Brand.
3. Roller or Mecho shades matching the décor are required on any exterior-facing, floor to ceiling-height windows.
K. Finish Options - Fitness Center
1. The fitness center must have brand approved finishes. Requirements include neutral walls with an accent wall, tiled pilasters, rubber flooring, and
branded graphics.
2. Floor
a. ECOSurfaces ECOstone interlocking rubber tiles, ¼”/6 mm thick, in four colors. Order forms are located in the Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Manual.
f. Base (minimums)
1. 4"/100 mm vinyl
3. Wall
c. Porcelain tile
g. Accent walls must be provided - both accent wallcovering and accent tile. All other walls must be neutral in color. Design intent may be found in the

Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Manual.

1. The accent wall must be covered in one of the colors listed below as manufactured by Eykon Wallcovering.
Model # Color
H2-06-91 Molten
H2-10-02MC Sand Dollar
4. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
c. Acoustic ceiling tile
d. Ceiling height must be 9’-0"/2.74 m or higher.
M. Electrical
1. Provide recessed or decorative fixtures. Submit lighting plan and specifications for review and approval.
2. Lights for the fitness center must be on keyed switches or controlled at the circuit breaker so that they remain on at all times.
4. Provide electrical and television connections to fitness equipment that is required for proper installation per manufacturers’ instructions. Locate outlets
convenient to equipment and out of guest traffic.
5. Power cords must be hidden from view where possible.
N. An emergency panic button or emergency telephone is required in the fitness center.
1. The emergency button must be located 36”/900 mm maximum above the finished floor with an annunciation bell that rings to the front desk unless the
local jurisdiction requires otherwise.
2. The emergency telephone must be mounted 48”/1.2 m maximum above the finished floor. The telephone must have a red casing and it must directly
dial the front desk unless the local jurisdiction requires otherwise.
O. Technology
1. Provide two remote controlled, wall or ceiling mounted, 37"minimum televisions. If a personal viewing screen (PVS) is provided on each piece of cardio
equipment, only one wall/ceiling mounted television located near the strength training area is required. Refer to 1706.01.C for specifics.
3. Personal viewing screens (PVS) are optional.
P. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
1. Refer to the Hilton Worldwide Fitness Center website for a list of required equipment.
3. All fitness equipment clearances as specified by the manufacturer must be maintained in accordance with the plans provided at installation.
4. Contact the Hilton Worldwide spa and fitness team for assistance with a floor plan layout identifying placement and quantities of equipment for non-
prototypical layouts.
6. Towel and folding station that is shared with the guest laundry must be positioned in the fitness center. A decorative towel hamper must be provided.
7. Four wall-mounted towel/coat hooks are required near the water cooler.
8. Mirrors
a. Wall mirrors must be installed flush mount. Framing color must coordinate with room décor. Specifications may be found in the Spin2Cycle Fitness

Center Manual.
9. A silver with black accent, 58”, bottled water cooler with cup dispenser must be provided for guest use. The cooler must include room and cold
temperature options and include a faucet drip tray. See the Spin2Cycle Fitness Center Guide for product specification from Aquaverve.
10. Artwork is not permitted in the fitness center.
11. A decorative trash can must be provided.
2 5 0 8 . 0 2
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_18072

2 5 0 8 . 0 3
Pool/Whirlpool
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.03 Pool/Whirlpool
A. All design criteria for the pool will also apply to the whirlpool where applicable.
B. A pool must be provided.
C. The pool is required to be indoors when the monthly average high temperatures are less than 70 °F/21 °C for more than five months of the year. Refer to
www.weatherbase.com for the average monthly high temperatures.
D. Whirlpools are allowed but not required.
E. Dimensions
1. Indoor pools must have a minimum water surface of 400 ft²/37 m² and a width of not less than 15’-0”/4.57 m.
2. Outdoor pools, when provided, must have a minimum water surface area of 600 ft²/56 m².
3. Kidney-shaped or other “free-form” pools (permitted in exterior applications only) are to have an equivalent minimum water area.
4. The minimum pool depth must be 3’-0”/900 mm except when a zero entry ramp is used and the maximum depth must be 5’-0”/1.5 m.
5. The whirlpool must be located near the pool and have a minimum 50 ft²/4.65 m² surface area.
6. Hilton Worldwide reserves the right to increase the minimum pool size dependent upon key count and/or market demands.
F. The orientation of the outdoor pool must be such that it receives unobstructed sunlight from mid-morning to late afternoon. Provide some guest suites with
views of the pool. Screen any exterior views toward the pool.
G. Fiberglass and stainless steel pools/whirlpools are not allowed.
H. All pools and whirlpools must be gunite construction with a troweled on white marble plaster finish.
I. When an enclosed pool is provided, its exterior design must be consistent with the exterior design of the main building.
L. Doors and Windows
1.Doors to indoor pools must have a full vision panel.
2.Interior metal doors and frames in indoor pools must be galvanized steel and suitable for a high moisture environment.
3.If doors are provided at the exterior walls of the building, they must be equipped with locking hardware.
4.Storefront (a.k.a. frame and glass) window and door frames must be aluminum with an approved coating.
5.All pools must be securable after hours.
6.Entry gates to outdoor pools must be self-closing and self-latching. The entry handles and/or latch must be mounted at 48”/1.2 m above the finished
floor (if allowed by local code) to prevent access by unaccompanied children.
M. Finish Options – Indoor Pool
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile

b. Textured concrete topping

d. Base (minimums)
2. Wall
a. Epoxy paint
1. Walls must be painted in the striped design shown on the prototype.
b. Porcelain tile
d. Acrylic knockdown
1. A 4’-0”/1.22 m high tile wainscot is required with the acrylic knockdown finish.
3. Ceiling
a. Epoxy painted moisture resistant gypsum
b. Acoustic ceiling tile - 66 percent maximum
c. Synthetic stucco
e. Tongue-and-groove wood decking ceiling.
f. The minimum ceiling height is 9’-0”/2.75 m.
g. All exposed duct work (painted, spiral aluminum), conduit, sprinkler piping, etc., must be routed in clean and short coordinated spans for wood
decking ceiling. All other ceiling types must have concealed systems.
4. High quality, non-corroding finishes are to be provided throughout pool area.
N. Deck/Coping
1. A minimum 5’-0”/1.52 m wide perimeter deck around three sides of the pool and 3'-0"/915 mm wide deck on the last side is required. A 3'-0"/915 mm
wide perimeter deck (minimum) around whirlpools is required.
2. In addition to the perimeter deck requirements, a minimum 500 ft²/46.45 m² of usable deck area must be provided adjacent to the pool and dedicated to
one end for seating.
3. The pool deck area must slope away from the pools to drains. Decks must not drain into landscaped areas.
4. The coping must have a non-slip finish.
5. Pool coping must be designed to allow maintenance or replacement without removal of the pool deck.
6. The pool deck must be easily cleanable. The floor surface finishes must be applied to provide a “low risk of slip” rating both under wet and dry
conditions. The testing methods employed must be those that are specified by local laws or recognized as best practice guidance issued from the
country. Refer to Section 2514.03.A.
7. Deck must not be hot to the touch.
8. Pool decks must have a Solar Reflectivity Index (SRI) of no less than 0.30.
9. Joints where the pool or whirlpool coping meets the deck must be protected from the relative pressure of adjoining deck movement.
10. Joints where the deck meets the pool or whirlpool must be watertight.
11. Decks must be installed with relief joints for thermal movement and potential settling.

13. The pool deck must not be permeable. Large-scale deck paver systems may be used that allow water to drain through to an airspace that drains.
O. Stairs/Railing/Fencing
1. Steps with uniform treads and risers and a handrail must be provided at the whirlpool and shallow end of the pool (unless zero entry ramp is provided).
At least one ladder must be provided at the deep end.
2. Fencing (minimum 48”/1.2 m high) is required around all outdoor pool areas. Top rail must be rounded. Pointed finials and exposed ends of pickets
are not permitted. Chain link or wood fencing is not allowed.
P. Pool Markers
1. Recessed hard tile water depth markings in contrasting colors must be placed on the top of the pool and whirlpool coping and on the inside rim of the
pool and whirlpool perimeter, above the water line at reasonable intervals and at every 12”/300 mm of depth change. Lettering must be at least 4”/102
mm high.
2. Wherever islands, fountains and other structures are located within pools, depth markings must be posted thereon and must be visible from the
opposite pool edge.
3. Depth indicators must be in Imperial and metric units.
4. The depth must be measured 24”/610 mm away from the edge of the coping from the bottom to the water surface.
5. The pool and whirlpool copings must have the international no diving symbol and the words "NO DIVING" around the pool and whirlpool perimeter. The
text must be legibly displayed in 4”/100 mm high, contrasting characters in the English language. Text in the local language may also be added.
6. Painted, stenciled and vinyl appliqué markings must not be used.
Q. Mechanical
1. Provide water vapor retarder within the pool enclosure walls to prevent moisture migration into the wall or ceiling cavities, adjacent spaces, and to
minimize moisture condensation potential within the envelope.
3. Indoor pools must be maintained at a minimum of 83 °F/28.3 °C.
4. Conditioned outdoor pools must have temperature maintained between 80 °F/26.7 °C and 89 °F/31.7 °C. Locations where pool water temperatures will
rise above 89 °F/31.7 °C must provide cooling systems to maintain pool water temperatures within the specified range.
5. The whirlpool must be operated between the temperatures of 99 °F/37.2 °C and 103 °F/39.4 °C. The water is never allowed to be in excess of 104 °F/40
°C.
6. Provide a complete HVAC and dehumidification system to maintain the pool area temperature and relative humidity while minimizing pool water
evaporation. Provide the features listed below:
a. A packaged system specifically designed for pool area dehumidification, factory assembled and tested, with test report available on request.
b. Materials suitable for the pool environment with air side surfaces coated for corrosion protection.
c. An outdoor air connection that provides the outdoor air required in Section 2514.06.
d. A microprocessor control system with solid state sensors and a remote-mounted solid state control panel with LED indicators and service
diagnostics located in the pool room.
e. Heating:
1. Gas duct heater: Provide a gas-fired duct heater with stainless steel heat exchanger, two-stage or modulating heating control, stainless steel
burners, spark ignition and power vent.
2. Electric duct heater: Provide an electric resistance, two-stage or SCR controlled duct heater that complies with NFPA 70.
3. If fuel fired systems are used, they must be designed to comply with NFPA 54 (www.nfpa.org) and manufacturers recommended installations
instructions.


9. Pool equipment rooms must not be located below guest suites.
10. Pool equipment and chemicals must be located in a lockable, vented storage room away from guest view.
R. Plumbing
2. Provide adequate deck drainage to avoid any ponding of pool or wash-down water.
3. Provide a frost-proof hose bib for wash down.
S. Safety/ Pool Systems
2. Conventional sand filters, high-rate sand filters or pressure-type diatomaceous earth filters are allowed.
3. Design pool filtration and recirculation system to recirculate the entire pool water volume every six hours.
4. Equipment must include gauges, sight glass and air release valves. Installation and equipment are subject to local health regulations.
8. All pools must be equipped with continuous monitoring/feed disinfecting equipment. The equipment must maintain a residual of not less than one part
per million. Allowed disinfecting equipment includes:
a. A saline-based generator system that is NSF 50 and UL standard 1081 (www.ul.com) tested and certified (or the equivalent) and sized per local
guidelines. Alternate forms will be considered.
b. Submit chemical feed system to Hilton Worldwide for review and approval.
T. Electrical
1. The circuits supplying the underwater lighting fixtures or other outlets in the pool area must be low voltage and be protected through an approved
ground fault interrupter which automatically de-energizes the circuit should a short circuit or voltage leak occur.
2. Provide a labeled emergency equipment shut-off switch/button located adjacent to the whirlpool that will shut off all jet pumps/blower and re-circulating
pumps.
3. Lighting
a. All electrical power circuits installed in and around the pool area must be equipped with GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal ground fault interrupters.
b. Direct outdoor lighting patterns away from guestroom windows.
c. Provide a minimum of two UL (www.ul.com) listed wet niche submersible and underwater rated light fixtures for each pool and one fixture for each
whirlpool. Lights must be changeable without draining the pool.
d. Lights are not allowed to be located over the water surface.
e. Lights at the indoor pool area must be on keyed switches or controlled in a location that is not accessible by guests so they remain on at all times.
f. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
U. An emergency panic button or emergency telephone is required in the pool area.
1. The emergency telephone must be mounted 48”/1.2 m maximum above the finished floor. The telephone must have a red casing and it must directly
dial the front desk unless the local jurisdiction requires otherwise. Exterior phone to be within a waterproof enclosure and located within the pool fenced
area.
2. The emergency button must be located 36”/900 mm maximum above the finished floor with an annunciation bell that rings to the front desk unless the

local jurisdiction requires otherwise.

V. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Refer to Section 2515.01.E, Outdoor Furniture, for requirements applicable to this Section.
1. Pool furnishings must be commercial quality. All tabletops must be of a shatter-resistant material. A combination of chairs, tables, and chaises must be
provided to seat a minimum of 16 guests. The minimum seating requirement may vary for certain markets. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and
Equipment specifications for design intent.
3. At least one freestanding sunscreen umbrella must be provided at outdoor pools.
7. Window treatment is optional at the exterior window for indoor pool areas. If provided, treatment must be roller shades.
8. A pool furniture storage area must be provided in the vicinity of outdoor pools and outdoor pool patios.
10. Plant containers must be incorporated into the overall layout of the furnishings.
W. The following safety equipment is required at a minimum and must be provided and/or be readily available at every pool, even when the pool is closed
(including off season):
1. Provide an anti-entrapment (hair, digit and suction) drain cover for all primary drains and suction inlets for all pools, whirlpools, water features and/or
water fountains. Fountains with natural flow or drip and not mechanically powered are not included. All drain covers must be secured on drains at all
times. Properties must retain a letter by the installer that states the cover was installed per the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. A Safety Vacuum Release System (SVRS) or other approved automatic drain blockage relief system is required for all pools, whirlpools, water features
and fountains that currently have a single main drain installed. All newly constructed pools, whirlpools, water features and fountains must be designed
without the need for a SVRS.
3. A professionally-fitted pool cover must be installed when the outdoor pool and/or whirlpool is closed for the season. The temporary use of pool covers
is prohibited. When used, pool covers and their installation must meet local code regulations.
X. Temporary or permanent swimming pool diving boards, diving platforms, slides, and/or trampolines are prohibited.
2 5 0 8 . 0 4
L o c k e r
R o o m / R e s t r o o m
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.04 Locker Room/Restroom

A. Restroom facilities are required adjacent to the indoor pool area.
D. A unisex restroom facility is acceptable, code permitting.
E. The entry door must have self-closing hardware. Single occupant rooms must have a privacy lock set.
F. Finish Options - Locker Room/Restroom
1. Floor
a. Porcelain tile
2. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be no less than 12"/305 mm x 24"/610 mm.


d. Base (minimums)
2. Wall
b. Porcelain tile
c. Acrylic knockdown
e. Full height porcelain tile wall is required on all plumbing fixture walls.
3. Ceiling
a. Paint on gypsum
K. Plumbing
1. Provide a floor drain. Slope floor to drain.
2. Water closets must have an elongated bowl and be vitreous china with a flush valve.
3. Water closets must have a commercial grade, closed-front, self-sustaining, solid plastic seat. The color of seat and lid must match the fixture.
4. Exposed plumbing must be chrome-plated.
L. Electrical
1. Provide one duplex outlet with GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal ground fault protection at 3'–6”/1.07 m above the finished floor adjacent to vanity.
N. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
1. Restroom accessories are required as follows:
a. Surface-mounted, dual roll, decorative toilet tissue dispenser. Plastic is not allowed.
b. Wall-mounted paper towel dispenser and trash receptacle. Electric hand dryers are allowed when used in conjunction with paper towel dispensers.
c. Wall-mounted liquid soap dispenser at each vanity bowl
2 5 0 8 . 0 5
S a u n a
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.05 Sauna
A. Hot or dry saunas are not allowed.
2 5 0 8 . 0 6
S t e a m
R o o m
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.06 Steam Room

A. Steam rooms are not allowed.
2 5 0 8 . 0 7
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_18072


2 5 0 8 . 0 8
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_18072

2 5 0 8 . 0 9
Walking
Trail
$Level2
$Level2_18072
2508.09 Walking Trail

A. A walking trail is not required but when provided must follow the requirements of this section.
B. Trail must be 4’-0”/1.22 m wide around the perimeter of the site that maximizes the length of the loop.
C. The trail surface must be recycled rubber tire, compacted crushed decomposed granite, concrete or asphalt and it must meet all accessibility
requirements. It must be easily definable from other paving surfaces with separate use. Where the trail intersects or overlays driving aisle, trail must be
differentiated by using a different material or striping on the drive aisle.
2 5 0 9 . 0 0
D. The trail edges must be separated from adjacent landscaping by a vertical (metal or plastic) edging system if the trail material used can facilitate plant
Circulation
growth.
$Level1
$Level2_18562
2509.00 Circulation
2 5 0 9 . 0 1
Elevators/Lifts
$Level2
$Level2_18562
2509.01 Elevators/Lifts
B. Top of elevator/lift controls must be mounted no more than 48”/1.2 m above the finished floor.
C. A minimum of one operating panel is required in each cab.
D. Each elevator/lift control panel must be equipped with a “door open” button.
F. Elevator cabs that are not surrounded by conditioned space must be ventilated with a two-speed exhaust fan and concealed vents at the base and ceiling of
the cabs.
G. A recessed intercom connected to a constantly monitored location is required in all elevators/lifts.
J. Guest Elevator/Lifts
1. All hotels must have a minimum of two elevators/lifts with a minimum platform area of 28.3 ft²/2.63 m² and a 2,500 lb/1,134 kg capacity.
2. Local codes may require larger capacities or the accommodation of an ambulance stretcher.
4. Finish Options - Guest Elevator/Lifts
a. Floor
1. Carpet
b. Carpet tile
2. Porcelain tile
a. Tile must be nominal 12"/300 mm x 12"/300 mm minimum.
b. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles are

5. Base (minimums)
c. Recessed, flush or surface mounted metal base
d. Recessed, flush or surface mounted plastic laminate
b. Wall
1. Decorative plastic laminate panels
2. Decorative panels and mirrors
c. Ceiling
1. Decorative with lighting
2. Eggcrate ceilings are not allowed.
5. Guest elevators/lifts to be visible from the front desk/lobby area when possible.
6. Hydraulic passenger elevators/lifts are allowed and must have the following minimum cab speeds:
# Floors Up Down Type
2-3 Stories 150 FPM/0.64 m/s 175 FPM/0.72 m/s Hydraulic
4-5 Stories 250 FPM/1.27 m/s 225 FPM/1.14 m/s Hydraulic
7. An elevator/lift study must be submitted on non-prototypical properties. Elevator/lift study must support an average wait time of 40 seconds with 12
percent handling capacity in a 5 minute period. Variables to be used for the study are 100 percent occupancy, 1.8 occupants per room. The elevator/lift
study must include occupancy in all public areas of the hotel.
8. Elevator/lift walls must have a handrail mounted 32"/810 mm above the finished floor on the back wall or have handrails on both side walls.
9. Minimum width of the passenger elevator door opening is 3’-6”/1.07 m.
13. If a rear door opening into back-of-house is provided, the door must be operable only by using an employee key to prevent guest access.
K. Parking Garage Elevator/Lifts
1. Parking garages must have a minimum of one elevator/lift.
2. Where multi-level garages are provided, exit stairwells must meet the requirements in Section 2509.04.
3. Parking garage elevators/lifts, when integral with the hotel, must terminate at the lobby level, within view of the front desk. Direct guest access from
parking garage level to guest suite floors is not allowed.
L. Service Elevator/Lifts
1. Service elevators/lifts are optional, but may be required at the discretion of Hilton Worldwide for particular markets. All designated service elevators/lifts

must have a minimum platform area of 38.5 ft²/3.57 m² and a 3,000 lb/1,360 kg capacity.
3. Service elevators must have the following minimum cab speeds:
# Floors Speed Type
2-5 Stories 150 FPM/ 0.76 m/s Hydraulic
6-14 Stories 350 FPM/1.78 m/s Geared
12-20 Stories 500 FPM/2.54 m/s Gearless
6. Service elevator/lift control buttons must be vandal-proof.
9. Service elevator/lift doors must be stainless steel – pressed pattern.
10. Finish Options - Service Elevator/Lifts
a. Floor
1. Vinyl composite tile
2. Non-skid steel diamond mesh
3. Porcelain tile
5. Base (minimums)
b. 3”/75 mm stainless steel
b. Wall
1. Stainless steel – pressed pattern with wall bumpers at 14”/350 mm and 32”/800 mm above the finished floor
2. Plastic laminate
c. Ceiling
1. Baked enamel paint
11. Protected fluorescent lighting is required.
2 5 0 9 . 0 2
Elevator/Lift
Lobbies
$Level2
$Level2_18562
2509.02 Elevator/Lift Lobbies

A. Hotel Lobby
1. Elevator lobbies must be a minimum of 6'-0"/1.8 m in depth. Depth must be increased to 8'-0"/2.4 m at elevator/lift lobbies used as a passageway to a
secondary entrance or exit.

3. Call buttons must be available for each elevator/lift bank and must be mounted with the centerline at 42"/1.0 m above finished floor.
4. Heat or touch-sensitive call buttons are permitted, provided there is an automatic auxiliary return in the event of fire or other emergency.
5. An audible signal is required in each elevator/lift lobby indicating the arrival of an elevator/lift cab along with a directional graphic indicating the current
travel path of each cab.
7. Finish Options – Guest Elevator Lobby – first floor
a. Floor
1. Porcelain tile
b. Tile must have plank shape and wood-look. Plank-shaped tiles are to no less than 3"/75 mm x 24"/600 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x
36"/915 mm.
7. Base (minimums)
a. 3"/75 mm porcelain tile
c. 4”/100 mm vinyl
b. Wall
1. Vinyl wallcovering
2. Acrylic knockdown
c. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum
8. Finish Options – Guest Elevator Lobby – second floor and above
a. Floor
1. Carpet
b. Carpet tile
2. Porcelain tile
6. Base (minimums)


d. 4”/100 mm vinyl
b. Wall
c. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum
9. Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
a. Provide a console table at all floors. Table accessories must be submitted for approval.
b. Provide minimum of 864 in²/0.55 m² of artwork above the console table.
2 5 0 9 . 0 3
Corridors
$Level2
$Level2_18562
2509.03 Corridors
A. Guest Suite Corridors
1. Corridors must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.52 m clear width.
3. Guest suite corridors must have windows when possible.
4. Finish Options - Guestroom Corridors
a. Floor
1. Carpet
b. Carpet tile
2. Porcelain tile (allowed where shown on the prototype)
c. Tile must be provided at all exterior entries to guestroom corridors.
4. Base (minimums)
d. 4”/100 mm vinyl
6. Corridor carpet tile must be in an approved pattern. Refer to the Brand Style Guide for color requirements and to the prototype for pattern
requirements.

b. Wall
a. Exterior walls susceptible to warm humid climates may submit an alternate finish to minimize microbial growth on these exterior walls only.
c. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum
4. Provide a minimum ceiling height in guest suite corridors of 8’-0”/2.4 m.
5. Electrical
a. Provide convenience outlets in corridors for housekeeping equipment with spacing not to exceed 50’-0”/15 m on center.
b. Provide decorative light fixtures, wall sconces and/or ceiling fixtures at the locations shown in the prototype drawings.
e. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
7. Window Treatment
a. Windows must have roman shades.
B. Service Corridor
1. Service corridors must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.5 m wide.
2. Finish Options - Service Corridor
a. Floor
1. Vinyl composition tile
4. Carpet
5. Base (minimums)
b. Wall
1. Epoxy paint
c. Ceiling
1. Acoustical ceiling tile
3. Provide a minimum of one duplex electrical convenience outlet on each wall with spacing not to exceed 50'-0"/15 m on center.
2 5 0 9 . 0 4
Exit
Stairs
$Level2
$Level2_18562
2509.04 Exit Stairs

A. The widths of stairwells must not decrease in the direction of egress from the building.
B. Every stairwell landing must have a dimension, measured in the direction of travel, equal to the width of the stairwell or greater.
C. All stairwell treads and risers must be solid type for the entire width of the stair.

D. All stairwell doors must include automatic door closures and be self latching.
E. Finish Options - Exit Stairs
1. Floor
b. Sealed concrete
1. Treads at a minimum must be exposed, hand troweled concrete with sealer and non-skid nosings of contrasting color.
2. Landings at a minimum must be exposed, hand troweled concrete with non-slip finish and hand sealed.
c. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
3. Ceiling
a. Paint
4. A class "A" flame spread rating is required for all finishes.
F. If stairwells contain dry and wet rising mains, all valves must be locked and fitted with tamper switches.
2 5 1 0 . 0 0
G. Lights are not allowed to be locally switched.
Guestroom/Suites
H. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.

$Level1
$Level2_18865
2510.00 Guestroom/Suites
Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
A .
$Level2
$Level2_18865
A. Room Types and Layouts

1. Refer to the prototype drawings for typical room types and layouts. These room sizes must be considered minimums. These layouts must be
adhered to unless otherwise agreed to by Hilton Worldwide.
B .
$Level2
$Level2_18865
B. Connecting Rooms
1. A minimum of 10 percent of the guestrooms must be connecting. (Example: a 100 key hotel would have five rooms connecting to another five
rooms for a total of 10 connecting rooms.) The connecting rooms must be comprised of a variety of room and suite types including wheelchair-
accessible rooms and one bedroom suites. No more than half of the required minimum combinations are allowed to include wheelchair
accessible rooms.
2. Double queen bedded rooms of any type are not allowed to connect.
C .
$Level2
$Level2_18865
C. Room Mix
1. The majority of the guest suites must be single bedded studios. Double queen studios are permitted but must not exceed 25 percent of the total
key count. Seven to twelve percent of the total key count must be dedicated to one-bedroom suites. Refer to the prototype drawings and to the
Brand Style Guide for more information.
D .
$Level2
$Level2_18865
D. All smoking guest suite locations must be approved by Hilton Worldwide. Refer to Section 103.01 for required number of smoking rooms.
2 5 1 0 . 0 1

D o o r s
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.01 Doors
A. Entry Doors
1. Doors must be 1-3∕4”/44.5 mm solid-core, stained or painted or plastic laminate, flush doors.
B. Entry Door Frames
1. Framed, non-masonry walls must be reinforced on the “strike” side of the jamb to prevent prying and flexing for security control.
C. Entry Door Hardware
1. Provide electronic lockset from a Hilton Worldwide approved manufacturer. Refer to Section 2514.00 Technical Criteria for detailed standards.
2. Entry doors must have adjustable type, automatic, 2-stage hydraulic door closer with stop. Hold-opens of any type are not allowed at entry doors.
3. Vinyl sound stripping is required on all guest suite entry doors. Sound stripping must be equal to “Cush-N-Seal” by Door and Hardware Systems, Inc.
(www.dhsi-seal.com) or S773 by Pemko (www.pemko.com).
4. Tamper-proof, 180 degree one-way viewers with cover (on guest suite side) are required for all guest suite entrance doors and must be installed 5’-
0”/1.5 m above finished floor and secured in a manner that must not be removed from the corridor side of the door.
5. A safety latch is required for the entry door. Locate 4’-0”/1.2 m maximum above finished floor. Surface mounted safety chain locks are not allowed.
7. Provide a vinyl threshold at the guest suite entry equal to DHSI’s FT 2.75 or CTT 2.75 (www.dhsi-seal.com) or Pemko’s V232 or V2325
(www.pemko.com).
8. Provide a door sweep equal to DHSI’s Cap Sweep, #CS36 (www.dhsi-seal.com), or Pemko’s 2343 or 2173 (www.pemko.com). The makeup air feature
for these sweeps may be utilized if needed. Sweeps must be installed to allow 1/16”/1.59 mm gap for sliding portfolio under door.
9. Door hardware for all properties must be satin stainless steel or satin chrome. The finish on all hardware must be the same, including hinges.
10. Kick plates are not allowed.
D. Connecting Doors
1. When guestrooms are connected, they must be separated by two 3’-0”/900 mm x 6’-8”/2.0 m minimum doors.
2. The door frame must be the full width of the wall thickness to allow the doors to open 180 degrees.
3. Hold opens of any type are not allowed.
4. Each door must have a latch set with an operating lever on the room side only.
5. Each door must have a thumb‐turn deadbolt with 1”/25 mm throw. A blank plate must be installed on the opposite side of the door.
6. A safety latch, same as on entry door, must be provided on each door.
7. Sound stripping, same as on entry door, must be provided on the door frame of each door.
8. Provide door sweeps the same as entry door on both doors for sound attenuation. Automatic drop down seals are also permitted. A make-up air feature
is not allowed.
9. A threshold matching the entry door must be provided. Threshold must be a DHSI #2-CTC-ADJ (www.dhsi-seal.com) or Pemko ADJ 232V
(www.pemko.com). Threshold must be as wide as the door frame.
10. All hardware finishes must match the entry door hardware finish.
11. Moveable wall partitions are not permitted between adjoining guest suites.
E. Sliding Glass Doors
1. Sliding glass doors must have a non-keyed, auxiliary/additional locking device. Surface mounted safety door chains are not allowed.
2. Sliding glass doors must be shatterproof or have tempered glass.
3. The sliding panel must be mounted on the interior track to prevent any removal of the door from the exterior.
2 5 1 0 . 0 2
Windows

$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.02 Windows
A. Refer to prototype drawings for size and location of required suite windows.
B. Windows, operable by guests, are not allowed unless required by local codes/requirements.
C. Operable windows, when required, must have a childproof locking device approved by Hilton Worldwide and are not allowed to open more than 4"/102 mm
unless required otherwise by code. Once opened, the window must remain in the open position without having to be propped open.
1. Windows must have a screen if the window is operable.
E. When required by code, grade-level windows, or windows that may potentially allow emergency egress, must have a guest-operated device to allow full
opening of the window and decals explaining this operation.
F. Provide manufacturer’s standard locking hardware on operable windows.
G. Thru-wall HVAC wall sleeves occurring in guest suite windows must be properly sealed, inside and out.
H. Louvers for thru-wall HVAC units in guestrooms must be furnished by the window manufacturer and must be aluminum, architectural-style with a finish to
match the window sections. These architectural louvers must be an integral part of the window system (one-piece factory assembled unit). Louvers must
meet the free air requirement of the thru-wall unit selected.
I. Window sills must be provided in all instances (even above PTACs) and they must be engineered stone.
2 5 1 0 . 0 3
Finish
Options
-
Guestrooms/Suites
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.03 Finish Options - Guestrooms/Suites

A. Floor
1. Carpet
c. Carpet tile
d. Inset accent carpet must be provided at sofa as shown in the prototype drawings.
2. Porcelain tile
b. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles are permitted.
Plank-shaped tiles must be sized no less than 3"/75 mm x 24"/600 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x 36"/915 mm.
7. Base (minimums)
e. 4"/100 mm vinyl
8. Tile flooring is required at the guest suite entry.


10. Hard surface flooring is acceptable in guestrooms only where shown in the prototype drawings. Alternate locations must be approved by Hilton
Worldwide.
B. Wall
a. Vinyl wallcovering is required on the headboard and sofa wall unless located on an exterior wall including one-bedroom suites.
5. Acrylic knock-down is required on all walls of the guest suite except the headboard wall and sofa wall.
6. The exterior wall knock-down must be a tonal accent color.
C. Ceiling
1. Paint on gypsum – smooth or orange peel
3. Sprayed texture - sample must be reviewed and approved
5. When less than 4’-0”/1.22 m wide pre-cast concrete floor planks are used, a furred drywall ceiling must be installed.
6. Ceilings must be a minimum of 8’-0”/2.4 m.
7. Entry ceilings must be a minimum of 7’-3”/2.20 m.
2 5 1 0 . 0 4
Closets
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.04 Closets
A. All guest suites must have an enclosed closet a minimum size of 2’-0”/610 mm deep x 3’-0”/915 mm wide.
B. Closet rods must be provided by the working wall manufacturer.
C. A drapery panel is required at the closet. Refer to Section 2515.03.A.7.p for requirements.
2 5 1 0 . 0 5
B e d
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.05 Bed
A. Bed Frame/Base
1. Bed bases are required except when frames are required for accessibility. Bed bases must be soundly constructed to support the outer rail of the wood
box springs and securely hold the mattress and box springs in place with rigid center support characteristics.
2. A minimum 7.25”/184 mm high bed base must be provided to achieve a typical top of bed height of 26”/650 mm. Bed height is the measurement of the
finished bed including base, mattress set and bedding. Accessibility requirements for the jurisdiction must be verified and followed as they may be
more restrictive.
C. Mattress Sets
1. Mattress and box spring units must pass TB 603.
3. Mattresses and box springs must comply with American National Standards Institute’s requirements for bedding products and components.
4. Mattress sizes are:

76"/193 cm x 80"/200 cm
60"/150 cm x 80"/200 cm
6. All guestrooms must have Serta® Suite Dreams II™ box spring and mattress sets.
D. Bedding
1. Refer to Section 902.02.F for all top of bed bedding.
2 5 1 0 . 0 6
Furnishings,
Fixtures
a n d
Equipment
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.06 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment

Refer to Section 2515.00 for general FF&E requirements.
A. Furnishings
1. Refer to the prototype drawings for required furnishings. Alternate room sizes and shapes must have the number and placement of furnishings
approved by Hilton Worldwide.
2. Case goods must be provided by one of the approved manufacturers listed in the Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Specifications found online at
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
3. There must be a minimum clearance of 12"/305 mm between beds or between any bed and the wall.
4. Headboard
a. Headboards must be plastic laminate to match the working wall desktop with upholstered panel inset and integrated night stand.
b. Headboards must be anchored securely to the wall with cleats.
d. Design must be coordinated with outlet locations to prevent conflict.
e. Rubber stops must be placed at all corners of headboard to prevent rattling and damage to wall finish.
f. The base of the wall hung headboard must be a minimum of 2"/50 mm below the top of the box spring.
5. Bedside surface
a. The freestanding night stand must be a tiered table with one shelf.
b. The integrated night stand must have a shelf and be attached to the headboard. Top surface dimensions of night stand must be 14"/356 mm x
17"/431 mm.
c. The surface must support a minimum of 250 lbs/115 kg
d. The top of the night stand must align with the top of the mattress.
h. Design must be coordinated with outlet locations to prevent conflict.
i. A minimum of 3”/75 mm must be provided between the bedside surface and the mattress for top of bed linens.
10. Entertainment area
a. Refer to Section 2510.09 for television equipment requirements.

b. A three-drawer chest with single-door cabinet and adjustable shelf with back panel for mounting of television is required in the bedroom area where
shown on the prototype drawings.
d. Casegoods supporting the weight of the television and/or television mount must be reinforced.
f. The television must be positioned within view from the bed and work area in typical guest suites. Televisions in sitting rooms or living areas must
be easily viewed from the soft seating/lounge area. Other areas within the room(s) must be considered and accommodated when possible.
i. Casegood design must be coordinated with outlet locations to prevent conflict.
12. Work area
a. Surface area must be in the form as shown in the prototype drawings and 30"/750 mm high with a minimum surface area of 1100 in²/0.70 m².
b. Top must be plastic laminate with PVC T-edge.
c. Desk must have metal legs with casters.
13. Dining Table
a. Dining tables are required where shown in the prototype drawings. Tables must have four legs instead of a pedestal or base. Minimum
dimensions: 36”/915 mm wide x 36”/915 mm deep x 30”/762 mm high.
15. End Table
a. Guest suites must have at least one set of nesting tables at the sofa that pull out into the room.
b. Minimum dimensions: Large table: 27”/686 mm wide x 15”/381 mm deep x 20”/508 mm high; Small table: 23”/584 mm wide x 12”/305 mm deep x
17”/432 mm high.
17. Sofa Bed
a. All guest suites must have a sofa bed. Sofa bed must have a full-size [54”/1.37 m] bed mechanism unit with a 5”/125 mm to 8-1/2”/216 mm pillow
top innerspring mattress. Approved manufacturers are listed in the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications found on
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design. Minimum dimensions: 73”/1.85 mm wide x 36”/915 mm deep x 34”/864 mm high.
b. A tight back with button tufting must be provided. Sofa must be upholstered with contrasting welt and button detail. Welting must match bed coverlet
piping. Seat cushions must be reversible and constructed with high resilient foam and a minimum of 25 innersprings per cushion. Cushion must
be 1.8 foam core with 1.25 oz Thermafiber wrap.
18. Ottoman
a. An ottoman must be provided with the sofa bed. All pieces must be comfortable and fully upholstered. The ottoman must be a cocktail/ottoman
combination.
b. Ottomans must be 18”/450 mm to 26”/650 mm high with a minimum top surface area of 600 in²/0.40 m².
c. Upholstered faux leather, tightly bound (no tufting) over firm padding must be used for top surface.
20. Lounge Chair
a. Lounge chair and arms must be fully upholstered. Loose cushions must be reversible. Minimum dimensions: 33”/838 mm wide x 33”/838 mm

deep x 34”/864 mm high.

23. Dining Chairs
a. The number of chairs as shown in the prototype drawings is required. The chairs must be upholstered with foam-padded seats. Arms are not
required. Chairs with arms must fit under the table without scarring table or arms. Minimum dimensions: 18”/457 mm wide x 18”/457 mm deep x
34”/870 mm high.
24. Work area chair
a. A Diffrient World chair by Humanscale, with upholstered seat and adjustable armrests is required at the desk in each guest suite.
c. Ensure that the height of the desk work area is coordinated with the height of the adjustable chair to avoid damage to the chair arms.
25. Meeting room type "stack chairs" are not allowed to be used in guest suites.
26. Chairs must have heavy duty, commercial construction grade fabric, leather or vinyl upholstery. Refer to Section 2515.02.
27. Working Wall
a. The working wall, a signature brand element, consisting of the kitchen, work area, television panel, and storage, must be provided in each guest
suite. The working wall must include the following items:
1. Kitchen: Base cabinetry of three drawer and door sections for storage; open Section for dishwasher; open upper shelf for storage of china and
for microwave. The kitchen countertop must be caulked along the back and side splashes.
2. Work Area: Open upper shelving; open section for movable desk.
3. Clothes Storage: Three-drawer chest; cabinet with adjustable shelf; closet with door drape; open upper shelving.
b. Different finish options, including countertop materials, are available from the manufacturers to coordinate with a package selected. Finish options
may be found online at www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
c. Refer to guest suite layouts in the prototype drawings for further details and specific layout of the working wall required for each guest suite type.
Prototype drawings may be found online at www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
B. Artwork
1. Refer to Section 2515.05 for artwork requirements.
2. Each guest suite, as a minimum, must contain the following wall decor arrangements: (Refer to the prototype drawings for exact placement.)
a.Over sofa: Minimum size: 18”/457 mm wide x 18”/457 mm or 324 in²/0.2 m²
b.Not Applicable to this Brand
c.Not Applicable to this Brand
d.On window wall: Minimum size: (DQ studio) 24”/600 mm x 24”/600 mm or 576 in²/0.37 m²; (DQ accessible studio) 48"/1.2 m x 24"/600 mm or 1152
in²/0.74 m².
e. At dining table: Minimum size: 30”/760 mm x 30”/760 mm or 900 in²/0.58 m²
3. Artwork must be sourced from a commercial art supplier and be one of the following:
a. Framed, including a single or double mat, with clear glass.
b. Stretched canvas giclee over hardboard backing with 1"/38 mm deep stretcher bars.
c. A hard, smooth, cleanable medium with recycled or renewable content (i.e., aluminum, bamboo, etc.). Surface must be treated to prevent fading,
discoloration and scratches.
4. Frames must be a 2"/51 mm minimum wood molding profile. Poly frames are not permitted.

5. In general, artwork is mounted approximately 60”/1.52 m above the finished floor to the center of the frame.
6. Artwork must not protrude more than 3”/75 mm from the wall.
C. Mirrors
Refer to Section 2515.06 for additional mirror requirements.
1. All suites must have a full length mirror located on the bath wall. The mirror must be framed and mounted 6”/152 mm above the finished floor. There
must be no visible clips or fasteners. Mirror size: 76”/1.93 m high x 32”/813 mm wide x 3”/76 mm deep.
D. Lighting Fixtures
1. See the prototype drawings for light fixture locations.
2. All lamps must be approved by Underwriters Laboratories with a label affixed to each lamp. UL Standard #153 (www.ul.com) must be used for lamps.
3. All lamps must pass the Underwriters Laboratories tip test or CE certificate (declaration of conformity).
4. Light fixture finish must be appropriate to the overall design of the room. Plastic is not permitted except for the switch.
13. Hardwired Fixtures
a. Recessed can light fixtures must be provided at the entry as shown on the prototype drawings.
c. A hardwired wall sconce is required at the end wall of the guest suite where shown on the prototype drawings. Fixture must be controlled by a wall
switch mounted directly below and cannot project more than 4”/102 mm off the face of the wall. The shade must be light-colored and translucent to
provide side illumination for the closet area and guest suite.
14. Portable Fixtures
a. Electrical cords must be as short as possible. Excess length must be removed or concealed.
c. Table lamps must have an electrical socket and lamp switch (rocker style) in the base. The socket is not required if it is provided by other means
above the counter.
d. All lamps must have a satin nickel, brushed stainless steel, or brushed aluminum finish.
e. All portable fixtures must have felt protective padding secured to the bottom.
f. Remote switching is not permitted.
15. Table Lamps
a. A table lamp is required where shown in the prototype drawings.
16. Work Surface Lamp
a. An adjustable task lamp is required at the Work Area section of the working wall. It must be mobile and swing to illuminate mobile work surface. It
can be no more than 15”/381 mm high, as it must clear the upper shelf.
17. Bedside Lamp

a. A light fixture is required at each night stand. All beds must have a fixed fixture on one side of the bed and a freestanding fixture on the other side.
The freestanding fixture must be provided at the freestanding night stand and it must provide ambient, reading and nightlight functions. The white
frosted base must be separately switched for nightlight use. Shade must be white translucent.
b. Style of lamp base and extension must take into account the size of the bedside surface area combined with other equipment (telephone, clock
radio, etc.)
d. The fixed bedside lamps are required to be attached to the headboard. The cord location and penetration of the night stand must be coordinated.
18. Floor Lamp
a. A floor lamp is required at the sofa where shown on the prototype drawings. Fixture must have a substantial base to avoid tipping.
d. Provide rocker switches on floor lamps. Switches on floor lamps must not be a pull chain or twist switch.
2 5 1 0 . 0 7
Mechanical
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.07 Mechanical
A. System Types
1. Select an appropriate air conditioning unit that is dedicated to individual guestrooms and provides on-demand heating and air conditioning that
complies with the Indoor Environmental Requirements Matrix included in Section 2514.06.
2. Acoustical Requirements: Comply with Indoor Environmental Requirements Matrix included in Section 2514.06.
B. PTAC and PTHP Units
Provide packaged through-wall units that include the following features:
1. Provide a minimum two-speed fan capability.
2. Provide acoustical treatment of fans and compressors for quiet operation.
3. Provide easily accessed and cleanable filter media.
4. Electric heat (if used): Use coiled or sheathed heating elements operating at moderate temperatures to prevent glowing, with thermal safety and
overheat limit control and two stages for coils of 3.5 kW or larger.
5. Wall sleeve: Provide insulated metal of thermoplastic sleeve, complete with universal drain kit, piped to vertical concealed condensate drain.
6. Include slide-out chassis design for service.
7. Provide hard-wired power connection for electrical supply of 265-volts and higher, or where the wiring and plug connection cannot be concealed in the
standard sub-base. Exposed power cord and receptacles are not allowed.
8. If a digital control is mounted directly in the unit, it must communicate with the remote, wall-mounted thermostat and display identical readings or else
be covered with a plate that directs the guest to the wall device.
9. Install concealed condensate piping connected to the sleeve drain kit and terminate underground to a storm, sanitary sewer, dry well, or landscape bed
as allowed by local code. Above ground traps and excessive exposed piping is not allowed.
10. If PTAC units are not as wide as the window unit in which they are placed, a drywall enclosure to finish the gap between the PTAC unit and the wall
opening must be provided with a windowsill.
C. Guest Suite Thermostat
1. Remote, wall-mounted, electronic digital thermostat specifically designed for guest suite applications must be provided. Rooms with PTACs are only
required to have remote thermostats in double queen studios and one bedroom suites.
2. Required features are as follows:

a. System on/off selection

b. Automatic or manual heating/cooling selection
c. Backlit LED/LCD digital display with temperature numerals that are at least 0.5”/12.0 mm in height.
d. Fan mode button that allows guest to have either continuous fan, fan cycling on demand of heating/cooling, and manual speed selection.
e. Control algorithm that causes fan speed to increase as the room conditions increase above set point, returning to low speed as set point is
reached.
f. Concealed temperature limits for heating and cooling.
g. If an in-room energy management solution based upon occupancy is installed, it must include a door switch or electronic lock interface to assure
that occupancy status is verified each time the entry door is opened. Once verified, the thermostat controls must remain in the occupied mode until
the door or electronic lock is again activated.
3. Locate thermostats remotely from the air conditioning device, typically near the bathroom and entry wall in a location unaffected by supply air drafts.
5. Install interlocks with exterior operable doors or windows that de-energize the air conditioning when the doors are open.
6. Hilton Worldwide must review and approve all selections.
2 5 1 0 . 0 8
Electrical
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.08 Electrical
A. Power outlets must be placed to allow convenient connection of the individual light fixture. Power cords must be concealed from guest view.
B. Back-to-back power outlets are not permitted between guestrooms. Outlets in walls between guestrooms must be offset horizontally a minimum of 6”/152
mm.
E. Power Requirements
1. Locations required:
a. Electrical sockets are required where shown in the prototype drawings.
b. Convenience electrical sockets are required for the iron and coffee maker.
c. Four power outlets (socket outlets) must be provided at the work surface for guest convenience. Up to two are allowed to be USB ports. Outlets may
be provided in the base of light fixtures, recessed in the wall or recessed in the work surface. Existing properties are allowed to use retrofit power
units that sit on top of the work surface until renovation or replacement of casegoods. All hotels must provide outlets by December 31, 2015.
d. Power outlet for the work surface lamp must be located below the work surface.
e. Microwave outlet must be mounted horizontal above the working wall.
h. Non-switched, power outlets (socket outlets) must be provided at the bedside surface for guest convenience. There must be at least one at each
surface and two where the surface is shared between two beds. Outlets may be provided in the base of light fixtures, recessed in the wall or
recessed in the bedside surface. Outlets are not allowed in wall-hung light fixtures and must be for guest use only. Existing properties are allowed
to use retrofit power units that sit on top of the bedside surface until renovation or replacement of casegoods. All hotels must provide outlets by
December 31, 2015.

k. Power outlets must accommodate personal electronic device chargers.

2. Circuits
a. Provide a minimum of two independent power circuits for the general devices and light fixtures, and at least one GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal circuit
for the bathroom. Circuit interruption in one guest suite should not affect an adjacent room.
3. Switch plates and outlet cover plates must match in style and be white.
F. Lighting
1. Comply with requirements included in Section 2514.08.
2. Wall switch must be provided adjacent to entry to control ceiling mount entry light. Coordinate location with safety latch.
2 5 1 0 . 0 9
Technology
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.09 Technology
A. Telephone
1. All guest suites must contain a telephone outlet at the night stand.
2. One bedroom suites must contain a telephone outlet in the living area.
3. Telephone outlets must be mounted at standard code heights out of guests’ view.
B. Internet Access
1. Refer to Section 2514.09 for requirements within the guest suite.
2. When wired, an Internet connection must be provided above the work surface. Wall sockets must be mounted horizontally at 34”/864 mm above the
finished floor.
C. Television
1. Televisions must comply with the specifications provided in Sections 1706.00 and 2514.09.
2. Televisions must be the following minimum sizes:
a. Minimum 40” screen at the living area of all studios and one bedroom suites
b. 37” screen at the bedroom area of one bedroom suites
2 5 1 0 . 1 0
Kitchen/Wet
B a r
$Level2
$Level2_18865
2510.10 Kitchen/Wet Bar

A. Kitchens are required in all guest suites.
B. Refer to the prototype drawings and Section 2510.09 for information on the working wall.
6. Ventilation must be provided, as required by equipment manufacturers.
C. Plumbing
1. A 16”/412 mm long x 20”/521 mm wide x 8”/203 mm deep minimum stainless steel undermount kitchen sink is required.
2. A single or dual-lever kitchen faucet is required. The faucet must match the finish of the bath fixtures.
D. Appliances

1. The following appliances are required in the guest suite kitchen. Selection must be similar, if not identical, in size to the dimensions listed below in
order to fit in the working wall.
a. An over-the-range microwave oven, 29-7/8”/760 mm wide x 15-1/4”/391 mm deep x 16-3/4”/418 mm high; capacity 1.8 ft³/0.05 m³. The microwave
oven must include an under-cabinet light.
b. A frost-free upright model refrigerator/freezer with a separate door for the freezer, 23-5/8”/600 mm wide x 27”/686 mm deep x 58-5/8”/1.48 m high;
capacity 10.3 ft³/0.3 m³. Maximum dimensions: 25”/635 mm wide x 27”/686 mm deep.
c. A built in dishwasher, 24”/610 mm wide x 34”/864 mm high x 25-3/4”/654 mm deep.
e. A disposal, minimum 1/3 horsepower is required.
2 5 1 1 . 0 0
2. Microwave, refrigerator and dishwasher finishes must be stainless steel. Side panels must also be stainless steel if exposed.
N o t
3. All appliances (except microwaves) must be Energy Star rated.

Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level1
$Level2_19474
2 5 1 2 . 0 0
G u e s t

B a t h r o o m
$Level1
$Level2_19503
2512.00 Guest Bathroom

Refer to Sections 2514.00, Technical Criteria, and 2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment, for requirements applicable to this section.
A .
$Level2
$Level2_19503
A. The inside finished dimensions as shown in the prototype drawings are minimums.
2 5 1 2 . 0 1
D o o r s
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.01 Doors
A. Door type and style must be as shown in the prototype drawings.
B. Clear width of door opening, when fully open, must be 32”/800 mm or greater.
C. All hardware must be commercial grade and have a finish to match surrounding accessories.
E. Swinging doors must have a lock. They must also have a latch or pull that operates from either side, except when locked. Swinging door locks must
release by turning the inside lever and by closing the door; an emergency device must release this lock from the outside of the bathroom.
F. A pull must be provided on both sides of barn or pocket doors. Stops must be coordinated with the handle and size of the door to achieve desired results.
Locking hardware is not required on sliding barn doors.
2 5 1 2 . 0 2
Finish
Options
G u e s t
B a t h r o o m
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.02 Finish Options - Guest Bathroom

A. Floor
1. Porcelain tile
b. Rectangular-shaped tiles are permitted. Rectangular-shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles are permitted.
Plank-shaped tiles must be sized no less than 3"/75 mm x 24"/600 mm or no greater than 9"/225 mm x 36"/915 mm.
4. Base (minimums)
a. 3”/75 mm porcelain tile
5. The bathroom door threshold must be a metal extrusion threshold and have a minimum height of 1/4”/6.35 mm above the bathroom floor. Threshold is

not required at the door if tile floor extends past bathroom entry door.
B. Wall
a. Knockdown texture is only permitted above prefab surrounds.
6. Moisture-resistant gypsum board is required.
7. Tub/shower surrounds
a. Acceptable materials:
2. Cultured marble
a. Finish must have a pattern, be matte and coordinate with vanity top.
b. Trim pieces must be scribed to tub or shower edge.
c. Samples must be reviewed and approved prior to installation.
3. Prefab surrounds that are part of a modular tub or shower unit.
5. Granite surrounds are not allowed.
b. Surrounds must extend to the ceiling unless part of a modular unit.
c. Caulking must match the surround color.
C. Ceiling
1. Paint
3. Ceiling must be moisture resistant gypsum board.
4. Ceilings must be a minimum of 7’-3”/2.20 m.
2 5 1 2 . 0 3
Mechanical
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.03 Mechanical
A. The bathroom area must be mechanically exhausted to the exterior as described in Section 2514.06.
B. Re-circulating-type exhaust is not allowed.
C. Noise Level:
1. If individual exhaust fans are used, select for maximum inlet noise level of 2.0 sones per AMCA Standards at design air flow and static pressure.
2. If a central exhaust fan is used, design for noise levels within the guest suites that comply with Section 2514.06.
D. Provide separate wall switch for intermittent water closet exhaust fan. An occupancy/motion sensor controlled exhaust fan is not allowed.
E. Exhaust fan finish must match with the room finish colors.
F. Toilet exhaust must terminate to the exterior at the roof level.
2 5 1 2 . 0 4
Fixtures/Plumbing
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.04 Fixtures/Plumbing

A. Provide white plumbing fixtures (tub, toilet and sink) with chrome-plated exposed drain lines.
B. Fixture trim must be brushed nickel or brushed chrome. All finishes must coordinate in color.
C. Bathtubs and sinks must have overflow outlets.
D. Provide metallic, mechanical lift type operated stoppers from the overflow. Rubber stoppers are not allowed.
E. Bathtubs
2. Bathtubs are allowed in double queen studios and one-bedroom suites.
3. All bathtubs must be a minimum of 5’-0”/1.52 m long.
4. Acceptable bathtubs:
a. Cast iron bathtubs that meet the following minimum requirements:
1. An acid-and scratch-resistant enameled finish on a single one-piece, sand-cast base with integral apron.
2. An integral slip-resistant surface on the bottom of the well meeting ASTM F462-79 (2007) Slip-Resistant Bathing Facilities (www.astm.org).
3. Integral lumbar support/sloped back.
b. Porcelain-on-steel composite bathtubs that meet the following minimum requirements:
1. An acid-resistant enameled finish on a minimum 16-gauge one-piece, steel-formed bathtub with an integral apron and an acrylic-composite
backing on the underside of the bathtub.
3. Straight tiling bead/flange.
4. Fully-bonded or integrated support on the bottom of the bathtub unit for support strength, sound deadening and heat retention.
5. Integral lumbar support /sloped back.
c. Porcelain-on-steel (POS) bathtubs that meet the following minimum requirements:
1. An acid-resistant enameled finish on a minimum .0598”/1.5 mm thickness (16-gauge), one-piece, steel-formed bathtub with an integral apron.
4. Fully-bonded or integrated composite material on the bottom of the bathtub unit for support strength, sound deadening and heat retention.
5. Integral lumbar support/sloped back.
d. Vikrell bathtubs by Sterling with a textured swirl gloss finish.
5. Unacceptable bathtubs:
a. Fiberglass bathtubs
b. Acrylic bathtubs
d. Bathtub liners
e. Applied bathmats or strips
F. Showers
2. Showers are required in all studio suites except when bathtubs are required by Section 2517.00.
3. The minimum shower receptor dimensions must be 48”/1.2 m x 36”/900 mm.
4. Acceptable shower receptors:
a. Cast iron receptors that meet the following minimum requirements:

1. An acid-and scratch-resistant enameled finish on a single one-piece, sand-cast base with integral apron.
b. Porcelain-on-steel composite receptors that meet the following minimum requirements:
1. An acid-resistant enameled finish on a minimum .0598”/1.5 mm thickness (16-gauge), one-piece, steel-formed receptor with an integral apron
and an acrylic-composite backing on the underside.
4. Fully-bonded or integrated support on the bottom of the tub unit for support strength, sound deadening and heat retention.
c. Porcelain-on-steel (POS) receptors that meet the following minimum requirements:
1. An acid-resistant enameled finish on a minimum .0598”/1.5 mm thickness (16-gauge), one-piece, steel-formed tub with an integral apron.
2. A slip-resistant surface on the bottom of the well meeting ASTM F-462 Slip-resistant Bathing Facilities (www.astm.com).
4. Fully-bonded or integrated composite material on the bottom of the tub unit for support strength, sound deadening and heat retention.
f. Vikrell receptors by Sterling.
5. Unacceptable shower receptors:
a. Fiberglass
b. Acrylic
7. Shower enclosure
a. Showers (not bathtubs) require a bypass sliding door system, 72”/1.83 m high minimum. Doors must be frameless with smooth, tempered frosted
glass, ¼”/6 mm thick. System frame must be aluminum.
G. Water Closet
1. Provide a floor mounted or wall hung, dual-flush, tank type, vitreous china water closet with an elongated bowl.
2. Water closets must have a commercial grade, closed-front, solid plastic seat with cover. The water closet seat and lid must remain in an upright
position without being held. The color of seat and lid must match the fixture. Padded seats are not permitted.
3. Water supply must be mounted approximately 10”/254 mm above the floor to avoid conflict between the escutcheon plate and wall base.
H. Bathtub and Shower Controls
1. Bathtub/Shower Applications: Valve must be anti-scald, pressure and/or thermostatic automatically compensating mixing valve type. Construction must
include integral stops, high temperature limit adjustment and replaceable cartridges. Brass/Bronze construction required for the main body. Lever
operation of the valve is required for manual valves. Unless integral diverter is provided as part of the mixing valve, a lift knob for shower diversion must
be located on top of the bath spout.
a. Minimum requirements:
1. Compliance to ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and ASSE 1016.
2. Single Showerhead and combination showerhead/hand shower applications: Valve must be anti-scald, pressure and/or thermostatic automatically
compensating mixing valve type. Construction must include integral stops, high temperature limit adjustment and replaceable cartridges. Brass/Bronze
construction is required for the main body. Lever operation of the valve is required for manual valves. If applicable, lever or push button diverter actuation
may be used. Diverter must be integral to the control valve or located within 1'-8"/0.5 m from the control valve.

a. Minimum requirements:
1. Compliance to ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and ASSE 1016.
4. Valve trim: All finished exposed trim (including exposed valves) must meet minimum code requirements for corrosion in compliance to ASME
A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. Trim must include identifiable control setting by symbols, letters or graphics/colors to indicate “off”, “cold” and “hot” operation for
the control valve.
5. All valves and trim must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
7. Showerheads
a. Provide an adjustable flow rate showerhead with fine and coarse spray. Showerhead must incorporate flow rate restrictor providing a maximum flow
of 2.0 GPM/7.6 LPM at minimum delivered water pressure of 30 PSI/2.1 bar. Showerheads/hand showers must comply with minimum performance
standards for low flow heads similar to USEPA Water Sense listings. Showerhead must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
b. All showerheads/hand showers must be code listed indicating compliance to a formal standard and the markings should appear on the device. The
code listing should include minimum corrosion standards.
c. Rough-in for the showerhead must be 6'-10"/2.08 m to 7'-0"/2.1m above the finished floor. Exception: showerheads on an adjustable bar/rail, in
which case the bottom of the showerhead must reach at least 6'-6"/2.0 m.
I. Vanity Faucets
1. Provide commercial grade faucets with dual lever handles with quarter turn feature and 8”/200 mm centers, or single-lever handles. Fixtures must be
plated brass with replaceable cartridges, as manufactured by nationally known manufacturers. Lever handles must not have exposed screws. Lever-
activated waste stoppers are required.
2. Each hot and cold water supply must have an individual shut off valve.
3. All properties must have a low flow aerator.
J. Water Basin
1. Water basin must be an undermount/bottom-set vitreous china bowl. Top-set and/or integral water basins are not allowed. Vessel-type water basins
are not allowed.
2. Provide built-in overflow opening sized for full faucet flow.
2 5 1 2 . 0 5
Electrical
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.05 Electrical
A. Provide a wall switch immediately adjacent to entrance of bathroom.
B. Lights and exhaust fan must be switched separately. They must be ganged in a box and with a nightlight of white LED light.
C. Two GFCI/ELCB/RCCB (or equal) power outlets (socket outlets) must be located at one end of the bathroom vanity for convenient use of personal care
appliances (unless prohibited by local law).
D. Locate the light switch and electrical outlets so they do not conflict with the mirror, vanity backsplash or towel holder.
2 5 1 2 . 0 6
Lighting
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.06 Lighting
A. Comply with requirements included in Section 2514.08.
B. All guest bathroom lamps must be warm white lamps. All fluorescent lighting must have instant start electronic ballasts and be approved for a damp
location.


D. Provide a wall-mounted decorative fluorescent fixture in the guest bathroom over the vanity.
E. A recessed down light must be provided above the shower area as shown on the prototype drawings.
2 5 1 2 . 0 7
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_19503

2 5 1 2 . 0 8
Vanities
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.08 Vanities
A. The top of the wash basin must be minimum of 34"/860 mm high.
B. Base
1. Vanity bases must be provided by an approved manufacturer listed in the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications found on
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design. Bases must have a furniture appearance and include a wood-look plastic laminate open shelf, a top drawer on each
side of the sink and a false drawer panel under the sink.
2. Vanities must be freestanding with tops 4”/102 mm, minimum, away from side walls unless shown otherwise on the prototype drawings. The back
must be securely attached to the wall.
3. Refer to Section 2515.01 for more information on the construction of the vanity base.
C. Tops
2. Vanity tops must be provided by the approved casegood manufacturers. The tops must be engineered stone and match the working wall kitchen
countertop. Tops must have straight fronts as shown in the prototype drawings. The top must be 3/4”/20 mm thick with a straight eased and polished
front edge, 1”/25 mm overhang and polished sink cutout. Separate 4”/100 m backsplash with polished and eased edges is required.
3. Banjo-type vanity tops are not permitted.
2 5 1 2 . 0 9
B a t h r o o m
Accessories
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.09 Bathroom Accessories

A. All bathroom accessories must be non-corrosive and must match the plumbing fixture trim finish and style. Refer to section 2512.04.B For required
finishes.
B. Internal wood blocking secured to studs is required for all wall-mounted accessory items.
C. All guest bathrooms must contain the following accessories:
1. Toilet Paper Holder
a. A single- or double-roll, surface-mount toilet paper holder, non-restrictor type must be provided. When within reach, the holder may be mounted
under the vanity front - see prototype drawings. All wall-mount applications must utilize decorative holders.
2. A curved shower rod is required for all rooms that have shower/bathtub compartments. Rod must be oval or round tube and must not rotate within the
mounting bracket. Rod must be mounted 6’-8”/2.04 m above the finished floor to the center line of the rod, vertically centered on back side of bathtub
edge, and permanently secured. Anchors are required to securely fasten to wall. Shower curtains must not be used on walk-in showers unless
required for wheelchair accessibility.
3. Grab Bar
a. A grab bar is required at all bathtubs, at all whirlpools and in all shower enclosures. A decorative grab bar, 24"/600 mm in length, must be installed
vertically on the back wall, 1'-9"/525 mm from the showerhead wall at bathtubs and 1'-1"/330 mm from the showerhead wall at shower enclosures.
Whirlpool tubs must have the grab bar installed vertically on the side wall, directly above the outer edge of the whirlpool. A grab bar is not required at

freestanding tubs. The bottom flange of the grab bar must be 30"/760 mm above the finished floor.
b. All grab bars must be securely anchored and capable of withstanding 250 lbs/120 kgs of pull. Cement adhesive is not acceptable. Grab bars must
have flange covers to conceal the mounting screws. Towel bar must not serve as a grab bar.
4. Soap Dishes
a. Integral shelving/soap dishes must be provided with modular shower units. Shelving must consist of two to four shelves sufficient in size to each
hold a 20 oz./0.6 liter bottle minimum. For non-modular shower-only units and bathtub/shower combos, a soap dish must be placed in each corner,
48”/1.2 m above the finished floor.
5. Towel Storage
a. Towel storage must be incorporated into the vanity base to accommodate the Brand terry program.
7. Three, single-prong, decorative towel hooks must be provided. Mount in locations as shown on the prototype drawings.
9. A brand approved, bulk dispenser(s) is required for dispensing of shampoo and body wash. It must be lockable, non-metal, easily maintained and
positioned on the showerhead wall. Mount in locations as shown on the prototype drawings.
2 5 1 2 . 1 0
Furniture,
Fixtures
a n d
Equipment
$Level2
$Level2_19503
2512.10 Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

Refer to Section 2515.00 for typical FF&E requirements.
B. Mirror
2 5 1 3 . 0 0
B a c k
1. A framed mirror is required above the vanity. Frame must be decorative, 2”/50 mm wide, and must be installed with tamper-proof wall mounts.
-
o f
H o u s e
$Level1
$Level2_19749
2513.00 Back-of-House
2 5 1 3 . 0 1
Office
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.01 Office
A. All Offices
1. Provide, as a minimum, the offices and work areas as shown on the prototype drawings. Hilton Worldwide reserves the right to require additional
offices dependent upon a particular property’s location.
2. Provide a tamper-proof, 180-degree, one-way viewer at the main office door entry. Install viewer at centerline of door, 5’-0”/1.5 m above the finished floor.
3. Provide locksets with push-button lock or electronic card reader on all offices. Push-button lock must release with a key, by turning the inside lever
and/or by closing the door.
5. Finish Options - Offices
a. Floor
1. Carpet
b. Carpet tile
b. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl

c. Wall
d. Ceiling
6. All built-in counters, shelves and cabinets must have a minimum plastic laminate finish. Work counters must be 30”762 mm deep. The top surface
material must comply with Section 2515.04.
7. Mechanical
a. Provide a thermostat for the office area. Separate controls are required for the general manager’s office.
8. Electrical
a. At each desk/workstation there must be a minimum of one dedicated quad outlet and one duplex outlet. This must be located within 5'-0"/1.5 m of
the workstation. All outlets must be ground. Each dedicated circuit may provide power for up to three workstations.
b. Provide a minimum of one duplex convenience outlet on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center.
c. Provide one, 40 amp duplex outlet on a dedicated circuit for the copier.
f. All office lighting must be locally switched.
g. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
9. Provide three telephone/data outlets within 5'-0"/1.5 m of each workstation.
10. Each workstation must be wired as required by Section 2518.00.
11. Provide commercial grade, quality partitions and coordinating furniture in all offices.
12. For each office, provide a minimum of the following:
a. Desk (with pencil drawer and file drawer)
b. Desk chair with arms, five-star base with casters and pneumatic lift. Arms must be coordinated with clearance under the desk.
c. File cabinets (must be lockable)
13. Offices must have 2”/50 mm blinds or alternative window treatment to conceal view into back-of-house from outside the hotel.
2 5 1 3 . 0 2
Housekeeping
Z o n e s
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.02 Housekeeping Zones

A. Laundry
1. The minimum size of the laundry area and the minimum number of equipment pieces must be as shown in the prototype drawings.
3. Locate the laundry on lowest level of the property and acoustically insulate to prevent vibration and noise transmission to other areas of the property.
6. Dryers must be enclosed in a gypsum board enclosure. Provide at least 2’-0”/600 mm of service access in the rear. Verify all service access
requirements. The door to this enclosure must open out.
7. Provide linen storage within the laundry. Minimum shelving must be as shown on the prototype drawings.
10. The laundry must contain the termination of the linen chute.

11. Doors
a. Entrance doors must be 3’-6”/1.0 m wide and a minimum height of 6’-8”/2.0 m.
b. Primary entrance door must have lockset and door closer with hold open feature.
12. Finish Options - Laundry
a. Floor
1. Vinyl composition tile is allowed in dry areas, but not under large stationary equipment.
2. Concrete, steel troweled, triple epoxy sealed or better
3. Base (minimums)
b. Wall
1. Epoxy paint
2. Moisture-resistant gypsum board (painted)
3. Masonry (painted)
c. Ceiling
2. Paint on gypsum
13. Mechanical
a. Provide an independent central HVAC system for the laundry.
c. Dryer Makeup Air and Exhaust System:
1. Provide source for outdoor makeup air as required by the dryer manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Provide combustion air source for gas dryers that comply with NFPA 54 and 90A requirements (www.NFPA.org).
3. In cold climates, protect equipment and piping from freeze potential.
4. Fabricate and install exhaust ductwork to minimize dust or lint entrapment and provide cleanout openings at least 20’-0”/6.0 m.
5. Laundry equipment supplier must provide a wet or dry exhaust vent filter to collect and control lint accumulation.
6. Provide weather-stripped, motorized dampers interlocked to the dryer circuit.
e. Plumbing
2. Provide area floor drains and a continuous trough drain with open grating at the washers/extractors.
3. Provide water temperatures to washing equipment at 165 °F/74 °C or as recommended by the equipment supplier and chemical system
provider.
4. Provide floor drains in front of every other washer.
5. Provide individual shut off valves for each laundry equipment item, for each type of service.
8. Provide a two-compartment linen soaking water basin.

10. Provide water softening for laundry if domestic water supply exceeds five grains of hardness.
11. Where employees handle substances that could injure their eyes or get onto their bodies, provide a plumbed eye-wash station and/or safety
shower that complies with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1-2009, (www.ansi.org) with floor drain. It must be on an unobstructed path and accessible within 10
seconds of the hazard.
14. Electrical
a. Provide power as required for washers/extractors, dryers and ironers.
b. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
d. Provide a minimum of one 20 amp duplex outlet on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center in laundry.
e. Provide a GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal ground fault protected duplex outlet behind each washer for service and detergent dispenser.
f. Provide a GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal ground fault protected duplex outlet behind dryers for service.
15. Provide an outlet for a wall-mounted house telephone.
16. Equipment
a. All laundry equipment must be installed with vibration isolators.
e. Provide a small commercial grade washer and dryer in properties without full service laundries.
17. Provide a laundry folding table with adjustable heights.
B. Linen Chute
1. Linen chutes are required in buildings with three or more floors. In two-story buildings, a linen drop is permitted with a 1-1∕2 hour fire-rated door
assembly to maintain the required floor-to-floor fire rating.
2. Direct access from a guest corridor or any other public area is not allowed.
3. The linen chute must be 24”/600 mm diameter with an 18”/450 mm square access door on each guest suite floor.
4. Linen chutes must run vertically. Offsets are not allowed. The linen chute must terminate in the sorting area of the laundry.
6. Linen chute discharge doors must be top-hinged with fusible link release, fire/smoke seals and when closed must be at least 6’-0”/1.8 m above the
finished floor.
7. The linen chute must have self closing, self-locking doors. Doors must be interlocked unless the chute area is locked off from the public.
C. Housekeeping


12. Mechanical/Plumbing
b. Where employees handle substances that could injure their eyes or get onto their bodies, provide a plumbed eye-wash station and/or safety shower
that complies with ANSI/ISEA Z358.1-2009 (www.ansi.org) with floor drain. It must be on an unobstructed path and accessible within 10 seconds of
the hazard.
2 5 1 3 . 0 3
Engineering
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.03 Engineering
A. The engineering area must be a minimum of 150 ft²/14 m².
G. Provide a workbench.
H. Door
2. Doors must have a lockset.
I. Finish Options - Engineering
1. Floor
a. Vinyl composite tile
b. Concrete, steel troweled and sealed
1. Sealed concrete is permitted only when room does not open directly off a public area.
c. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
3. Ceiling
K. Above the workbench, provide a minimum of six convenience power outlets (socket outlets) at 48”/1.2 m above the finished floor.
L. Provide two MATV outlets at 48”/1.2 m above the finished floor above the workbench.
M. Above the workbench, provide a minimum of two power outlets (socket outlets) sized for power tools.
N. When a full workshop is provided, provide a minimum of two power outlets (socket outlets) on separate circuits sized for stationary power tools.
O. Provide a minimum of two convenience power outlets (socket outlets) on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center.
P. Provide a property management system connection at the engineer’s desk.

R. Provide a telephone outlet at the engineer’s desk.

S. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
2 5 1 3 . 0 4
Employee
Facilities
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.04 Employee Facilities

A. Dining/Break Room
1. A break room must be included as shown on the prototype drawings.
8. Doors, when accessed directly off a service corridor, must have a glass vision panel.
9. Finish Options - Dining/Break Room
a. Floor
3. Concrete, steel troweled and sealed
4. Base (minimums)
b. Wall
1. Paint
c. Ceiling
2. Paint on gypsum
3. A finished ceiling is required.
10. Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment
a. Provide counter and cabinets to house microwave, full-size refrigerator and sink with hot and cold water.
b. Provide a minimum of one table with high pressure laminate top and four chairs.
c. Provide a microwave, full-size refrigerator and two-compartment stainless-steel water basin.
12. A data line extension from the Computer/Telecom room and four power outlets (socket outlets) for a computer are required if room is used for training.
13. Provide a minimum of one outlet for a house telephone if not adjacent to laundry.
B. Locker Room / Employee Restroom
2. An employee restroom is optional.


10. Multi-user rooms require a self-closing entrance door with stainless steel or aluminum kick plates and push/pull plates. Single user rooms require a
self-closing entrance door with a lockset and closer.
12. Finish Options - Employee Restroom
a. Floor
1. Porcelain tile
5. Base (minimums)
b. Wall
1. Paint
c. Ceiling
13. Mechanical/Plumbing
a. Water closets must be wall or floor mounted, vitreous china and flush valve-type with elongated bowls.
b. Water closet seats must be white, solid plastic and be self-sustaining.
e. Exposed plumbing must be chrome-plated.
g. Provide a chrome-plated brass floor drain in restrooms. Slope floor to drain.
15. Provide a minimum of one GFCI/ELCB/RCCB or equal, ground fault protected, power outlet (socket outlet) at each water basin.
16. Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment
a. Provide a mirror above each wash basin.
c. Framed mirrors must be installed with tamper-proof wall mounts.
17. Restroom accessories are required as follows:
a. Dual toilet paper holder.
d. Wall-mounted waste receptacle or waste basket.

e. Wall-mounted paper towel dispenser. Electric hand dryers are allowed when used in conjunction with paper towel dispensers.
f. Wall-mounted liquid soap dispenser at each water basin.
g. A coat hook is required on the back of each door, mounted 48”/1.2 m above the finished floor.
19. Provide a minimum of one locker per 15 guest suites. When separate rooms are provided for lockers, allocate the number of the lockers according to
employee mix.
20. Lockers must be a minimum of 2.5 ft³/ 0.07 m³, two-tier with a base.
C. Employee Nursing Room
1. A private room/office may be required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. If so, the room is not allowed to be located within the restroom.
2. Provide a sink, side table with under-counter refrigerator, lounge chair, full-length mirror and electrical convenience outlet.
2 5 1 3 . 0 5
S t o r a g e
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.05 Storage
A. General storage must be a minimum of 120 ft²/11.14 m² or 1 ft²/0.093 m² per guestroom, whichever is greater.
C. Provide a secured storage for lost and found.
E. Finish Options – all storage rooms
1. Floor
a. Vinyl composite tile
b. Concrete, steel troweled and sealed
c. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
b. Meeting room storage walls must be painted concrete block construction or fiberglass reinforced panels over drywall /stud construction.
3. Ceiling
a. Paint
F. Provide a minimum of one convenience power outlet (socket outlet) on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center.
G. Incandescent light fixtures are not acceptable.
H. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
I. Gasoline-powered equipment and flammable liquids must be stored in an enclosure away from the main building, in a protected room or in a cabinet
specifically constructed and approved for the storage of flammable liquids.
J. Linen Storage
1. A linen storage room must be provided on each floor.


7. Each linen storage must contain the following elements:
a. Cart storage: Provide space for two carts, each approximately 58”/1.5 m long x 21”/550 mm wide x 44”/1.1 m high.
b. Linen storage: Provide 36’-0”/10 m (total lineal) of 18”/450 mm deep, floor-to-ceiling shelving spaced approximately 18”/450 mm apart.
c. Housekeeping appliances storage: Provide a limited amount of vertical storage space for mops, brooms, etc.
10. Any electrical risers or equipment located within the linen room is required to be enclosed in a serviceable closet or have a lockable panel cover.
K. Outdoor Storage
1. An outdoor storage building may be required based on site constraints and climate conditions. If provided, it must be a concrete block structure with an
exterior finish to match that of the main building. The interior walls and ceiling must be painted as a minimum. The floor finish must be sealed concrete.
2. The outdoor storage building is for one or more of the following:
a. Tools and equipment
b. Maintenance supplies and a workbench
c. Lawn equipment (mower, edger, shears, hose, etc.)
d. Littervac, wheelbarrow and snow removal equipment, where applicable
3. Double metal doors or a roll-up garage door with a ramp leading up to it must be provided for ease of equipment transfer.
4. Temporary or portable structures are not permitted.
2 5 1 3 . 0 6
Electrical
R o o m s
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.06 Electrical Rooms

A. Entry door must have a lockset and door closer.
B. Finish Options - Electrical Rooms
1. Floor
a. Concrete, steel troweled and sealed
b. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
3. Ceiling
a. Paint
c. Painted structure
C. All electrical panel boxes and circuits must be labeled.
D. Unless prohibited by local authorities, all electrical panels and circuits accessible to the public must be kept locked. Electrical panel boxes must be located
in separate panel rooms when possible.
E. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
F. Electric shock treatment notices must be prominently displayed on all switch boards, panel boards, industrial control panels, and motor control centers that

are likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized, to warn qualified persons of potential electric arc flash hazards.
The marking must be located so as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the equipment.
Notice must also be displayed on the entry door.
2 5 1 3 . 0 7
Mechanical
R o o m s
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.07 Mechanical Rooms

A. Doors must be 3'-6"/1.0 m wide and 6’-8”/2.0 m high with lockset and door closer with hold open feature.
B. Finish Options - Mechanical Rooms
1. Floor
a. Concrete, steel troweled and sealed
b. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
3. Ceiling
a. Paint
c. Painted structure
D. Domestic Water Heating System
1. Provide a temperature gauge in the discharge from each water heater and a separate gauge in the common supply water header leaving the domestic
water heaters.
2. Install adjustable angle, bi-metal, 3"/76 mm dial-type gauge, 0°F/-20°C to 200°F/95°C temperature range in a thermal well appropriately sized for the
pipe.
3. Provide combustion air requirements required by manufacturer and local codes.
E. Floor Drain
1. Provide at least one brass floor drain or as necessary for equipment drains and overflows, arranged to minimize potential tripping hazards.
2. Install suitable trap primer device complete with isolation valve and access for maintenance.
G. Provide a minimum of one convenience duplex outlet on each wall with spacing not to exceed 20’-0”/6.0 m on center.
H. Any electrical equipment must be mounted 6”/150 mm above floor level to avoid contact with water from potential leaks.
I. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
2 5 1 3 . 0 8
Computer/Telecom
R o o m
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.08 Computer/Telecom Room

A. Computer room must contain the main PBX, Internet, IPTV equipment and the hotel management system equipment.
B. Provide a minimum area as shown on the prototype plans for the computer/telecom room. For non-prototypical hotels with less than 300 guestrooms, a
minimum 170 ft²/16 m² room is required. Hotels with more than 300 keys must increase the size to 270 ft²/25 m².
C. The room must be centrally located within the hotel. It may be located remote from the front desk but must only be accessible from back-of-house areas.
D. The room must not serve as a thoroughfare to any other room.

E. The room must not be located adjacent to any area where there are potential risks for physical damage from excessive heat, electromagnetic fields, fire or
flood.
F. For maximum efficiency, the computer equipment room must be within 100'-0"/30 m of the telecom equipment.
G. Floor must be capable of supporting up to 670 lb/ft² / 1000 kg/m².
H. Floor immediately above the room must be watertight and any openings in the ceiling, walls or floor must be sealed.
I. There must be no structural columns, pillars or other protrusions within the room that prevent full access to walls for mounting of equipment.
J. Windows are not allowed.
K. The room must meet local earthquake or disaster regulations.
L. Finish Options - Computer/Telecom Room
1. Floor
a. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) material - tile, paint, carpet or VCT
b. Base (minimums)
1. 4”/100 mm vinyl
2. Wall
a. Paint
b. Walls must be painted white.
3. Ceiling
a. Painted structure
b. Suspended ceilings are not allowed.
c. Computer/telecom room must have a minimum ceiling height of 8’-6”/2.6 m.
M. A workbench must be provided. The workbench must not serve as a permanent office area but must have a clear workspace for a PC or server.
N. Mechanical / Plumbing
1. An air conditioning / cooling system must be installed to service the computer room which complies with Section 2514.00 Environmental Control
Requirements.
2. Provide a complete computer room type air conditioning system with 100 percent redundancy, and loaded such that all terminal units within the
computer room are not suspended over IT/Telecom equipment, including any wet piping, appurtenances or condensate drainage. Preferred location of
the equipment is outside the room with ducted air supply to/from the units. Air conditioning to be sized to provide adequate cooling for the design
equipment density in the rack system plus 33 percent for future loads, and all other internal room loads. Equipment must be able to reject internal heat
loads regardless of outdoor temperature.
3. Provide malfunction alarms for high temperature, low temperature and high relative humidity with remote annunciation to the security office (if
applicable) and engineering office.
4. Wet systems are not allowed to pass through the room.
O. Light switch for the room must be immediately adjacent to the entry door.
P. Refer to Section 2514.08 for minimum light level requirements.
Q. A minimum of four dedicated quad outlets must be provided adjacent to the property management system rack. All outlets must be grounded.
R. The area above the workbench must be fitted with a dual compartment dado-trunk (power and data) running parallel to the floor at a height somewhere
between 3'-0"/1.0 m to 5'-0"/1.5 m. Outlets must be presented in pairs with no fewer than six power and six data.
S. Cabling must run over equipment racks in approved cable trays. Refer to Section 2518.00.
T. Property Management System equipment at workstations must be within 300’-0”/90 m of the computer/telecom room.

U. Interface of systems (telephone/MATV/point of sale) with serial cable must be within 100’-0”/30 m of the Property Management System equipment in the
computer/telecom room. Larger distances require fiber optics in lieu of Cat6 cable.
V. Equipment racks must be 42U (31"/800 mm x 39"/1000 mm) with suitable cable management. Racks are allowed to be open or enclosed models.
Enclosed models must be lockable. Specific cabinets with different dimensions may be required by certain vendors.
W. PBX and HSIA systems must be installed in proprietary racks or on standard data racks. They are not allowed to be freestanding.
X. Sufficient maneuvering space must be provided in front and back of the equipment racks for access.
Y. Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) is required for the computer systems.
1. The system must provide no less than one hour autonomy for the computer systems attached.
2 5 1 3 . 0 9
T r a s h
Collection
A r e a
$Level2
$Level2_19749
2513.09 Trash Collection Area

A. Trash chutes are not permitted.
B. Trash collection rooms are not permitted.
C. Trash Compactor/Container
1. A trash container is required. A trash compactor is allowed.
2. Trash containers must be fully hidden from public view within an enclosure. The enclosure must be a concrete block structure, positioned away from
the main building when possible, with an exterior finish to match that of the main building. The interior must be painted as a minimum.
5. The trash compactor/container must have a 20’-0”/6 m minimum long concrete pad for support of the trash collection vehicle.
7. The trash enclosure must be sized to include a commercial recycling container.
8. Provide solid gates that close and secure the area.
9. Painted steel pipe bollards must be installed around the container to prevent damage to walls.
11. Install the compactor/container on a concrete slab and pitch toward a separate sanitary drain (when permitted by the local jurisdiction).
12. Locate a self-priming sanitary drain beneath the compactor/container. Position the drain near one end of the compactor/container area so that it is
accessible when the compactor/container is in place.
2 5 1 4 . 0 0
Technical
Criteria
$Level1
$Level2_20854
15. Provide a hose bib for wash down.
2514.00 Technical Criteria
2 5 1 4 . 0 1
D o o r s
a n d
Windows
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.01 Doors and Windows

A. All public area doors must be a minimum of 6’-8”/2.0 m in height and be a minimum of 3’-0”/900 mm in width.
B. Guestroom entry, guest bathroom and back-of-house doors (leaf) must be a minimum of 6’-8”/2.0 m in height and be a minimum of 3’-0”/900 mm in width.
C. Exterior doors to all public areas must be aluminum and glass.
D. Exterior doors must have weather-stripping with the appropriate type of threshold.
E. Out-swinging exterior metal doors must have closed tops.
F. When metal doors are used on the interior, they must be must be a minimum 18 gauge (.0478 inch/1.214 mm) cold-rolled steel with a minimum 16 gauge

(.0598 inch/1.519 mm) cold-rolled steel welded frame. When metal doors are used on the exterior, they must be a minimum 16 gauge (.0598 inch/1.519
mm) ‘A-60’ galvanized.
G. Door frames must be welded or knockdown three-piece metal frames and must be properly secured and installed. Snap-on trim is not allowed.
H. Provide view panels in doors of rooms including fitness center, guest laundry, business center, vending (if applicable), swimming pool, etc. unless side
lights are provided.
I. Provide wall-mounted doorstops for all doors. Floor-mounted door stops are not allowed.
K. All swinging doors must have lever-style hardware. Subject to egress, traffic-load fire doors will require panic hardware.
L. All doors must have a minimum of three commercial-grade hinges.
M. All doors and hardware for doors to electrical and telephone closets, stairwells and other non-public spaces on guest suite floors must match, to the extent
possible, the style and finish of the guest suite entry doors.
O. Electronic locksets are required in the following locations (deadbolt must be removed with the exception of the guestroom entry):
1. Main entry door to the property (when required by 2502.01.F)
2. Each suite entry
4. Fitness Center
5. Indoor swimming pool entry and secondary entries (exception: entry from secure outdoor patio)
7. Meeting rooms
9. Computer/Telecom Room
14. Secondary guest entrances to the public corridors
P. Electronic locksets must have the following minimum features:
1. A mechanical override (hard key) is not allowed.
2. An encoded card key/FOB must be used for operation.
3. An audit/interrogation feature must be provided.
4. The dead bolt must be engaged by a turn piece on the inside of the guest suite.
5. The deadbolt and latch bolt must both retract when the inside lever is turned.
6. The lever must remain in a horizontal position when not in operation, and inside guest suite lever must remain in perpendicular position when not in
use.
7. RFID/Radio frequency identification (contact-less) locks are required and must have NFC compatibility.
R. Restricted areas of the hotel must have an access-control system incorporated into door-locking devices. Approved devices are card access systems,
digital keypad systems or remotely-controlled electronic door latches. Areas that must be provided access-control devices include, but are not limited to:
1. Entrance to front office area

2. Back office areas accessible from public corridors

5. Back-of-house access from meeting rooms
S. Caulking to match wall covering is required around all door frames.
T. Vinyl bulb weather-stripping must be provided on all exterior doors.
U. All rooftop exits (doors or hatches) must be equipped with a panic bar or other releasing device, latching hardware and an alarm that is monitored in the
security dispatch office or PBX. These doors must have a sign on the inside face indicating the door is alarmed and to be used in emergency situations
only, if accessible to the public.
V. Internal windowsills must be granite, quartz, natural stone or approved composite solid surface material. Wood, drywall, plastic laminate and metal are not
allowed.
W. Windows must be standard aluminum with clear dual glazing and a finish compatible with other window trim. Extruded polymer (uPVC) windows are an
acceptable alternative when they have galvanized steel reinforcement (minimum 0.08”/2 mm thick) and minimum 0.106”/2.7 mm thick primary frame and
sash extrusions (exterior), are commercial rated, and have a 10 year warranty against fading. All window frame colors must coordinate.
X. Exterior windows must be insulated. Frames must be thermally broken in areas where ASHRAE design temperature is below 32 °F/0 °C or above 82.4 °
F/28 °C.
Y. Glass panels, windows, glass doors, sidelights, etc. that extend to the floor in all areas must be shatterproof, be tempered glass, or be equipped with a
safety bar mounted at 3’-0”/900 mm above the finished floor.
Z. Windows must comply with ASTM E330-02 (2010) (www.astm.org) or CIBSE (www.cibse.org) with a maximum air infiltration rate of 0.06 ft³/1700 cm³ per
minute, and with ASTM E331-00 (2009) (www.astm.org) which requires no leakage at 6.5 psf differential, a value of 0.63 and with an allowable wind load of
105 lbs per ft²/47.43 kg per m².
2 5 1 4 . 0 2
Walls
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.02 Walls
A. Vinyl Wall covering
1. All vinyl wall covering must meet the following requirements:
a. Class A ASTM E84-12c tunnel test (www.astm.org).
c. All wall covering adhesives must be strippable and must contain mildew inhibitors.
d. 20 oz. per linear yard/ 460 g per square meter, Type II or heavier must be used in public areas and back-of-house areas.
e. 15 oz. per linear yard /350 g per square meter, Type I or heavier must be used in guest suites.
f. 15 oz. per linear yard /350 g per square meter, Type I or heavier must be used in guest suite bathrooms.
g. 54"/1.3 m
h. Fabric backing is required. Paper backing is not allowed.
i. All wall coverings must contain an antimicrobial substance in the manufacturing process to safeguard against micro-organisms such as bacteria,
fungi and actynomycetes.
j. Microvented wallcovering is required to meet ASTM E96-02, Method B. Minimum 21 ounce rated at 10 perms and approximately 25,000 holes per
square foot is required. A sample is required for review and approval from Global Design Services prior to ordering.
2. Hotel must not install wall vinyl over existing wall vinyl in any areas of the hotel. Old wall vinyl must be completely removed before new wall vinyl is
installed.

B. Acrylic Knock-Down
1. Acrylic knock-down is required in guest suites where noted.
2. In areas with high humidity levels, 100 percent acrylic knock-down may be considered for exterior walls in public areas. Prior approval is required.
3. Contact Hilton Worldwide for a list of approved manufacturers. Proposed substitute products must have the following information forwarded for
approval:
a. Two samples (8”/200 mm x 8”/200 mm minimum) showing the specific color and texture of the knock-down finish must be submitted. If the product
is approved, one sample must be retained and one must be returned and must be kept on file at the jobsite for reference.
b. All submitted products must meet the following minimum performance characteristics and supportive documentation must be provided to verify
conformance.
1. Perm rating of greater than 16 for the system, including basecoat, primers, texture coats, etc.
2. Scrub resistance of a minimum of 2500 scrubs before failure ASTM D2486-06 (www.astm.org).
3. Minimum dry film thickness of 10 mils or greater.
4. VOC levels of 1.0 lbs. per gallon/120 grams per liter or less ASTM-D3960-05 (www.astm.org).
5. Minimum of a five year product performance warranty and a five year warranty against mold and mildew growth. (The product must have been in
commercial use for a time period that meets or exceeds the factory-stated warranty period.)
6. A product listing a “sealer” as part of the system is not permitted.
c. All submittals must be accompanied by Independent Laboratory Test Results to support manufacturer claims. Submitted Independent Lab Test
Results must be on the testing lab letterhead. Test results on the manufacturer’s letterhead will not be accepted.
d. Substitutions must all be submitted for review with sufficient time allowed for evaluation.
e. No product is to be considered approved until Hilton Worldwide provides written approval during plan submittals and the installation approval until
installed and reviewed and approved on site.
4. Wall finish using drywall mud or non-acrylic finishes with paint is not permitted in all instances.
C. Tile
1. Tile must be decorative ceramic tile, stone or porcelain tile, minimum 3/8”/9.53 mm thick with rectified edge.
2. Tile grout must be non-shrink type epoxy or latex portland cement to minimize staining. Grout lines must be as narrow as possible.
3. Tile must not be installed over old tile in any areas of the property. Old tile must be completely removed before new tile is installed.
E. Paint
1. All paints must be low VOC (less than 50 VOC grams per liter) and low odor.
2. Paint in high humidity areas must be satin or semi-gloss finish with a mildew-resistant formulation.
3. Paint used in high contact areas must be satin or eggshell finish that is durable, washable and stain resistant.
4. Paint used on the interior walls of an indoor swimming pool room must be epoxy paint.
G. Chair Rails/Corner Guards
1. When chair rails are used, they must have a decorative profile and be of a material resistant to wear such as a pre-finished PVC veneer.
3. Provide full height corner guards at outside wall corners in all public areas susceptible to damage. Corner guards must be a resilient vinyl to coordinate
with the wall color and must be adhesive mount. The flanges must be a maximum width of 1”/25mm.
2 5 1 4 . 0 3
Floors
$Level2
$Level2_20854

2514.03 Floors
A. Slip Resistance Requirements
1. Tile must have a coefficient of friction (ASTM-C1028-07e1; www.astm.org) of 0.6 wet or better and a breaking strength (ASTM-C648-04,
2009; www.astm.org) of not less than 250 lbs or ISO equivalent.
2. Kitchen floor tile must pass the Robert's wheel abrasion test or ISO equivalent and have a slip-resistance coefficient of at least 0.6 when wet, or
regional statutory standard.
B. Tile
1. Tile must be decorative non-slip or unpolished stone or porcelain tile, minimum 5/16”/8 mm thick.
2. Public area floor tile must be nominal 18”/450 mm x 18”/450 mm minimum. Rectangular-shaped tiles or plank-shaped tiles are permitted. Small tile
mosaics are permitted for accents when the design is approved by Hilton Worldwide.
4. Guestroom tile must be nominal 12”/300 mm x 12”/300 mm minimum. Rectangular-shaped tiles or plank-shaped tiles are permitted. Small tile
mosaics are permitted for accents when the design is approved by Hilton Worldwide.
5. Rectangular shaped tiles must be a nominal 12"/300 mm x 24"/600 mm. Plank-shaped tiles must be sized no less than 3”/75 mm x 24”/600 mm or no
greater than 9”/229 mm x 36”/915 mm.
6. Tiled shower floors are only allowed in accessible roll-in showers. 2”/51 mm x 2”/51 mm tiles or larger are allowed.
7. Vinyl and granite tile are not permitted.
8. Porcelain tile does not require a sealer.
9. Tile must not be installed over existing tile in any areas of the property. Old tile must be completely removed before new tile is installed.
11. Wall base is not allowed to be a cut tile with an exposed unfinished edge.
12. Porcelain tile must be through body porcelain or color body porcelain.
D. Natural stone
1. Natural stone must be non-slip or unpolished.
2. Any natural porous materials must be sealed after installation with a penetrating non-glossy sealer.
3. Natural stone must be rectilinear, gauged with a micro-bevel.
E. Grout
1. Minimum grout joints must be used. 3/16"/5 mm maximum allowed.
2. Grout must be sealed after installation.
3. Grout in guest suites must be non-shrink type epoxy or latex Portland cement grout to minimize staining.
H. Carpet
1. Carpet must meet the following criteria or as required by local municipality:
a. Radiant panel: ASTM E-648-10 Class 1
b. Smoke density: ASTM E-662-09
c. Lightfastness: AATCC 16-E
d. Color fastness to water: AATCC 107

e.
Color fastness to rubbing: AATCC 165
f.
Wear resistance: ASTM D5252
g.
Appearance retention: ASTM D5252
h.
Tuft anchorage: ASTM D1335
i.
Flammability:
2. Radiant Panel Test: ASTM E-648
m. Static electricity/Stroll test: AATCC 134 < 3.0 KV
n. All carpet must pass TARR (Texture Appearance Retention Rating) of 2.5 – 3.0 or higher (Hexapod Test).
o. All nylon carpet must be stain treated with foam and heat set method.
p. International test certificates are required.
2. Carpet must comply with the following minimum specifications:
m. Not Applicable to this Brand
n. Carpet tiles must be throughout the hotel. All tiles must be provided by the following manufacturers:
1. Interface FLOR (tile with Nexstep cushion backing)
2. Milliken (tile with Enhancer technology attached pad)
3. Shaw (tile with Ecoworx backing system and attached cushion back)
4. Alternate carpet tile manufacturers must provide significant sustainable contributions during development of their tiles. Examples of such
contributions are integrating a high percentage (65 percent or more) of pre-consumer recycled content or maintaining a negative carbon footprint
in manufacturing the tile. All alternate manufacturers must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
7. Carpet Tile Installation

a. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Use manufacturer’s recommended adhesives.
b. Install carpet under open-bottom obstructions and under removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space.
c. Provide cut outs where required. Conceal cut edges with protective edge guards or overlapping flanges.
d. Run carpet under open bottom items such as heating convectors and install tight against walls, columns and cabinets so that the entire floor area
is covered with carpet. Cover over all floor type door closures.
e. Install edging guard at all openings and doors wherever carpet terminates, unless indicated otherwise.
f. Cutting must be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation, using the tools designed for the carpet being installed.
g. Use leveling compound where necessary. Any floor filling or leveling must have a minimum of 4’-0”/1.2 m of feather.
h. Expansion joints - Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpeting.
i. Install carpet according to carpet manufacturer’s printed instructions and in accordance with the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Installation Standard.
j. “Chair Pads” must not be recommended or required within installation instructions.
9. Hand Tufted Rug Specifications
a. 4.5 Pound Hand Tufted Rug Specifications - Guestrooms and Suites
Quality: 4.5 pound
Yarn Content: 100 percent NZ wool
Yarn Count: 380 Tex, 1/80s Dewsbury
Yarn Twist/10cm: 130 twists
Ply Twist/10cm: 11.4 twists
Total Weight: 3,920 gm/m²
Gross Yarn Weight: 2,440 gm/m²
Pile Height: 9-10 mm
No of rows/10 cm: 19-20
No of stitches/10 cm: 21
No of ends/insertion: 4
Primary backing : Basket Weave
60 percent cotton, 40 percent polyester
26 x 26 per inch
Width: 620 cm
Weight: 326 gm/m²
Secondary backing: Leno Weave
Warp - 100 percent cotton
Weft - 90 percent cotton, 10 percent polyester
12 x 6 per inch
Width: 300 cm
Weight: 61 gm/m²
Latex: Natural rubber latex based compound
A non-skid pad or backing is required.
Mothproofing: Mystox CMP
b. 5.5 Pound Hand Tufted Rug Specifications - Guest Corridors

Quality: 5.5 pound

Yarn Twist/10 cm: 130 twists
Ply Twist/10 cm: 11.4 twists
No of stitches/10 cm: 23
26 x 26 per inch
Width: 620 cm
Weight: 326 gm/m²
12 x 6 per inch
Width: 300 cm
Weight: 61 gm/m²
c. 6.5 Pound Hand Tufted Rug Specifications - Public Areas (Lobby, Meeting Facilities)
Quality: 6.5 pound
Yarn Twist/10 cm: 130 twists
Ply Twist/10 cm: 11.4 twists
No of stitches/10cm: 26-27
26 x 26 per inch

Width: 620 cm
Weight: 326 gm/m²
12 x 6 per inch
Width: 300 cm
Weight: 61 gm/m²
2 5 1 4 . 0 4
Ceilings
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.04 Ceilings
A. Height
1. No ceiling in a habitable public space is allowed to be less than 7’-6”/2.3 m.
2. In no case shall any ceiling be less than 7’-0”/2.1 m. Local codes may require higher ceilings than noted.
B. Paint
1. Painted ceilings in public areas must have a smooth or light sand finish.
2. Guest suite furrdowns must have a smooth painted finish.
3. Guest suite bathroom ceilings must be painted with latex enamel/semi-gloss paint in a smooth or orange peel finish.
4. All back-of-house ceilings must be painted or better.
5. All paints must be low VOC (less than 50 VOC grams per liter) and low odor.
6. Paint in high humidity areas such as guest suite bathrooms must be washable and have a mildew resistant finish.
C. Acoustic Ceiling Tile (ACT)
1. Tile in public areas must be 2'-0"/600 mm x 2'-0"/600 mm premium tegular (reveal) edge tiles. Alternate sizes must be approved by Hilton Worldwide.
2. 12”/300 mm x 12”/300 mm and 24”/600 mm x 48”/1.2 m tiles are not allowed in any public spaces.
4. Concealed spine acoustical tile ceilings are not allowed in public areas.
5. Tiles in back-of-house areas that are accessible by the public such as offices must be 2’-0”/600 mm x 2’-0”/600 mm.
6. Panel performance must prevent panel sag.
7. All exposed ceiling grid systems must be a narrow spline, 9/16”/15 mm maximum width, and must match the color of the ceiling tile.
8. Grid systems in indoor pools must include a painted aluminum grid and vinyl coated, moisture-resistant tiles. All hanger wires must be stainless steel.
9. Mineral fiber tiles are not allowed in humid environments.
11. Acoustic ceiling tile is not allowed in guest suites.
12. Kitchen ceilings must be washable plastic or fiberglass tile ceiling with aluminum suspension system.
2 5 1 4 . 0 5
Acoustical
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.05 Acoustical Performance

A. The following minimum criteria must be used for the acoustical performance of the building design. Acoustic performance must be measured using ISO
140, ISO 717 and ISO 3382, http://www.iso.org. An acoustical consultant is recommended.
Acoustical Performance Minimum Criteria
STC = Sound Transmission Coefficient / IIC = Impact Insulation Class
Function / Meeting Rooms
Function or meeting rooms 54 STC
Meeting room – operable partitions 52 STC
Meeting room – baffles above ceiling / partitions 54 STC
Boardroom 54 STC
Service room adjacent to meeting room 52 STC
Suite
Suite to exterior 50 STC
Suite to Suite 50 STC
Suite to swimming pool or fitness center 60 STC
Suite to corridor 50 STC
Suite to equipment room 60 STC
Suite floor / ceiling 50 STC
Suite to elevator lobby 60 STC
Back of House
Corridor to mechanical, laundry, service rooms 50 STC
Floor Impact
Suite to Suite 55 IIC
Suite sleeping area to mechanical room 55 IIC
C. Ceiling assemblies must be acoustically treated to limit sound transference where the pool is located directly below guest suites.
D. Locate pool equipment to minimize noise and aesthetic impact to adjacent guest areas.
2 5 1 4 . 0 6
Mechanical
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.06 Mechanical
A. HVAC System Types
1. HVAC system requires mechanically controlling indoor air quality (temperature, humidity, purity and circulation) to obtain comfort levels in the desired
areas of building in a cost effective manner. Refer to the Indoor Environmental Requirements Matrix below:

Ventilation Air
Internal Conditions1 Pressure Relationships2
Quantity3
Acoustical
Fresh Rating
Exhaust
Summer Winter Type Differential Air
Location Rate
Supply
CF/M-
Tdb CF/M-
Tdb RH% RH% Inches SF
F Pos/Neg/Neut SF (L/S- NR
F(C) Max Min w.g. (Pa) (L/S-
(C) SM
SM)
73 72 0.30
Vestibule 55 30 Pos 0.02 (5) -- 40
(23) (22) (1.4)
73 72 0.30
Lobby 55 30 Pos 0.02 (5) -- 40
(23) (22) (1.4)
73 72 0.30
Front Desk 55 30 Neut -- -- 40
(23) (22) (1.4)
73 72 0.30
Luggage Room 55 -- Neut -- -- 40
(23) (22) (1.4)
73 72 0.06 50
Public Restrooms 55 30 Neg 0.02 (5) 40
(23) (22) (0.3) (12.5)5
73 72 0.70
Complimentary Area 55 30 Neg 0.02 (5) -- 35
(23) (22) (3.4)
80 68 0.06
Food Prep/Kitchen 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) 0.7 (3.5) 35
(27) (20) (0.3)
Food and Beverage 78 68 0.12
60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
Storage (26) (20) (0.6)
73 72 0.24
Sundries/Gift Shop 55 -- Neut -- -- 40
(23) (22) (1.2)
78 68 0.06
Vending Area 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) 40
(26) (20) (0.3)
78 68 0.17
Guest Laundry 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) 40
(26) (20) (0.9)
73 72 0.72
Meeting Rooms 55 30 Neut -- -- 30
(23) (22) (3.4)
73 72 0.72
Boardrooms 55 30 Neut -- -- 30
(23) (22) (3.4)
73 72 0.72
Pre-function Areas 55 30 Pos 0.02 (5) -- 40
(23) (22) (3.4)
73 72 0.08
Coat Room 55 30 Neg 0.02 (5) -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)

Ventilation Air
Quantity3
Acoustical
Fresh Rating
Exhaust
Location Rate
Supply
CF/M-
Tdb CF/M-
(C) SM
SM)
78 68 0.08
Meeting Storage 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 35
(26) (20) (0.4)
82 82 0.48
Pool/Whirlpool 60 60 Neg 0.02 (5) 0.5 (2.5) 40
(28) (28) (2.4)
Guest Locker 78 68 0.06 0.25
60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) 40
Room/Toilets (26) (20) (0.3) (1.25)
72 69 0.26 0.26
Fitness Center 55 -- Neut -- 40
(22) (20) (1.25) (1.25)
Elevator 70 55 70 -- Neut -- -- -- --
73 72 0.06
Guestroom Corridor 55 30 Pos 0.02 (5) -- 40
(23/) (22) (0.3)
Exit Stairs N/C N/C N/C -- Neut -- -- -- --
73 72 0.11
Guestrooms/Suites 55 30 Pos 0.02 (5) -- 25
(23) (22) (0.6)
Guest
73 72 0.06
Bathroom/Dressing 55 30 Neg 0.02 (5) -- 35
(23) (22) (0.3)
Area
73 72 0.09
Front Offices 55 30 Neut -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
Sales and Catering 73 72 0.09
55 30 Neut -- -- 35
Offices (23) (22) (0.4)
73 72 0.09
Accounting Offices 55 30 Neut -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
73 72 0.09
Human Resources 55 30 Neut -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
73 72 0.09
Office 55 30 Neut -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
Employee Dining/Break 73 72 0.25
55 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
Room (23) (22) (1.3)

Ventilation Air
Quantity3
Acoustical
Fresh Rating
Exhaust
Location Rate
Supply
CF/M-
Tdb CF/M-
(C) SM
SM)
Employee Locker 78 68 0.06
60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) 0.5 (2.5) 45
Rooms/Toilets (26) (20) (0.3)
80 68 0.17
Laundry 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
(27) (20) (0.9)
80 68 0.12
Housekeeping 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
(27) (20) (0.6)
Engineering/Maintenance 80 68 0.12
60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 45
Shop (27) (20) (0.6)
80 68 0.12
Storage Rooms 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
(27) (20) (0.6)
Receiving Area N/C N/C N/C -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- -- 45
73 72 0.09
Receiving Office 55 -- Pos -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
73 72 0.09
Security Dispatch Office 55 -- Neut -- -- 35
(23) (22) (0.4)
78 68 0.06
Service Corridor 60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 40
(26) (20) (0.3)
0.15
Mechanical Rooms N/C N/C N/C -- Neut -- -- 45
(0.7)
Electrical Rooms N/C N/C N/C -- Neut -- -- -- 45
80 68
Telecom Closets 55 -- Neut -- -- -- 45
(27) (20)
Computer/Telecom 72 72 0.08
50 30 Neut -- -- 40
Room (22) (22) (0.4)
Trash
N/C N/C N/C -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 1.0 (5.0) 45
Compactor/Container
Refrigerated Trash 50 50
60 -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 1.0 (5.0) 45
Room (10) (10)
Recycle Storage Room N/C N/C N/C -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 1.0 (5.0) 45

Ventilation Air
Quantity3
Acoustical
Fresh Rating
Exhaust
Location Rate
Supply
CF/M-
Tdb CF/M-
(C) SM
SM)
Can Wash N/C N/C N/C -- Neg 0.02 (5) -- 1.0 (5.0) 45

Ventilation Air
Quantity3
Acoustical
Fresh Rating
Exhaust
Location Rate
Supply
CF/M-
Tdb CF/M-
(C) SM
SM)
1) Internal environmental conditions are +/- 2 F (1 C), and +/- 5% RH.
2) Pressure relationships identified are with respect to adjacent areas. For buildings located in warm, humid climates,
overall building pressure must be positive with respect to outdoors to at least 5 pascals. For cold climates, overall
building pressure must be neutral with respect to outdoors with adequate consideration for vapor transmission
through the envelope to prevent moisture damage. For mixed climates (warm humid summer and cold winters), overall
building pressures must be slightly positive in summer season and neutral in winter season, with respect to outdoors.
3) Ventilation rates are based upon ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 using default occupancy values, and have other
indoor air quality requirements that are included in the standard. Actual occupancy rates can be used if known.
4) Not applicable.
5) Exhaust rates shown are for each fixture.
6) Where exhaust rates are not indicated, but negative relationships are desired, adjust exhaust air quantity for the
pressure differential shown.
7) Provide combustion air for all fuel fired appliances that complies with the requirements of their listing, all local codes
and ordinances.
8) Fresh air must be pre-conditioned before being distributed.
9) All areas of the hotel must comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
as noted in the Environmental Conditions Matrix. For hotels that have ETS areas within the property, they must be
separated from non-ETS areas with a smoke-free barrier system.
a. The barrier must pre-clude ETS from transferring to non-ETS areas. Pressure relationships must be maintained so
that the ETS areas are maintained at least -2.5 pascals (-0.01-inches water gage) with respect to the non-ETS areas.
b. Signage must be included to warn guests when they are entering ETS areas. Signage must have notation that
includes: "This Area May Contain Environmental Tobacco Smoke".
c. For guest rooms, selection of finishes may be altered to minimize absorption of smoking odors and ease of
maintenance. Alternative gas phase filtration may be included as part of the guest room air conditioning.
d. Submit all ETS area design information for review and approval by Hilton Worldwide.
Abbreviations: Pos = Positive, Neut = Neutral, Neg = Negative, N/C = Not Conditioned, Tdb = Dry Bulb Temperature,
Twb = Wet Bulb Temperature, RH = Relative Humidity, F = degrees F, C = degrees C, CF/M-SF = Cubic Feet per Minute
per square foot, L/S-SM = Liters per second per square meter, Pa = Pascals, Inches w. g. = Inches water gage, NR =
Noise Rating = Leq = equivalent continuous sound level in dBa, MERV = Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value per
ASHRAE Standard 52.2.

ASHRAE Standard 52.2.
2. The system type and design capacity must be determined based on the standards required by Hilton Worldwide Architecture & Construction, ASHRAE,
national and local codes whichever is more stringent.
3. Provide complete calculations and written confirmation that the design of the variable refrigerant system (VRF) complies with ANSI/ASHRAE standard
15-2007, Safety Standards for Refrigeration Systems, and ANSI/ASHRAE standard 34-2007, Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants
(www.ansi.org, www.ashrae.com).
4. Do not use system types that require summer/winter changeover of heating/cooling capacity must not be used.
5. Do not use Package Terminal Air Conditioner type units except in guestrooms.
6. Design all HVAC systems to comply with ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 (www.ashrae.com) or an equivalent standard. Submit written compliance forms
to Hilton Worldwide for review.
7. Refrigeration System Safety:
a. Design all refrigeration systems and machinery rooms to comply with ASHRAE Standards 15 and 34, or equivalent local codes and standards.
b. For variable refrigerant flow systems that use R-410a in guest suites, the room volume calculations must include the following requirements:
1. Room volume must be reduced from the entire floor -to-ceiling measurement, and calculated base upon the floor-to bed-height or 3’-0”/915 mm,
whichever is higher.
2. Room volume must exclude the toilet room.
3. Room volume must exclude the volume of any fixed or portable case work.
4. Disregard any exhaust air flow out of the toilet room and any supply air into the guest suite from other ventilation systems.
5. Accessible rooms must reduce the allowable refrigerant volume by 50 percent of non-accessible rooms.
6. Refrigerant piping must not be routed in egress corridors where accidental discharge may occur.
7. When the above requirements are unobtainable, an alarming device must be provided within each guestroom for detection of a refrigerant leak.
In no case must the audible alarm be less than 75 dBA at the pillow level in all guestrooms, with intervening doors closed during the alarm.
c. Submit written documentation that indicates compliance with the safety codes for review by Hilton Worldwide.
B. HVAC System General Requirements
1. Air Handling Equipment and Devices
a. Design equipment location/layout to allow future equipment replacement equal in size to original replacement.
b. Install all HVAC equipment with access for maintenance. Do not install air-handling units, fan coil units, and mechanical equipment requiring
regular maintenance above gypsum board or inaccessible ceilings. Service access of non-guest area equipment must not be from guest areas.
c. Protect all air handling devices having internal insulation with foil facings or double-wall construction.
d. Fabricate cooling coil condensate drain pans from stainless steel.
e. Controls
1. Provide electric silent two-position or modulating motorized valve actuators that are replaceable without valve removal.
2. Provide silent type relays in guest suite devices.
f. Filtration
1. Unless more stringent local codes require it, provide minimum single-stage MERV 8 filtration (or equivalent) for recirculating equipment. Provide
minimum MERV 12 filtration (or equivalent) for air handling equipment used to condition and supply ventilation air.
2. Provide fully synthetic media without paper frames that does not allow microbial growth when wetted.

2. Use only metallic ductwork for supply air, outdoor air and exhaust systems.
3. Use duct liner only where required for acoustic needs using closed-cell elastomeric material that complies with ASTM C1534-07-E1 (www.astm.org).
4. Provide non-adjustable digital temperature sensors located to effectively control the temperature in all conditioned areas. Thermostats in the fitness
center and individual meeting rooms and boardrooms must be adjustable by guests.
6. Screen all rooftop and ground mounted equipment from street views. Locate equipment to avoid increased noise levels in adjacent guest suites.
7. Provide a complete fully automated monitoring and dosing water treatment system for all open loop and chemical feed capacity for all closed loop
HVAC piping systems.
8. Design all gas or oil fired equipments room to comply with NFPA 54–2009, NFPA 58–2008, NFPA 31–2006, or equivalent local codes and standards.
9. HVAC Piping
a. Avoid exposed piping in all areas but mechanical spaces.
b. Conceal all piping, except in mechanical spaces, to complement adjacent finishes.
c. Insulate all chilled water and below-ambient piping using closed-cell insulation products that comply with ASTM C534 or ASTM C522-03 (2009) e1
(www.astm.org). Select insulation thickness per ASHRAE guidelines in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals, Chapter 23, Insulation for Mechanical
Systems (www.ashrae.com).
d. Do not use polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) piping systems.
e. Provide full-port ball valves and butterfly valves for isolation and shutoff service. Gate valves must not be used.
f. Install unions and isolation valves on supply and return connections at each air-handling device.
g. Provide riser isolation and drain valves to minimize disruption of guest suite services during failures.
h. Provide a means for balancing and maintaining water flows at each device and distribution loop.
i. Provide a means for air elimination and removal from the system and at each terminal device.
j. Ground mounted units must have condensate piping connected to an underground collection system.
D. Water Chillers and Chilled Water Distribution (if applicable)
1. Provide Underwriters Laboratories (or recognized equivalent) listed chiller that complies with the latest pressure vessel design and construction
standards for both refrigerant and waterside heat exchangers.
2. Rate per the latest ARI Standard (or recognized equivalent) and provide minimum of two chillers, with system sized to allow at least 75 percent of
design capacity with one chiller not operable.
4. Acceptable Refrigerants are R-134a, R-407, R-410, and R-123. Comply with Montreal protocol for phase-out compliance of refrigerants.
5. Select unit efficiencies that comply with national and local energy code requirements or ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 (www.ashrae.com) pending
review by Hilton Worldwide for exceptions.
6. Refrigerant Safety must comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 (www.ashrae.com).
7. Cooling Towers
a. Select cooling towers based upon 0.4 percent wet bulb/mean coincident dry bulb (WB/MCDB) ASHRAE climate conditions.
b. Galvanized steel construction is allowed in non-coastal environments.
c. Select tower locations to avoid noise or transmitted vibration that affects the guest suites or guest areas.
d. Locate cooling towers where re-entrainment of tower plume will not affect other air handling systems.
E. Ventilation (Make-Up) Air

1. General
a. Design ventilation air systems to comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (www.ashrae.com) and
local codes.
b. Distribute conditioned ventilation air directly into each guest suite. Operable windows are not allowed as the primary means of guest suite
ventilation.
c. If allowed by local codes, ventilation air may be supplied to the guest suite via corridor supplied air and door undercuts. If automatic door bottoms or
seals are required for smoke control, corridors may not be used as the source of guest suite ventilation.
d. Packaged terminal air conditioned units (PTAC) and fan coils are not acceptable for providing ventilation air.
Exception: Islandaire Dr. PTAC units may be combined with makeup air units to provide ventilation. Dr. PTAC units providing guestroom ventilation
must be accompanied by central makeup air units supplying a total volumetric air flow equaling at least 25 cfm per guestroom plus the required
ventilation of the front-of-house and back-of-house spaces. The distribution of air from the makeup air units may be to the corridors or to the
individual guestrooms.
e. Provide conditioned make-up air with equipment specifically designed to allow the ventilation air to be supplied at room neutral conditions.
f. Pressurize buildings with a make-up air system providing 100 percent outside air.
g. Provide building air balance calculations to Hilton Worldwide for review and approval.
2. Ventilation Equipment Selection
a. Select ventilation (make-up) air units to offset any continuous bathroom exhaust air quantity, any other exhaust air from the corridors, plus air flow to
maintain pressure relationships identified in the Environmental Conditions matrix. If prevailing winds will affect building pressurization, this must be
taken into account in determining building air balance calculations and air quantity for pressurization.
b. Design Criteria
1. Summer
a. Outdoor Conditions: Select makeup air entering air temperature (EAT) for cooling based on ASHRAE 0.4 percent summer design
Dehumidification [dew point/mean coincident dry bulb (DP/MCDB)] and Humidity Ratio (HR) (www.ashrae.com).
b. Discharge Air Conditions: Select the cooling coil to produce 55 °F DB/12.8 °C DB leaving air temperature and reheat to approximately 68 °F
DB/20 °C if for corridor make-up or 70 °F DB/ 21 °C DB if supplied directly into guest suite.
2. Winter
a. Select EAT for heating based on ASHRAE Annual Extreme Daily Mean Dry Bulb (MDB) Minimum winter design temperature (not Heating DB
at 99.6 or 99 percent) (www.ashrae.com).
F. Make-Up Air Units
1. Provide ETL or Underwriters Laboratories (www.ul.com) listed equipment, or similar recognized agency that complies with local code requirements.
Rate per ARI Standards or equivalent refrigeration standards agency.
2. Provide preheat, cooling, dehumidification, humidification and reheat sections.
a. Humidification Requirement: Provide make-up air units in ASHRAE (www.ashrae.com) Climate Zones 7 and 8 with humidification capability to
comply with the Environmental Conditions Matrix included in the beginning of this Section.
3. Wall construction must be double-wall insulated type.
4. Condensate drain pans must be insulated, stainless steel and corrosion-resistant construction.
5. Install module between coils to allow for maintenance and placement of control elements.
6. Filtration: as noted above in HVAC General Requirements.
7. Direct-Expansion (DX) Make-Up Air Units

a. Refrigeration
1. Provide a minimum of two independent cooling circuits for units up through nominal 30 tons/105 kW and at least four independent cooling
circuits for larger units.
2. Provide cooling coil refrigeration circuiting with an intertwined arrangement. Face or horizontal split coil arrangement is not acceptable.
3. Provide digital scroll lead compressor or include hot-gas re-injection (by-pass) on the lead refrigerant circuit.
4. Provide hot-gas reheat coil, complete with modulating refrigerant valve, downstream of cooling coil, with spacer for temperature sensor between
cooling and reheat coil. Do not use systems utilizing sub-cooler reheat circuits. Fuel gas or electric reheat is not allowed.
5. Provide dehumidification refrigeration circuit if the outdoor ambient design humidity ratio is more than 100 grains/lb./14.3 g/kg or in those areas
with annual rainy seasons. Do not use systems utilizing sub-cooler reheat circuits.
b. Gas Heating
1. Provide stainless steel heat exchanger.
2. Provide minimum four-stage or modulating (minimum 3:1 turndown) control for heating.
c. Electric Heating: Provide with minimum four-stage control or SCR (saturated core reactor) modulating controls.
d. Use factory-mounted controls that provide continuous heating, cooling, and dehumidification of outside air using discharge air temperature control
scheme with space temperature reset control capability.
8. Access panels must be hinged and use latches that do not require the use of tools to open.
2 5 1 4 . 0 7
Plumbing
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.07 Plumbing
A. Plumbing Piping
1. Domestic water storage, drainage systems and hot and cold piping material selections and system design must comply with national and local code
requirements. For those locations without code requirements, contact Hilton Worldwide for acceptable minimum code requirements.
3. Do not use polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or polybutylene materials for potable water.
4. Insulate all metal cold water, cooling coil condensate and below-ambient piping using closed cell insulation products that comply with ASTM C534 or
ASTM C522-03 (2009) e1 (www.astm.org). Select insulation thickness per ASHRAE guidelines in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals, Chapter 23,
Insulation for Mechanical Systems (www.ashrae.com).
B. Valve Requirements
1. Install unions and isolation valves on domestic water supply and return connections at each riser or horizontal distribution header.
2. Provide isolation or stop valves at each plumbing fixture.
3. Provide full-port ball valves or butterfly valves for isolation or shut-off service.
C. Locate floor cleanouts outside of normal foot traffic in all public and back-of-house areas.
D. Install suitable backflow prevention devices on all potable water systems.
E. Locate grease, oil or sand traps in the back-of-house or service areas where the devices must be serviced without disrupting normal operations and out of
site of normal guest activities.
F. Domestic Hot Water Generating System
1. Provide hot water production during all normal operating flow regimes.
2. Select system types, storage and heaters that will provide stable water temperature during all flow conditions, and recirculation system for on-demand
hot water in guest suites.
3. Select system equipment that provides for 100 percent design heating capacity with one heater out of service.

4. For systems that use separate heaters and storage to meet demand, provide at least two storage tanks for maintenance.
7. Hot water is to be stored at no less than 140 °F/60 °C and delivered to guest accessible outlets at no less than 122 °F/50 °C.
H. Provide commercial grade quality plumbing fixtures for all public and back-of-house areas.
I. Conceal all water pipes except in mechanical rooms.
2 5 1 4 . 0 8
Electrical
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.08 Electrical
A. Comply with applicable edition of NFPA 70 (www.nfpa.org) and all national or local codes.
C. Power Supply
1. In locations where replacement transformers are not available within 24 hours, provide redundant primary transformers that have 100 percent building
load capacity for each transformer.
2. Provide main switchboard with provisions that will allow scheduled maintenance on main switchgear without hotel power interruption.
3. In areas where normal power sources are interrupted more than once per day, provide either full on-site power or two sources of utility supplied power.
5. Locate primary power switchgear in locations where it will not flood.
D. Electrical wiring must be in conduit (MC cable permitted). Wood-framed buildings are permitted to use “Romex” when code allows.
E. Use copper conductors. Aluminum branch and feeder wiring is only allowed on circuits 100 amp and larger, subject thermal imaging to confirm proper
termination.
F. Panels and Service Equipment
1. Install only in non-public and protected service areas. Mechanical or linen room locations are allowed as long as they are not subject to water piping
and have adequate clearances that will not be compromised by storage of other materials.
2. Provide securable panel covers and circuit interruptions devices that can be locked and tagged out.
G. Outlet Devices
1. Install at least 6”/152 mm above finished floor.
2. Install at least 50'-0"/15.2m on center, maximum, in all public corridors.
3. The use of extension cords or power strips, even if surge protected, is not allowed.
4. All hardware components of the Property Management System must be plugged directly into an electrical outlet on a dedicated and ground circuit.
5. All UPS outlets must be of a different color and, where allowed, a different style compared to normal outlets. Outlets must be clearly labeled.
H. Raceways/Conduits
1. Conceal all raceways and/or conduit in public, finished back-of-house and guest areas.
2. Exposed raceways and/or conduit are only allowed in unfinished service corridors, mechanical or electrical spaces, and parking garages.
3. Existing properties facing wiring installation challenges must receive prior approval from Hilton Worldwide for the use of wire molding. When allowed in
public areas, molding must be painted to match the ceiling or wall depending upon placement. Molding must not be run centered on the ceiling. It must
run as close as possible to the intersection of the wall and ceiling and must extend completely into corners where possible. In guestrooms where
retrofitting into walls is not possible, raceways must be concealed in an UL approved baseboard/raceway system.
I. Provide minimum foot-candles and lux levels within the property as listed below. All measurements are taken 36”/915 mm above the finished floor unless

noted otherwise.
Area Foot Candles Lux
Surface Parking Areas
Drive Entrances/Porte Cochere 10 100
Drive Lanes 2 (average) 20 (average)
Parking Stalls 2 (average) 20 (average)

Parking Structures
Entrances 10 100
Drive Lanes 5 50
Parking Stalls 10 100

Guest Areas
Primary Entrance 20 200
Lobby 20 200
Service Desks (Registration, etc) 30 300
Guest Circulation 10 100
Guestroom Corridor at Guestroom Entrances 15 150
Restrooms 20 200
Restrooms (countertop) 30 300
Exit Stairs 20 200

Food and Beverage Outlets
Dining Area 20 200
Serving Counter 50 500

Commercial Facilities
Sundries/Gift Shop (36”/900 mm AFF) 30 300
Business Center (Countertop) 50 500
Guest Laundry 30 300
Vending Room 30 300


Meeting Facilities
Pre-Function Area 30 300
Meeting Rooms/Boardroom (at table top) 50 500

Recreational Areas
Swimming Pool/Whirlpool (Indoor) 30 300
Swimming Pool/Whirlpool (Outdoor) 5 50
Exterior Paths & Walkways 2 20
Fitness Center 40 400

Guestrooms/Suites
Floor 10 100
Pillow 30 300
Tabletops/Counters 30 300
Seating Areas 30 300
Closet 30 300

Guest Bathrooms
Vanity Top 50 500
Tub/Shower (with shower curtain closed) 5 50
Water Closet Seat 20 200


Back of the House Areas
Offices at Countertop 40 400
Service Area Circulation 20 200
Kitchen/Food Prep 30 300
Employee Spaces 30 300
Storage Rooms 20 200
Laundry/Housekeeping 40 400
Engineering 50 500
Mechanical/Electrical Rooms 20 200
Computer Room 30 300
Linen Room 30 300
Receiving/Trash Area 20 200
J. Public Area Lighting (including Guestrooms)
1. All lighting must meet Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 2700-3000 Kelvin and Color Rendering Index (CRI) minimum of 80.
2. Surface-mount strip fluorescent fixtures are not permitted (including vending, guest laundry, business center, etc.).
3. Indirect lighting must be used on all fluorescent fixtures in meeting rooms and the fitness center.
4. Compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) must not require warm up time for brightness. They must be instant-start and flicker-free.
5. Incandescent lamps are not allowed in guestrooms.
K. Power Density and Lighting Efficiency
1. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007 (www.ashrae.com) or applicable Energy Codes. Submit written documentation to Hilton Worldwide to show
compliance with the applicable energy codes.
L. Controls
1. Conceal from guest views
2. Service corridors: Switch from local panels whenever practical.
3. Lobby: dimmer control
4. Meeting rooms/boardrooms: dimmer control with local bypass switching
5. General interior lighting: switch locally
6. Stairway and exit lights: switch from panels
7. Guest corridors: switch at panel located in electrical closet
8. Public areas: Control from back-of-house areas
M. Back-of-house electrical lamps must be protected by lens or safety tube covers.
N. Electrical panels and equipment circuits must be labeled.
O. Motion-sensored light fixtures are allowed in the back-of-house locked spaces. Motion-sensored light fixtures are not allowed in guest suites.
2 5 1 4 . 0 9
Technology
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.09 Technology
A. Refer to Section 2518.00, Technology Wiring Standards, for specific requirements regarding voice, data, television and Property Management
System wiring.
B. Telephone

1. Comply with the specifications provided in Section 1704.00.

C. Internet access must be provided in the following areas. The type of internet access listed must be provided as a minimum. Additional types are allowed.
See Section 1705.00 for specific requirements.
1. Studio - wireless required, wired optional; One-bedroom suites – wireless and wired required.
2. Lobby - wireless
3. Meeting rooms - wireless
4. Boardroom - wireless
5. Business center - wired for business center equipment; wireless for guests
6. Breakfast table in Oasis - wired
12. Outdoor Lounge and Patio - wireless
17. Fitness Center - wireless
D. Television
1. Comply with the specifications provided in Section 1706.00. Required minimum sizes are given in individual areas of Section 2500.00.
2. Televisions must be connected to a master antenna system or cable that is capable of passing high definition (HD) content to all televisions.
3. Guestroom televisions must be attached securely to a swivel base or mount.
5. Wall-mounted televisions are not permitted.
6. Guest suite televisions must not be pre-programmed to automatically turn off after any amount of time. A guest-controlled sleep timer is acceptable.
7. If a control box is required with the television, it must be hidden from view and space for it included in the design of the furniture supporting the
television.
E. Music
1. Distributed audio (background music) is required in the following areas.
a. Patio and Outdoor Lounge
b. Porte cochere
c. Lobby (including Breakfast Area)


l. Meeting room
n. Not Applicable to this Brand
o. Not Applicable to this Brand
p. Indoor pool
q. Elevator lobby (first floor)
2. Volume must be controllable by guest in the meeting rooms and fitness center when provided in those rooms.
4. A wireless solution is acceptable for existing hotels.
5. Refer to Section 1706.04 for approved vendors.
G. Emergency Communication
1. All properties must have emergency telephones/communications.
2. Dedicated emergency telephones are to be installed in the following areas:
a. Self-park parking garages -- one minimum per level
b. Within each elevator/lift including service elevators/lifts.
3. Dedicated emergency telephones or panic buttons are to be installed in the following areas:
a. Pool area
b. Fitness center
4. Dedicated panic buttons are to be installed in the following areas:
d. Areas of potential gas release
I. Security Systems
3. Closed Circuit TV Surveillance System (CCTV)
Installing a CCTV system is allowed. However, monitors may not be mounted in any area of the hotel within view of guests. Monitors are permitted at the
front desk but must have a built in appearance and not within view of guests.
2 5 1 4 . 1 0
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_20854

2 5 1 4 . 1 1
H a z a r d o u s
Materials
$Level2
$Level2_20854
2514.11 Hazardous Materials

Materials are not allowed if they pose potential harm to guests or team members or to the environment. Materials are considered harmful if they have the

potential to fail in practice, either during their installation or during their life including long-term disposal or degradation. The following materials are not
recommended for use. They include, but are not limited to, the following:
A. Deleterious Materials
1. Asbestos
2. CFCs
3. Crystalline silica
4. Formaldehyde
5. Lead
6. Man-made mineral fibers
7. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
8. Vermiculite
9. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
10. Wood preservatives
11. Brick slips and brick panels
12. Calcium chloride
13. Calcium silicate brickwork
14. Cem-fil
15. High alumina cement (HAC) concrete
16. Mundic
17. Sea dredged aggregates
18. Wood wool slabs or wood wool cement boards
B. Problematic Materials
1. Cement fiber slates
2. Composite panels
3. Galvanized steel wall tiles
4. Hollow clay pot floors
5. Nickel sulphides
6. RAAC planks
7. Tesserae
8. Thin stone panels
C. Other materials
2 5 1 5 . 0 0
1. Hair plaster
2. Masonry and steel—coke breeze/furnace ash and filler joist construction, “Regent Street Disease”
Furnishings,
Fixtures
a n d
Equipment
$Level1
$Level2_21878
2515.00 Furnishings, Fixtures and Equipment

Additional requirements for the guest suites are located in Section 2510.00.
A .
$Level2
$Level2_21878
A. For existing hotels, any soft good or casegood must be replaced when condition warrants as determined by the Brand or when 5 years old (soft goods) or
10 years old (casegoods), whichever comes first.
2 5 1 5 . 0 1
Furniture
$Level2
$Level2_21878

2515.01 Furniture
A. Furniture and its hardware must be manufacturer's commercial furniture or better.
B. Furniture
2. General Construction
a. Joints must be splined, mortised and tenoned, tongued or doweled, or full length blocked, glued and screwed in two directions, following the best
practice of commercial construction. All work must be carefully corner-blocked, well fitted, glued and reinforced with wood screws.
b. All excess glue must be cleaned from surfaces exposed during normal use.
d. All screws must be turned in, in such a way as to not strip the hole or the screw head, and not split or swell the joining member.
e. All plastic laminate tops must be surfaced with high pressure laminate with a minimum 45 lb/20 kg density industrial grade particle board core with
fine face particles and proper backing sheet to prevent warping. Tops must be laminated using contact, semi-rigid (PVAC) or rigid (ureas,
resorcinol) adhesives to provide for type two bonding. All plastic laminate tops must be an exact match to the veneers. A sample must be presented
to Global Design Services for approval.
f. All edges must be solid wood with decorative edge. Solid edges must be over veneered. A 1 mm minimum PVC trim that matches the adjacent
finish must be provided at the working wall.
g. Solid wood panels must float within the frames of doors or drawer fronts.
h. Off-the-floor cases over 60”/1.5 m in length must have turn-buckles or center support. The vertical panels and shelving of the working wall must be
1–1/8”/28.6 mm thick.
i. Caster blocks are to be glued and attached with screws.
j. Double lagged leg bolts and leg stretchers must be utilized on all desks.
k. Where natural stone, granite or similar approved tops are specified, a sub-top of 1/2"/12.0 mm (minimum) plywood must be provided. Manufactured
stone tops that are 1-3/16”/30 mm thick with no plywood sub-top must be provided at the kitchen area of the working wall.
l. Where glass tops are used, they must be securely fitted to the base and must not be loose.
3. Material Requirements
a. Endangered wood species are not permitted.
b. Casegoods must be of good quality with solid timber edge bands, veneered interiors, etc. and kiln dried with minimum moisture levels depending
on species.
c. Type or species of veneer must be spelled out on all factory quotes. All face veneers and balancing back veneers must be applied with waterproof
glue under controlled pressure.
d. Minimum veneer thickness is 0.06 cm/0.61 mm.
f. Back panels must be glued and securely fastened by screws or gun staples. Fasteners must be flush with outside back and must not swell, split or
protrude through finished surfaces.
g. Optional wooden dust bottoms must have one good side, with the good side exposed when the drawer is removed.
h. Top edges of drawer sides and backs must be sanded flat with beveled edges and rounded bottom and covered with a clear sealer coat and
finished with a catalyzed top coat. Discoloration, mineral streaks and excessive machine marks will not be permitted. Glued-up stock must match in
color.
i. Drawers must be well sealed on the inside backs, fronts, side partitions, bottoms, outside sides and backs. They must be free of dirt, dust, glue or

any foreign matter prior to rubbing, waxed with the required material and wiped dry to remove sand and sealer dust. Manufacturer to provide heavy
duty commercial ball bearing drawer glides with stops at 2/3 the depth of the drawer.
j. Dovetails must be well glued, fitted, puttied if necessary, and sanded.
k. Drawers must have hardwood or 7-ply veneer sides and backs finished smooth with a clear sealer coat and a catalyzed top coat. All joints must be
multi dovetail or linear (French) dovetail. Drawer bottoms must be plywood, and in all cases must be contained in dadoes on all four sides; glue-
blocked in place to assure continuing squareness. Drawer inside must be stained and finished with a catalyzed top coat.
l. All exposed metal must be of a gauge appropriate to piece and have no visible welded joints. Metal finishes must have clear enamel matte coating,
clear rust inhibitor, baked enamel, or powder coated finish for humidity protection to prevent rust and corrosion. Manufacturer to ensure materials
are non-corrosive and suitable for use in high humidity and salt air locations as required.
1. Wood particle board cores must conform to commercial standards Type I, Grade B, Class II.
2. Tops must be particle board if they are core or veneer banded on all four edges and do not have an unsupported span of more than 25"/635
mm. Tops with unsupported spans of 30”/760 mm or more must have anti-snag strips or backing sheets.
3. No exposed particle board will be allowed in any furnishings. This includes routed and stained edges on tops.
4. Lock-mitered cases must have core bands on fronts and backs of particle board.
5. Particle board is allowed to be used in doors if it is banded on four sides.
6. Hardware must have applied rust-proof and tarnish-proof sealers.
m. The hardwood plywood must be constructed as specified. Bondage must be Type 2 or better, and face and back veneers must not be less than
1/32”/79 mm to 1/42”/56 mm thick before sanding. When face and back veneers are not of the same species, the two veneers must be of the same
density and thickness.
n. Face veneers must be Grade 1 flat cut quartered veneers. All face veneers in one panel must be matched for color and grain to present a uniform
appearance. This requirement applies to all paneled surfaces which can be viewed in normal position of use and, in addition, the back of the desk,
top side of shelves and the interior of bookcases and various other visible compartments and surfaces.
o. Face side of drawer bottoms or mirror backs and various other unexposed surfaces must be Grade II or better, and may be rotary cut veneers.
p. Veneer cores must be Grade II or better and any voids at panel edges must be fitted. The entire exposed edge of the core must be banded with the
same kind of wood as other exposed parts.
q. Back of drawer bottoms must be Grade III or better. Lumber core panels must be regular grade except that no butt joints or knots in excess of
1.2”/12.5mm diameter will be permitted.
r. Crossbands must not be less than 1/32”/79 mm thick and must be Grade II or better.
s. Crossbands, veneer cores and lumber cores must be of medium or low-density wood.
t. Not Applicable to this Brand
u. Rattan/Wicker: Skin off is required to allow stain to be absorbed evenly and lacquer to protect the finish. Skin on is a natural finish and requires a
sealer to maintain natural color.
4. Workmanship
a. Doors must be free of rattle, squeaking, warp or rubbing. All doors must be approximately uniform in clearance. All catches must be properly aligned
and installed.
b. Drawers must have free-running action with no binding or sticking. Drawers with side mounted metal glides must operate freely with no squeaking
or rattling and be well lubricated. Drawer guides and runners must be securely fastened and properly positioned to assure correct drawer
alignment.
c. Route lines, cut-outs or grooves must be smoothly machine and/or sanded. Shapes, carvings and 'U' cuts are to be finished smoothly with no
visible unfinished or rough areas.

d. Drawer interiors and storage compartments are to be sanded smooth and free of glue or finish runs and PVC bonded to prevent moisture
absorption. Sides, ends and bottoms are to be free of splinters, snags, slivers, staples, nails and screws.
e. All hardware, such as hinges, pulls, latches, catches, glides, etc., must be attached so that they fit and operate properly and serve their purposes
during transit and use.
f. Mitered corners are to be square, flush, tight and well glued.
g. Interior screws must be flush or countersunk with the surface of the part where used.
h. All glides, casters and ferrules must be properly attached so as to remain permanently in place at all times and capped.
i. Face-nailed molding and overlaps must be nailed as inconspicuously as possible with nails countersunk and filled. Back nailing must be used
whenever possible.
j. All cane must be applied straight with no broken or loose strands and must be smooth after rubbing.
k. All items furnished under this section must be guaranteed against manufacturing defects in workmanship and materials. Repairs of such defects
during the first year, after final completion and acceptance, must be made by the manufacturer at their cost and expense, without charge to the
purchaser or hotel. All such replacements and repairs must be made at one time and at hours mutually satisfactory to both owner and factory.
m. All tables over 36"/900 mm diameter or 36"/900 mm square must have adjustable glides.
5. Appearance and Finish
a. Color of like finishes must be color-fast, uniform and compatible between pieces manufactured in the same plant; between pieces made in various
plants, and from one production cut to another.
b. Each finishing material must be formulated and individually batch-checked to insure compatibility with the batch and every other material used to
produce a color-fast finishing system.
c. Distressing, shading, highlighting and spatter in any one group must be consistent and uniform between pieces and plants and from one cut to
another.
d. Interior surfaces of compartments and drawers must be free of dirt, dust, shavings or any foreign matter before finishing.
e. Finish must be rubbed to required smoothness and sheen and must be sufficiently dry to prevent marring or printing on the surface when packed.
Finishes rubbed through are not acceptable.
f. Edges and backs of doors and drawers must be finished to be compatible with exterior.
g. Excess pumice, oil, wax and rubbing compound must be wiped clean after rubbing.
h. Finishing:
1. Spray with stain and/or washcoat and/or toner.
2. Spray with filler as required to properly fill wood pores, remove all excess filler and allow to dry.
3. Spray with sealer of not less than 16 to 20 percent solid content.
4. Sand sealer smooth, finishing with paper.
5. Shade with shading stain as required to obtain uniform color and effect.
7. Spray two coats of moisture-resistant catalyzed finish.
8. Rub with steel wool, wet or dry finishing paper, wax and wipe clean as desired for the required sheen specified.
9. Clean laminate surfaces with cleaning agents and wipe dry.
10. Finishing must be performed according to local guidelines of Finish System Standards for a 'Premium Grade' better in the US or custom grade
quality in Asia Pacific and Europe. All wood must be finished with a commercial grade conversion lacquer finish to withstand water and alcohol.

11. For Closed Grain Woods, finishing steps must be as follows:

1. Vinyl Washcoat
2. Stain
3. Vinyl Sealer
4. Sand (220 Grit)
5. Top Coat
6. Top Coat
12. For Open Grain Woods, finishing steps must be as follows:
1. Stain
2. Vinyl Sealer
3. Sand (220 Grit)
4. Top Coat
5. Top Coat
i. Lacquer painted surfaces are not allowed.
j. Laquer Finishes
1. Polyurethane Lacquer
a. The use of polyurethane lacquer (PU) is required when there is no glass, stone or laminate top. This finish is for interior use only, as to
maintain the appearance of the piece for a minimum of ten years. PU is the hardest finish available to production line volume furniture. It is
resistant to damage/abrasion, stain/burns/ yellowing through exposure to ultra violet light and has a flexible quality to cope with the natural
expansion and contraction of the substrate during seasonal changes in temperatures. It is free from lead, formaldehyde, has a low Volatile
Organic Compound (VOC), cures fast with a long pot life and has a high solid content for opaque/solid colored finishes. Low Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC) must not exceed 7.99 percent.
1. PU 100 Gloss - This finish is a polyurethane Clear Lacquer with a H99-03 (NY)Polyfunctional Isocyanurate Hardner leaving a clear gloss
of greater than 90 degrees.
2. PU 50 Matt - This finish is a Polyurethane Satin Clear Lacquer with a 98- HO Polyfunctional Isocyanurate Hardner leaving a milky
appearance with a gloss of 45-50 degrees.
2. Catalyzed Laquer
a. They are a two part system, the lacquer and the catalyst. A post cat conversion varnish is the standard of the industry for most cabinetry. It is a
hard, durable and chemical resistant finish. It is slower to dry than a pre cat or nitrocellulose lacquer. But because there is a high catalyst
ratio it will cure to about 85 percent within a 24 hour period. You must use it in a controlled environment. It needs to be greater than 65° F/18°
C to be used, otherwise it will fail to crosslink properly and you will get a much reduced durability. Catalyzed Lacquer is a solvent based
finish that has cross-linking properties to form a more durable surface.
1. Pre-catalyzed has the catalyst added at the factory, where with post-catalyzed, you add the catalyst at the time of use. Pre-cats are
generally a little slower in dry time and cure because the catalyst is not as powerful, or "hot." There are also blocker solvents in the
lacquer that help prevent the chemical reaction from taking place in the can. This results in long pot lives, six months or better, and no
hassle with adding catalyst.
2. Post-catalyzed lacquers dry and cure faster, and are better for high production uses.
6. Performance
a. Drawers and doors must be fitted, properly aligned and must operate smoothly under various atmospheric conditions.

b. All doors, drawers, leg mechanisms, trays and other operating parts must be well fitted, properly aligned and operate smoothly without loose or
sloppy action.
c. Doors must not rub, rattle or be warped. Hinges must operate smoothly and quietly with no binding or other defect to affect performance.
d. All tops and structural members must be warp-free.
e. Hardware, both trim and functional, must be straight and firmly attached.
C. Upholstered Furniture
1. Refer to prototypical drawings for location, number and groupings of individual pieces.
2. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment Specifications for the general design intent of these pieces. All furniture must reflect the Brand Style
Guide intent.
3. Upholstered furniture may not be fully upholstered in vinyl. Vinyl is permitted on seats only.
4. Upholstered furniture must meet the following requirements: (when applicable)
a. Adhesive reinforced seams as necessary
b. Lined flounces
c. Sleeper deck flap
d. Non-corrosive rust proof zippers
e. Non-corrosive, heavy duty, nylon carpet glides to fit the footprint of the leg. The appropriate glides are required on all dining chairs and bar stools to
eliminate damage to the flooring material.
f. Components (fabric, decking material, filling/padding, welt cord and barrier material, if used) must be tested in accordance with local fire
regulations. Salt-base flame-retardant chemicals are not to be used.
g. All flame retardant certificates of compliance must be provided to the hotel for all components of the upholstered items.
h. Frame requirements:
1. Joints are double doweled, glued and nailed.
2. Corner blocked, gusseted, glued and screwed as necessary.
3. Metal or sleigh base for some applications.
i. Seat spring requirements:
1. Sinuous (No-sag) construction
2. 8 gauge spring wire
3. 4”/102 mm or less spacing on center
4. Noise abating coated spring clips
5. Lateral stabilizing wrapped edge wire
6. 2 oz. bonded polyester deck insulator
7. Springs must be hand-tied, connecting insulated wire
8. Universal springs must have lifetime guarantees
j. Back spring requirements:
1. Sinuous (No-sag) construction
2. 11 or 12 gauge wire
3. Lateral stabilizing wrapped edge wire
4. Noise abating coated spring clips
k. Body padding requirements:

1. 1.8 density polyurethane of appropriate I.L.D. (initial load deflection, which is normally left up to the manufacturer’s discretion based upon design
and usage)
2. Minimum of 2 oz. bonded polyester fiber
l. Seat cushion requirements:
1. 2.25 density high resilience polyurethane of appropriate I.L.D. (see above)
2. 3/4 oz. bonded polyester fabric wrapped
3. Wherever urethane foam cushioning is utilized in seating, it must be combustion modified high resiliency (ICMR foam in the US and CMHR in
Europe).
4. Cushions and back pillows must be poly-dacron and wrapped with muslin and must pass local, state, and federal code requirements. Cushion
covers must have security clips in US and non-corrosive zippers as required for cleaning ease.
m. Back pillow requirements:
1. 2.25 density high resilience polyurethane of appropriate I.L.D. (see above)
2. Wrapped in polyester fiber or down proof bag enclosing non-bonded polyester fiber
n. Fabric requirements:
2. Stain resistant finish is required.
D. Sofa Bed
1. General Requirements
a. Solid double-doweled hardwood frame and platform base reinforced with metal with no protruding metal bars, springs or casters under the bed
with a standard bed height of 20”/508 mm with solid birch hardwood slats. Traditional eight-way, hand-tied suspension is optional. Single coil
springs are attached with links and hand-tied to each other for elasticity in the seat.
c. High quality 4/4 kiln dried hardwood and laminate panel board construction with fasteners and reinforced mechanisms. Cushions must be 8 gauge
sinuous construction with 1.8 # of highly resilient foam or 25 innersprings per cushion wrapped with Dacron.
d. All materials to meet or exceed CA TB – 117, TB-1633 and local regulatory guidelines.
2. Sleeper Mechanism
a. Mechanism is a one-piece heavy gauge tubular steel.
b. No metal bars or springs under the bed.
c. Heavy duty square tubular frame construction.
d. Mattress platform must be removable.
e. Mechanism not to require lifting to exceed 1”/25 mm.
g. Available Sizes:
60"/1.5 m width
52"/1.3 m width
47"/1.2 m width
h. 5 year warranty on mechanism
3. Sleeper Mattress


e. Damask ticking fabric quilted to a layer of 1.5 oz. hypoallergenic fiber.
f. 1”/25 mm layer of 1.5 oz. hypo-allergenic densified fiber to be upholstered between quilted top panel and two pieces of ¼”/6.0 mm fiber insulator
pad.
g. 6”/150 mm premium innerspring unit, 4-turn contract spring unit made of 13.5 gauge wire coils.
h. Coil count: queen – 345, full – 299
E. Outdoor Furniture
1. All pool and balcony furniture must be weighted for coastal and areas with high winds.
Weight guidelines:
Chaise: 40 lbs/18.1 kg-50 lbs/22.7 kg
Dining Chair: 20 lbs/9.1 kg
Barstool: 20 lbs/9.1 kg
Dining Table Bases: 110 lbs/49.9 kg
Dining Table Tops: 50 lbs/22.7 kg
Tea Table Top and Base: 10 lbs/4.5 kg
2. Frames/Table Bases
a. Metal Finishes: All outdoor furniture frames must be made of wrought aluminum, cast aluminum or steel; sealed; powder coat finish to avoid
corrosion and rusting.
c. Woven: Woven must consist of an all-weather product (i.e., A026 Polystrap) or polyurethane resin fibers; resistant to harsh weather; UV rated.
d. Composite/Synthetic:
1. Composite: woods must be made of Marine Grade Polymer (MGP)
2. Synthetic: woods 100 percent recycled polyethylene plastic; pre-dyed coloring to avoid against fading; UV stabilizers; seat slats must have slight
flex for extra comfort.
3. Polywood: Lumber must be made from high-density polyethylene (HDPE), UV-inhibited pigment systems, foaming compounds, and selected
process additives. The HDPE primary raw material must be derived from post-consumer bottle waste, such as milk and detergent bottles or
other HDPE post industrial material. This material must be cleaned by a decontamination process to a high purity level, which removes
contaminants such as food residue, paper, and adhesives. It must then compounded into a rigid board stock material; with the resulting
finished product containing over 90 percent recycled plastic by weight.
3. Table Tops
a. Glass: Glass tops are not acceptable.
b. Wood: Wood tops must be sealed with a clear coat polyurethane.
c. Composite/Synthetic Wood:
1. Composite: Woods must be made of Marine Grade Polymer (MGP)
2. Synthetic: Woods 100 percent recycled polyethylene plastic; pre-dyed coloring to avoid against fading; UV stabilizers.
d. Stone: Stone tops must be sealed; with smooth edges and secured to the table base.
e. Composite/Synthetic Stone:

Quarizz: This is an MDF center with a sealed concrete exterior; epoxy undercoat with Tiger Drylac top coat and is suitable for outdoor areas.
f.
Acrylic: Requires a removable metal rim with diameter cross supports; minimum thickness of .22”/5.6 mm for tea tables; minimum .50”/12.7 mm for
dining tables and of a textured pattern, as not to show scratches.
4. Table Glides:
Outdoor tables exceeding 24”/600 mm must have heavy duty nylon (plastic not acceptable) adjustable glides that are weather resistant and suitable for
various types of flooring finishes.
5. Cushions
a. Dacron Foam: minimum of 2.8 lb/1.3 kg density with a polyester cushion padding resistant to harsh weather conditions; quick drying; mildew
resistant; meets CAL TB Section 3; ASTM D 3675 Flame Spread; ASTM E 662 Smoke Density.
b. Dry Ease Foam: 50 ILD EZ-Dry Foam with pore size of 35 ppi; density 2.0 lbs./ft³ ; tensile 8.0 psi; elongation 25 percent; tear 2.0 lbs/in; IFD 25R (15”
x 15” x 4”/375 mm x 375 mm x 100 mm) 50 lbs; 50 percent compression set at 15 percent.
c. Fabric : must be a solution dyed acrylic fabric; rated specifically for outdoor use; stain treatment; meets all regulatory guidelines.
d. Cushions: must be removable and have a non-corrosive, coordinating zipper; color must coordinate with complimentary fabric.
6. Chaise lounges used in sandy areas are required to use a sleigh/sled style base frame.
2 5 1 5 . 0 2
Fabrics
$Level2
$Level2_21878
2515.02 Fabrics
A. All fabric selections must meet the following:
1. Be of heavy duty contract quality.
2. Runs must be of the same color batch.
3. Comply with the following rub tests:
a. Guestroom fabrics: 40,000 (Martinsdale test); 30,000 double (Wyzeenbeck test)
b. Public area fabrics: 45,000 (Martinsdale test); 30,000 double (Wyzeenbeck test)
c. Public area cushion fabrics: 20,000 (Martinsdale test); 30,000 double (Wyzeenbeck test)
d. Light fastness: 40 hours. Test method: A.A.T.C.C. (American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists, www.aatcc.org) or regional testing.
4. Comply with the local fire regulations or the following, whichever is higher.
a. Drapery fabrics used must meet the following codes:
1. NFPA 701
2. Proof of compliance is required by either a sewn-in manufacturer’s tag or a letter on file from the manufacturer.
b. Upholstery fabrics used must meet the following codes:
1. CAL 117, NFPA 260
c. Decorative pillow fabric used must meet the following codes:
1. CAL 117, NFPA 260
d. Upholstery vinyl must meet the Chemical Fabrics and Film Association (CFFA) for contract grade upholstery.
5. Flame retardant certificates of compliance must be provided to the property.
7. General Requirements
a. Headboard fabrics must have a nano-tex stain and a BioAm antimicrobial treatment or be inherent to these qualities.
b. Upholstery fabric must have a nano-tex stain and DuraBlock finish or be inherent to these qualities.

c. PU/PVC used in upholstery must have a DuraBlock stain resistant treatment or be inherent to these quantities.
d. Certificates must be provided for all treatments.
8. Upholstery vinyls must be 100% polyurethane (PU) faced vinyl. PU vinyls must be backed with a 70% polyester/30% cotton woven blend or a 100%
polyester cross knit backing. Single direction knits and suede backing is not acceptable. Vinyls must be specified for the use in which they are intended.
2 5 1 5 . 0 3
Window
T r e a t m e n t
$Level2
$Level2_21878
2515.03 Window Treatment

A. Window Treatment
5. Public Areas
a. All windows must have roller shades unless otherwise noted. Drive chains for roller or mecho shades must be #10 qualified stainless steel chain
rated to 90 lbs./40.8 kg minimum breaking strength. Nickel plated chain must not be used.
b. Roller or mecho shades must be used at the fitness center floor to ceiling exterior windows. Drive chains for roller or mecho shades must be #10
qualified stainless steel chain rated to 90 lbs./40.8 kg minimum breaking strength. Nickel plated chain must not be used.
c. Vision panels and/or side lights at the entry door to public spaces are not to receive window treatments and must be left uncovered for security
purposes.
6. All other windows (for example non-public spaces such as offices or housekeeping) must have roller shades at a minimum.
7. Guestroom Window Treatment
a. Window treatments in guest suites must be a commercial grade roller shade with a side track system. Roller must include a separate sheer and
blackout. The shade must extend to the top of the PTAC unit and must sit inside the window opening. Refer to the Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Specifications for more information.
n. Not Applicable to this Brand
o. Room divider draperies in the guest suites must be ripple fold, 150 percent fullness and consist of one operable panel. Fabric weight must be
seven ounces minimum and be double sided to provide a finished presentation from both sides of the divider drapery. Drapery divider must have
split top grommets for ease of removal for cleaning. A grommet pull no higher than 48"/1.2 m above the floor must also be provided. The WingIt

Room Divider, #WRD5SS86SN or approved equal, must be used for the room divider rod. The 18 gauge stainless steel tubing must be hung by
stainless steel rods and anchored into structural wood blocking. The rod must be designed to release from the mount when loaded with excess of
100 pounds.
p. Closet drapery panels are required at all closets. The drapery must consist of one operable panel at 150 percent fullness. The drapery panel must
have split top grommets for ease of removal for cleaning as well as a grommet pull no higher than 48"/1.2 m above the floor. The drapery rod is
provided through the working wall manufacturers.
q. Not Applicable to this Brand
r. Motorized Blinds
1. Must be contract grade.
2. Must be inside window mount.
3. Must be 99% blackout.
4. COM must be of contract grade and meet local fire regulations.
5. No more than 1/16"/1.6 mm clearance is allowed on each side.
6. Wall switch or remote controls are acceptable.
s. Manual Blinds
1. Must be contract grade.
2. Must be inside window mount.
3. Must be 99% blackout.
4. COM must be of contract grade and meet local fire regulations.
5. No more than 1/16"/1.6 mm clearance is allowed on each side.
6. Chain pulls must be secured at the bottom.
2 5 1 5 . 0 4
T o p
S u r f a c e s
$Level2
$Level2_21878
2515.04 Top Surfaces

A. Top surfaces are all tabletops or countertops or other horizontal interior architectural element that people can touch.
B. Materials used must meet the performance criteria that follows:
1. Structural integrity as required for intended use without deflection
2. Solid, non-porous material
3. Impact and scratch resistant
4. Resistant to damage from standing water
5. Non-corrosive material
6. Washable with standard non-toxic housekeeping chemicals
7. Marble must be 3/4"/20 mm thick with polished edges on exposed sides and must have a tuff skin protective coating.
E. An overall top surface minimum thickness of ¾”/19 mm is required when a laminate top is used.
F. All porous stone tops must be properly sealed upon installation. The use of a tuff skin sealer or an equivalent is required.
G. Glass must be fixed. Provide clear acrylic bumpers adequate for size of top of table/case piece.
H. Plastic laminate tops must be surfaced with high pressure laminate with a minimum 45 lb/20 kg density industrial grade MDF core with fine face particles
and proper backing sheet to prevent warping. Tops must be laminated using contact, semi-rigid (PVAC), or rigid (ureas, resorcinol) adhesives, to provide

for type two bonding. A “V” groove 1/16”/2 mm deep is required for all inset laminate tops with a solid wood edging sanded smooth. All patterned plastic
laminate must be matched exactly at joints. The finished appearance of the plastic laminate must be free from blisters, cracks or any other defects due to
faulty workmanship.
I. Stone top must have plywood sub-top, painted black. Top must be glued and screwed to base of casegood. All exposed surfaces must be sealed with an
approved impregnator and penetrating sealer to protect stone from water, alcohol, and chemical stains.
J. The construction of the top surface must be approved on an individual basis by Hilton Worldwide as being aesthetically appropriate for the Brand and the
specific context of the design.
2 5 1 5 . 0 5
A r t
$Level2
$Level2_21878
2515.05 Art
A. Artwork Framing Standards – Public Areas:
1. Mounting
a. Paper art must be dry mounted to prevent buckling with the following exceptions:
1. Expensive pieces whose value will be jeopardized. Proper conservational mounting techniques may be used, such as T hinges made from acid
free linen tape.
2. Dimensional art or where dry mounting is impossible.
3. Free floating pieces
b. Photographs must be mounted if possible. Valuable photographs may be mounted using conservation adhesive tissues and backing boards.
2. Matboards
a. Conservation of artwork requires either an acid free rag matboard, or at minimum an alpha cellulose board. Approved brands are Bainbridge
Alphamat, Crescent Rag, Larson Juhl Artique and Rising.
3. Glass
a. Regular framer’s glass is acceptable. A conservation glass, such as 98 percent UV protected, is preferred for valuable pieces.
b. Plexiglas is acceptable for larger pieces in excess of 48”/1.2 m in width.
c. Reflection controlled glass or Plexiglas must be used at bright sunlight areas.
4. Frames
a. Wooden moldings are preferred.
c. All frames must be sealed with either a paper moisture barrier or tape.
B. Contract Framing Standards – Guestrooms
1. Mounting
a. Wet or dry mount to foamcore is acceptable.
2. Matboards
a. Matboards must be white core regular matboard or better.
3. Glass
a. Regular framer’s glass is acceptable.
4. Frames
a. Wooden moldings are preferred.
b. MDF core frames are acceptable upon prior approval by Hilton Worldwide.

c. When fitted, all frames must be sealed with either a backing paper or tape.
6. Security Hardware
a. Artwork must be supplied with a T-screw locking system or other approved method.
b. Lighter artwork may utilize standard brackets at top. Heavier items, especially mirrors, must use a Z-bar or similar cleat at top as well as a T-screw
lock at bottom.
2 5 1 5 . 0 6
Mirrors
$Level2
$Level2_21878
2515.06 Mirrors
A. Mirrors must be 3/16”/4 mm – 1/4"/6 mm polished with vinyl backing/vinyl safety back, free of distortion. Mirrors must be fabricated of polished plate glass.
All mirrors must be guaranteed against silver oxidation. All mirrors must be mounted on hardwood or masonite backing at a minimum 3/16" thickness.
B. Frames
1. Wooden moldings are preferred.
3. All frames must be sealed with either a paper moisture barrier or tape.
4. MDF frames are not allowed in bathrooms or other areas in close proximity to moisture.
2 5 1 6 . 0 0
C. All mirrors must be installed with tamper-proof 3-point (4-point must be used on larger pieces) security mounting hardware appropriate for wall condition
Fire
and weight of mirror for a complete and finished installation.

Protection
a n d
Life
S a f e t y
Requirements
$Level1
$Level2_22105
2516.00 Fire Protection and Life Safety Requirements

2 5 1 6 . 0 1
Administration
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.01 Administration
A. Applicability
1. This standard details fire and life safety requirements for the design and construction of new properties, conversion of existing properties and the
renovation of existing properties under the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands. These requirements are applicable to all properties within the Hilton
Worldwide system including owned, managed and franchised properties.
2. The requirements are performance-based with the goal of safeguarding guests and employees from fire incidents within all Hilton Worldwide
properties.
B. Compliance with Standards
1. Where the requirements of local, regional and/or national authorities (i.e. the Authority Having Jurisdiction hereafter, AHJ) exceed those prescribed by
Hilton Worldwide, the more stringent standard must be followed. Conflicts between applicable standards must be referred to Hilton Worldwide’s
Architecture and Construction group for review and resolution. Where a clearly recognized AHJ does not exercise jurisdiction, Hilton Worldwide reserves
the right to specify additional fire and life safety standards applicable to a project or property.
2. In the event of unusual circumstances, alternative design approaches may be considered. Nothing within these standards is intended to prevent the
use of systems, methods or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durability and safety.
2 5 1 6 . 0 2
Fire
R a t e d
Construction
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.02 Fire Rated Construction

A. Minimum fire ratings for construction elements must be utilized in accordance with the construction codes as identified per the requirements of Section
2500.00. Where construction codes referenced in Section 2500.00 are not current and compatible with Section 2516.00, Hilton Worldwide reserves the right
to stipulate the use of alternate or supplemental construction codes. In addition, the following minimum standards apply.

B. Roof systems, except for ancillary detached buildings, must be “class A, B, or C” rated as defined by Underwriters Laboratories (www.ul.com).
C. Fire-resistive construction is required for the following areas. Structural support systems for these areas must be of equal or better fire rated construction.
Fire-Resistive Construction Requirements
Area One-Hour Two-Hour
All floors, load-bearing walls, columns, and beams X
Between Guest Suites * X
Between corridors and Guest Suites * X
Rooms containing gas-fired equipment X
Laundry area perimeter X
Computer room X
Stairs and elevator shafts < Four-Stories > Four-Stories
Flue enclosure < Four-Stories > Four-Stories
Linen chute < Four-Stories > Four-Stories
Trash collection room * X
Recyclable storage room * X
*The rating may be reduced by half when the building is protected throughout with automatic sprinklers, where allowed by the local AHJ.
D. Doors in fire-resistive partitions must be self closing with the following ratings where allowed by the local AHJ:
Door Ratings
With Sprinklers Without Sprinklers
One-Hour Fire-Resistive Walls 20 minute 30 minute
Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Walls 60 minute 90 minute
Guestroom Entry Doors 20 minute 30 minute
E. Mixed-use buildings must have a two-hour fire separation between the property and adjacent occupancy. This may be reduced to one-hour when the entire
building is protected throughout with automatic sprinklers. Accessory areas, such as retail spaces, comprising less than 10 percent of the floor area are
excluded from the separation requirement. Parking garages are not considered a separate use.
F. Fire-rated doors and frames must be independently certified as fire rated in the country of installation by a national fire body authorized to certify such
systems. A proprietary metal seal/sticker must be attached to the edge of the door and frame indicating the rating.
G. Fire dampers rated for 90 minutes must be provided in penetrations through two-hour partitions.
H. All penetrations in fire-resistive construction must be protected with through penetration systems approved by Underwriters Laboratories, www.ul.com or
equal.
2 5 1 6 . 0 3
Fire
Suppression
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.03 Fire Suppression

A. General
1. All buildings must be provided with comprehensive automatic fire sprinkler capability, except as noted within this section.
a. Buildings less than 82‘-0”/25 m in height are not required to be sprinkler protected. The height of the building is measured from the level of means
of egress to the floor slab of the highest normally occupied guest level.
b. Guestroom bathrooms less than 55 ft²/5.1 m² with non-combustible fixtures and closets less than 24 ft²/2.2 m² are not required to be sprinkler
protected.

c. High ceiling areas, including atriums, greater than 55’-0”/16.8 m are not required to be provided with automatic sprinkler protection at the ceiling
level. Floor areas opening to such space require automatic sprinkler protection. Also reference Section 2516.04.C.12 for additional smoke detection
requirements.
d. Small, typically non-occupied auxiliary structures, located remotely from principal buildings and containing non-critical functions are not required to
be sprinkler protected.
e. Sprinklers are required in garages except when detached, above grade and having walls that are open 60 percent or more.
f. Sprinklers are required in all below grade spaces except when the aggregate occupant load is less than 50 persons for all below grade spaces.
2. Protective systems must be specified, installed and successfully commissioned in conformance with one of the following standards:
a. NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems – latest edition (www.nfpa.org)
b. EN 12845 Fixed Firefighting Systems – Automatic Sprinkler Systems –Design, Installation and Maintenance – latest edition (www.bsigroup.com)
c. GB 50084 – Automatic Sprinkler System Design Code – China – latest edition (www.china-fire.com)
3. Automatic water mist systems may be substituted for automatic sprinklers subject to compliance with NFPA 750 (www.nfpa.org) and the approval of the
local AHJ.
B. Automatic Sprinkler Protection
1. Automatic sprinkler systems must be hydraulically designed by experienced and licensed fire protection design professionals subject to Hilton
Worldwide approval. At a minimum, systems must be designed using the following criteria:
a. Design areas (i.e. that area in the building used to establish minimum hydraulic demand requirements) must not be reduced below 1,500 ft²/139
m².
b. A minimum interior hose demand of 100 gpm/379 Lpm must be included in hydraulic demand calculations.
c. A safety factor of 10 percent must be applied to hydraulic demand calculations.
2. Except for areas subject to freezing, wet pipe style automatic sprinkler protection must be provided in all areas. In areas subject to freezing, dry-pipe or
anti-freeze style sprinkler protection must be provided. Electric heat tracing of piping and system components is prohibited.
3. Reliable measures must be provided to maintain wet pipe fire protection piping and equipment at a minimum temperature of 40 °F/4 °C.
4. Quick Response (QR) sprinklers must be used throughout automatic sprinkler systems, subject to installation criteria published by the manufacturer.
The use of standard response sprinklers in existing buildings is permitted until such time as major renovation of the automatic sprinkler system(s)
occurs.
5. Flat concealed or recessed sprinkler heads must be used in all public areas. Flat concealed or recessed (ceiling or sidewall) sprinkler heads must be
used in guestrooms.
6. Sprinkler guards must be provided in back-of-house areas including linen and storage rooms.
7. Consideration must be given to design and system component selection in areas subject to freezing (including unheated interior building spaces and
freezers), corrosive atmospheres (pool areas, saunas and laundries) and exposure to salt air.
8. Exposure to natural hazards must be included in the design and installation of systems as warranted including seismic loads, flood exposure and
tornadoes.
9. Systems must be zoned, at a minimum by guestroom floor.
10. Provide an electrically supervised valve tamper switch for each system control valve. Electrically supervised water flow switches must be provided for
each system zone as well as each riser.
11. Properties being converted to a Hilton Worldwide brand must be evaluated for the presence of failing, deteriorating, obsolete or recalled automatic
sprinkler components. Continued service of these components must not be permitted:
a. Automatic sprinkler piping systems containing polybutylene piping, or ultra-thin wall piping such as Poz-Lok tubing.

b. CPVC piping exposed to incompatible chemicals, fire stopping material and other substances known to cause pipe failure.
c. Sprinkler components exhibiting microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC).
d. Automatic sprinklers subject to recall and replacement by manufacturers notably Central Omega (recall date 1998) and Central O-Ring (recall date
2003) model sprinklers.
C. Standpipe and Hose Systems
1. All properties must be provided with interior hose connections supplied by dedicated standpipe systems, or piping combined with automatic sprinkler
systems, except as noted in this section:
a. Buildings with the highest occupied floor less than 82‘-0”/25 m above the level of exit discharge do not require a standpipe system unless building
configurations or floor layouts do not permit hose deployment by local fire forces.
2. For buildings protected by automatic sprinklers, standpipe systems and hose connections may be designed and installed for fire department or
brigade service use only. Calculated interior hose demand must be 100 gpm/379 Lpm and provided through automatic means.
3. For those buildings not provided with automatic sprinklers, standpipe systems must include complete hose stations (piping, hose and nozzles). Water
supply must be of the wet/automatic style.
a. The water supply must be designed to provide a minimum flow rate of 500 gpm/1895 Lpm.
b. The minimum duration of flow must be 30 minutes.
4. When the standpipe system is provided with a fire department connection, the local fire department must be consulted regarding available water
supply.
5. Diameter and threading of hose connections must be consistent with those used by firefighting forces responding to the property.
6. Pressure at the nozzle tip must be 100 psi/6.9 bar.
7. Pressure reducing mechanisms must be utilized where hose connection outlets exceed 175 psi/12 bar.
D. Water Supply Requirements
1. A reliable water supply, capable of supplying the calculated, hydraulic requirements of the installed fire suppression systems, for a minimum period of
30 minutes, must be provided.
2. The water supply must be provided by one or more of the following components:
a. Connection to a reliable municipal water supply.
b. Connection to a municipal water supply augmented with booster fire pump(s) to meet calculated requirements.
c. Connection to a fire pump(s) supplied by a water tank of sufficient capacity to meet calculated demands. In the event two or more fire pumps are
provided, pump drivers will vary between electric motor driven and diesel engine driven units.
d. Connection to an elevated water storage tank.
3. Exposure to natural hazards including seismic loads, flood exposure, severe wind load and tornadoes must be considered.
4. Water supply components must be specifically designed and rated for fire protection service as approved by Underwriters Laboratories, www.ul.com or
equal.
E. Kitchen Hood and Duct Protection
1. Where a kitchen hood exhaust system is used to control grease-laden vapors, the following fire protection systems and hood/duct construction criteria
must be verified as being installed:
a. A fire suppression system designed for the installation in a kitchen hood to protect kitchen appliances and the kitchen hood exhaust system. The
suppression system must provide protection of the kitchen cooking appliances, the kitchen exhaust hood, and the exhaust plenum portion of the
hood connection to the exhaust duct.
b. The kitchen exhaust hood and the exhaust ducting must be solely dedicated to the exhaust of grease laden vapors and must be separated from all

other exhaust systems.

c. The kitchen hood and exhaust ducting must not be constructed of any material that is subject to corrosion or heat degradation. No galvanized metal
is allowed.
d. Kitchen exhaust duct system must be constructed and installed so that grease cannot collect or leak from any joint in any portion of the exhaust
system.
e. Grease duct cleanout access panels must be provided to allow inspection and cleaning of all sections of the duct system. Acecss hatches must not
be spaced more than 19'-8"/6 m apart.
f. All sections of the exhaust duct must have a two-hour fire-resistive rating from the point of duct penetration of a ceiling, wall or floor to its exterior
termination.
g. Clearance of the kitchen exhaust duct to the interior surface of combustible materials must be not less than 15-3/4" / 400 mm, or from
noncombustible material must not be less than 6"/150 mm.
2. New and replacement kitchen hood suppression systems referred to in 2516.03.E.1.a must be pre-engineered wet-chemical fire extinguishing
systems rated compliant with UL 300 (www.ul.com) or GB 50016-2006 Clause 8.5.8 and provided with connection to the hotel’s automatic sprinkler
system or reliable water supply.
3. A manual shut off and reset valve for the gas supply must be provided along the means of egress from the cooking area.
F. Fire Extinguishers
1. Portable fire extinguishers must be provided and installed in accordance with the AHJ.
2. Fire extinguishers must be contained in recessed cabinets in public spaces as allowed by the AHJ.
3. At a minimum, fire extinguishers must be provided in the following non public areas:
a. Office areas
b. Laundry
c. Engineering and mechanical spaces
d. Kitchens
e. Storage rooms (exempt where allowed by the AHJ when under 500 ft²/46 m² or within a travel distance of 75’-0"/23 m of another readily available
extinguisher)
G. Special Hazards
1. Special hazards must be reviewed by a qualified engineer. These hazards include, but are not limited to electrical transformer vaults, large gas or
chemical storage facilities, and extraordinarily large IT and/or PBX rooms.
H. Commissioning of Fire Suppression Systems
1. All fire suppression systems must be formally and successfully tested based on the requirements of the standard referenced at Section 2516.03.A.2,
prior to turnover for operational purposes. Commissioning activities must be witnessed by a qualified, independent third-party engineer.
2. Project documentation, including specifications, test documentation and as-built shop drawings must be provided to the property operations staff.
3. Testing and commissioning must verify the correct operation of all interfaces with ancillary systems, including the building fire alarm system.
4. Provide demonstration and instruction of the installed equipment to selected members of the property operations staff.
5. Provide written verification of testing, utilizing standard forms required by Section 2516.03.A.2. Where required, testing documentation must be
furnished to the AHJ.
2 5 1 6 . 0 4
Fire
Detection,
Communication
a n d
Alarm
S y s t e m s
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.04 Fire Detection, Communication and Alarm Systems

A. General

1. All buildings must be provided with reliable capability to detect a fire incident, report the incident to hotel staff and initiate appropriate evacuation
sequences.
2. Fire alarm and detection systems must be designed by experienced and licensed fire protection design professionals subject to Hilton Worldwide
approval.
3. All new and retrofit systems must utilize the point-addressable, distributed processing, distributed amplification technology providing a discrete system
"address" for each individual initiating device.
4. The design, installation and commissioning for a new fire detection and alarm system must provide a fully automatic fire detection and alarm system to
satisfy the area coverage, and operational and performance criteria as outlined in this section.
5. For new, renovated or altered systems, specifications meeting one of the following standards must apply:
a. NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code) – latest edition, www.nfpa.org
b. British Standard 5839 (Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems for Buildings) – latest edition, www.bsigroup.com.
c. GB 50166 (Code for Installation and Acceptance of Fire Alarm System) – latest edition, www.china-fire.com
6. All equipment including cabling must be supported and approved by one of the following testing laboratories:
a. UL (Underwriters Laboratories), USA, www.ul.com
b. Vds (Verband der Sachvershicherer), Germany, www.vds.de
c. BS (British Standards), www.bsigroup.com
d. CEN (European Committee for Standardization), www.cen.eu
e. 3C China Compulsory Certification by the “Certification and Accreditation Administration of the PRC”, www.cnca.gov.cn or www.ccc-cn.org
B. Basic Design Principles
1. All new and retrofit systems must be capable of expansion to support at least a ten percent increase in initiating, control and, notification appliance
circuits.
a. Control cabinets, power supplies and amplifier capacities must be sized accordingly.
b. Spare cabinet and power supply capacity must be evenly distributed throughout the system.
2. Where permitted by local code, all new and retrofit systems must incorporate an alarm verification function in the control panel for system-type smoke
detectors. Alarm verification must not be provided for manual fire alarm boxes or water flow alarm switches.
3. Pre-signal alarms allowing time to investigate a detection device prior to general alarm are permitted provided the following conditions are met:
a. The local AHJ allows such arrangement.
b. Heat detectors and suppression system detection cause immediate evacuation sequence.
c. Subsequent devices in the same zone cause immediate evacuation sequence.
d. The time to investigate before a general evacuation sequence is less than four minutes.
e. The property has sufficient staff on-duty to conduct an investigation of the incident.
4. Where reliable conditioned commercial power and/or emergency power is not anticipated and in areas subjected to severe lightning, a UPS must be
configured to protect the fire alarm central control equipment, and peripheral printers and terminals, against brownout and voltage transients. Upon
utility power failure, the UPS must provide power to all connected loads per above. Design and installation must be coordinated with Section 2516.06 .
a. At a minimum, provide a Power Conditioner/Voltage Regulator (PC/VR) for the fire alarm panel.
b. The PC/VR kVA output must be capable of supporting the fire alarm equipment.
c. The PC/VR must have Automatic Voltage Regulation capable of maintaining output voltage to within five percent of its nominal voltage rating with an
input voltage variation of +15 percent to -25 percent.
5. Transient surge suppression must be provided for each circuit connected to the fire alarm system that enters or exits the building housing the fire alarm

control panel, or sub-panel.

6. Where devices are located in unconditioned space, they must be suitable for such areas as determined by the manufacturer and protected from
weather and corrosion.
7. Hotels located within a mixed-use development must have a dedicated, hotel fire detection, communication and alarm system with equipment capable
of interfacing with fire alarm signals from the entire development. Fire alarm interface equipment must be tied to an emergency power source.
C. Fire Detection
1. Local hard wired single-station smoke alarms must be installed in each sleeping area and sitting room of suites.
a. Where two or more smoke alarms are located in a suite, they must be interconnected to alarm simultaneously.
b. Smoke alarms must be provided with integral battery-back up.
2. For buildings protected throughout by monitored suppression systems, addressable smoke detectors must be provided within each area as follows:
a. Interior guest suite corridors
b. Elevator lobbies
c. Mechanical and electrical rooms
d. Computer/telecom/PBX rooms
e. Storage rooms
3. The use of smoke detectors must be limited, unless local codes require additional units or prohibit the removal of existing detectors. Existing detectors
that provide serviceable control hardware, exhibit no false alarms and are generally stable are not required to be removed.
4. In buildings that are not protected throughout by monitored fire suppression systems, fully addressable fire detection must be provided in all spaces.
5. In-duct smoke detectors must be provided downstream of air filters and prior to branch connections in air conditioning systems having a capacity
greater than 2,000 ft³ per minute/944 L per second, and at each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more stories.
6. Duct detectors must provide a supervisory alarm only and not cause evacuation unless required by local code.
7. Any detection device not accessible from the floor level must be provided with a remote test switch and indicator light.
8. A manual fire alarm (manual call) station must be located in close proximity to the front desk.
9. Manual fire alarm stations must be provided at each floor exit and exit to the exterior. If permitted by local code, manual fire alarm stations may be
omitted on guest floors in sprinkler-protected buildings.
10. Special fire suppression systems and kitchen hood systems must be monitored by the fire alarm system. Activation of the kitchen hood suppression
system must de-energize the kitchen air supply and extraction system.
11. Fire pump, emergency generator, sprinkler and standpipe system alarm and supervisory devices must be monitored by the fire alarm system.
12. Projected beam-style smoke detection must be used within atriums. Individual, spot-type detectors must not be provided within atriums, unless
required by the local AHJ.
a. Provide projected beam smoke detectors installed at every third level in accordance with the listing parameters of the selected device.
b. For irregular shaped atriums, more than one beam may be needed on each level, or an aspirating system may be necessary to provide required
coverage.
c. Fire modeling must be used to determine type, location and style of coverage and to demonstrate that a smoke layer is maintained 6’-0”/1.83 m
above the highest floor level of exit access, or unprotected opening to adjoining spaces.
D. Notification
1. At a minimum, the following devices must provide fire alarm annunciation:
a. Main fire alarm control panel and printer
b. Remote annunciator and printer in the security office

c. Remote annunciator at the front desk, PBX or other 24-hour staffed area
d. Color display terminal(s) with graphic capability (required at properties greater than 1,000 guestrooms and/or multi-building facilities)
2. Audible notification appliances must be installed, spaced and tapped so as to produce a sound output on alarm that is clearly audible above the
ambient noise level throughout the building.
a. In no case must the audible alarm be less than 15 dBA above the ambient room noise level or less than 5 dBA above the maximum ambient noise
level in public and common areas, with a minimum of 65 dBA, and a maximum of 110 dBA.
b. In no case must the audible alarm be less than 75 dBA at the pillow level in all guestrooms, with intervening doors closed during the alarm.
3. A speaker/horn must be provided in each guestroom and area used for sleeping purpose.
4. Speakers must be equipped with variable watt input taps.
5. Notification appliance circuits must be arranged so that no single cut or fault will result in the circuit not operating.
6. Voice systems
a. A voice system must be provided for areas in buildings where the highest occupied floor is greater than 82‘-0”/25 m above the level of exit discharge
and/or buildings containing assembly areas designed for 1,000 or more persons.
b. Voice instructions must be in the local language and English, at a minimum.
c. Speakers must be located in the following areas:
1. Each guestroom and parlor
2. Public assembly rooms
3. Corridors and elevator lobbies
4. Rooms over 1000 ft²/92 m²
5. Every fifth floor in interior exit stairs
6. Mechanical rooms
7. Roof areas accessible by exit stairs
7. Speakers must be zoned by floor, except stairs must be zoned by individual stairway.
8. Visible notification appliances consisting of xenon clear lens strobe units must be installed in the following areas, which must activate automatically
upon any alarm within the building, including but not limited to:
a. Guestroom corridors
b. Accessible/hearing impaired guestrooms
c. Public restrooms
d. Meeting rooms
e. Dining rooms
f. Ballrooms
g. Common area corridors
h. Back-of-house areas having high ambient noise conditions
9. Activation of the smoke detector in the accessible/hearing impaired guestroom must cause activation of the visible notification appliance in that room
and other devices as required by local codes.
10. Activation of the corridor notification appliance circuit must cause activation of the visible notification appliance in the accessible/hearing impaired room
(s) on that floor and other devices as required by local codes.
E. Interfaces and Other Devices
1. Fire alarm signals must be coordinated with the building management systems, mechanical systems and security systems in the design of the fire

alarm system.
2. Magnetic door holders must be provided for self-closing fire doors that are required to be in the open position for business operations.
3. Control devices must be provided to shut off music and other entertainment devices that would interfere with the operation of notification systems.
4. Door locking systems must be de-energized during a fire alarm event.
5. Elevator lobby smoke detectors operation must cause all elevator cars to recall in the elevator bank affected.
6. Carbon monoxide detectors must be provided in the room or area of origin for all areas utilizing fuel-fired equipment, including fireplaces. Combination
smoke/carbon monoxide detectors are permissible. Refer to local codes and ordinances for additional requirements.
7. Provide a system operational matrix for all components, specific to the property and systems. The following matrix is intended as an example only. The
project-specific matrix must be approved by Hilton Worldwide Architecture & Construction during design development.

Output Audible Visible Alarm Receipt Alarm Trouble Supervisory Audible/ Activate Release Elevator Music/
(across) Signal Signal Receipt At Receipt Signal Signal Visible Smoke Door Recall Enter-
In In At System At Receipt Receipt Signal Mode Holders tainment
Guest Guest Control Printer Central At At Control At Fire In Fire In Fire Shut
Input Room Room Panel Control Control Panel Area Area Area Down
(down) Station Panel
Single Station
Guest Room X
Smoke Alarm
Accessible
Guest Room
X X
Smoke
Detector
Guestroom
System
X X X
Smoke
Detector
Area System
Smoke X X X X X X X
Detector
Elevator
Lobby
X X X X X X
Smoke
Detector
Duct Type
Smoke X X
Detector
Heat Detector X X X X X X
Water Flow
X X X X X X X
Switch
Manual Fire
X X X X X X
Alarm Station
Special
Suppression X X X X X X X
Systems
Valve
Supervisory X X X
Switch

project-specific matrix must be approved by Hilton Worldwide Architecture & Construction during design development.
Output Audible Visible Alarm Receipt Alarm Trouble Supervisory Audible/ Activate Release Elevator Music/
(across) Signal Signal Receipt At Receipt Signal Signal Visible Smoke Door Recall Enter-
In In At System At Receipt Receipt Signal Mode Holders tainment
Guest Guest Control Printer Central At At Control At Fire In Fire In Fire Shut
Input Room Room Panel Control Control Panel Area Area Area Down
(down) Station Panel
Fire Pump
X X X
Signals
System
X X X
Trouble
Emergency
Generator X X X
Signals
CO Detection X X X
CO Detection
X X
(Guestroom)
F. Installation
1. New and retrofit fire detection and alarm systems must be installed meeting the requirements of the standard referenced at Section 2516.04.A.5 and
the manufacturer. The following provisions are supplemental requirements:
a. Fire detection and alarm cable, where used and not installed in metal conduit or raceway, must be mechanically protected by building construction.
Installation must be in areas not subjected to mechanical damage.
b. All cable that is not enclosed by conduit must be supported and anchored with nylon straps or clamps. Staples are prohibited. Fire alarm cable
must be supported by the building structure at intervals not greater than 10’-3”/3.05 m. Cable installed above drop ceilings must not be laid on
ceiling tiles. Circuits must not be fastened in such a manner that puts tension on the cable.
c. All cable runs must be continuous between devices, without splices. Where a continuous run is not feasible, connections must be made using
terminal blocks installed in a metal electrical box. All other connections must be to terminal blocks. Wire nuts must not be permitted. Cables
connected together must have the same color insulation.
d. All cable must be sized, twisted and shielded and installed as required by protocols established by the fire alarm system manufacturer.
e. All electrical enclosures, raceways and conduits must contain only those electrical circuits associated with the fire detection, emergency
communications and alarm system and must not contain any circuits that are unrelated to the system.
f. All electrical circuits must be numerically identified at both ends with wire taped numbers.
g. All underground cabling must be listed for fire alarm service and for direct burial. Underground cabling must be installed in liquid-tight PVC conduit
with no splicing below ground. Provide additional ground wire within conduit to maintain reference ground on system between buildings.
h. All conduit, junction boxes and enclosures subjected to moisture must be weatherproof.
G. Commissioning and Acceptance
1. All systems must be formally and successfully tested, based on the requirements of the standard referenced at Section 2516.04.A.5, prior to turnover for
operational purposes. Commissioning activities must be witnessed by a qualified, independent third-party.
2. Testing must be documented in accordance with the standard referenced at Section 2516.04.A.5. Project documentation, including specifications, test
documentation and as-built shop drawings must be provided to property operations staff.

3. System software, including security of stored information and reprogramming capability must be provided to property operations staff.
4. Where required, testing documentation must be furnished to the applicable AHJ.
5. Testing and commissioning must verify the correct operation of all interfaces with ancillary systems, including automatic sprinklers, heating and air
conditioning, elevators, smoke control and emergency generators.
6. Provide demonstration and instruction to selected members of the property operations staff of the installed equipment.
7. Provide written verification of testing utilizing standard forms required by the standard referenced at Section 2516.04.A.5.
2 5 1 6 . 0 5
M e a n s
o f
E g r e s s
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.05 Means of Egress

A. General
1. Fire/emergency exits must be provided as follows:
a. A minimum of two exits must be provided for each floor, separated a minimum of one third of the diagonal distance of the floor.
b. A minimum of two exits must be provided from within an individual room where room occupant load exceeds 50 persons. Exits must be separated a
minimum of one third of the diagonal distance of the room.
c. Where occupant load exceeds 500 persons on a floor or within a room, a minimum of three exits must be provided.
d. When occupant load exceeds 1000 persons on a floor or within a room, a minimum of four exits must be provided.
2. Occupant load must be calculated using the following:
Occupant Load
Use ft² / person m ² / person
Assembly – No fixed seating, 7 0.65
concentrated (chairs only)
Assembly – No fixed seats, less 15 1.4
concentrated (tables and chairs –
such as restaurants)
Assembly – Pre-function area 5 0.47
Kitchens 100 9.3
Swimming Pools 50 4.6
Swimming Pool Deck Areas 30 2.8
Property Guestroom Areas 200 18.6
Storage / Mechanical 500 46.5
Retail 30 2.8
Fitness Centers with Equipment 50 4.6
3. Occupant load calculations in assembly areas must be based on the higher of either the pre-function or assembly area loads.
4. Total exit width provided must be calculated based on capacity factors of inches/mm per person as follows:
a. Stairways - 0.3”/7.6 mm
b. Doorways and level travel - 0.2”/5 mm

5. Travel distances must comply with the following:

Travel Distance Requirements
With Sprinklers Without Sprinklers
Travel distance from a guestroom 200 ft/61 m 150 ft/46 m
door to an exit
Travel distance to an exit for all 250 ft/76 m 200 ft/61 m
other areas
Common path of travel to an exit 100 ft/30 m 75 ft/23 m
Maximum dead-end corridors 50 ft/15 m 35 ft/10 m
6. Egress corridors must be a minimum of 44”/1.12 m clear width.
7. Headroom clearance in all egress paths must be a minimum of 80”/2.03 m.
8. Exit paths through an intervening room or space is allowed when all of the following are met:
a. The intervening room or area is of no greater hazard.
b. There is a clear and unobstructed path to an exit.
c. There is not more than one intervening room or space to pass through.
B. Stairs
1. A minimum of two exit stairs must serve each floor above or below grade.
2. Stairs must have a minimum clear width of 44”/1.12 m.
3. Tread depth for the full width of exit capacity must be:
a. New stairs – a minimum of 11”/279 mm.
b. Existing stairs – a minimum of 9”/229 mm.
4. Riser height must be:
a. New stairs – a maximum of 7”/179 mm.
b. Existing Stairs – a maximum of 8”/203 mm.
5. Egress stairs serving occupied floors above 82’-0”/25 m to the level of exit discharge must be classified as smoke proof enclosures using one of the
following methods:
a. Mechanical ventilation
b. Natural ventilation
c. Enclosure pressurization
6. Open external egress stairs serving floors within one level of the level of exit discharge are allowed when designed to prevent the accumulation of
water. Open external egress stairs serving floors more than one level away from the level of exit discharge are allowed except in areas subject to
freezing where the stairs must be fully enclosed.
7. Scissor stairs may be utilized, where allowed by local code, provided no penetrations exist between the stairs and each stair is separated by rated
construction as required in Sections 2516.02.C and 2516.02.D.
8. All stairs must discharge to the exterior.
a. Where local code allows, and the building is protected by automatic suppression, 50 percent of occupant load may discharge to a lobby with a clear
path to the exit when the lobby is at level of exit discharge.
9. Enclosed egress stairs must not be used for any other use.
10. Storage is prohibited under egress stairs.

11. Normally unoccupied spaces, such as mechanical or storage rooms, must not open directly to egress stairs.
12. No wiring or ductwork is permitted within the exit enclosure except for that which is necessary to serve the exit.
13. All exits must discharge to an open area considered as a public way, or lead to a public way via an unobstructed path.
14. Buildings that are not fully sprinklered must have an area of refuge within each stair that accommodates one wheelchair per 200 persons for each floor.
C. Doors
1. All doors in a path of egress must have a minimum of 32”/813 mm of clear width, including guestroom doors.
2. All egress doors must swing in the direction of egress when serving 50 or more persons.
3. All egress doors serving an exit enclosure or exit discharge must swing in the direction of egress.
4. Door latches must have lever hardware, requiring an obvious one-hand method of operation.
5. Panic hardware must be provided for all doors serving 100 or more persons, when latching hardware is provided, and at all exit doors to the exterior.
6. Electronically access-controlled doors in an egress path must meet all of the following:
a. Open upon activation of the fire detection and alarm system.
b. Provided with a manual releasing device within 5’-0”/1.52 m.
c. Unlock upon loss of power to the device.
7. Opening force for any door in an egress path must not exceed the following:
a. 15 lbf/67N to release latch
b. 30 lbf/133N to set in motion
c. 15 lbf/67N to fully open
8. Locks, if provided, must not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort for operation from the egress side.
D. Handrails and Guards
1. Handrails must be provided on both sides of required stairs and ramps.
2. Inside handrails at turns of stairs must be continuous.
3. Handrails must be located between 34”/864 mm and 38”/965 mm above the surface of the tread.
4. A minimum clearance of 2.25”/57 mm must be provided between the handrail and the wall.
5. Guards must be provided where the walking surface is located more than 30”/762 mm above the floor or grade below.
6. Guards must be not less than 42”/1.07 m high.
7. Open guards must have intermediate rails or ornamental pattern such that a 4”/102 mm diameter sphere is not able to pass through.
8. Ornamental patterns must be designed to minimize the ability to climb handrails.
E. Egress Signage
1. Exits and exit access must be marked with exit signs that are readily visible in the path of egress.
2. Exit signs must be internally or externally illuminated at all times.
3. In the event of power failure, emergency power must be supplied for the exit signage for a minimum of 90 minutes.
F. Egress Lighting
1. Emergency lighting must be designed to provide sub circuit protection in all areas via a central battery cubicle or by self contained fittings. The lights and
circuits must also be included on the generator supplies under total building failure.
2. The means of egress, paths leading to a public way, and the public way must be illuminated at all times the building or space is occupied.
3. Emergency light levels must reach 50 percent output within five seconds and 100 percent output within 60 seconds.
4. Mandatory lighting must achieve a minimum illumination level of 1 ft-candle/10.8 lux at the floor for the following locations: stairs, landings, change of
levels, change of direction, intersections, at emergency stairwell doors (corridor side), at emergency exit doors from areas of risk such as kitchens and

public assembly spaces and at emergency exit doors from back of house spaces (plant rooms, plumbing/sprinkler rooms, switchgear/transformer
rooms, etc.)
5. Mandatory lighting must achieve a minimum illumination level of 0.5 ft-candle/5.4 lux at the floor directly in front of all firefighting equipment/appliances,
fire panels and pull stations, throughout the entire property.
6. Infill lighting between mandatory lighting along the means of egress, must achieve an average minimum illumination level of 0.5 ft-candle/5.4 lux at the
floor and, not less than 0.1 ft-candle/1.1 lux at any point, along the entire means of egress at floor level and at the public way.
7. In the event of power failure, emergency power must be supplied for the egress lighting for a minimum of 90 minutes.
2 5 1 6 . 0 6
E m e r g e n c y
P o w e r
$Level2
$Level2_22105
2516.06 Emergency Power

A. General
1. All properties must be provided with reliable emergency electrical power capability. In the event of loss of normal power service, the emergency service
must be designed to provide power to building systems critical to the safety/security of property guests and employees. Requirements for business
critical systems and functions must be referenced at Section 2514.08.
2. Failure of normal electrical power must result in the automatic transfer of critical electrical loads to an Emergency Power Supply (EPS). Acceptable
sources of emergency power include:
a. Dedicated emergency generators
b. Batteries
c. Power feed from a reliable electrical supply verified to be independent of the property’s primary electrical feed.
3. Critical loads must be permanently and reliably connected to the EPS.
4. Technical requirements for EPS components including generators, fuel tanks, controllers and automatic transfer switches; design and installation
methodology; and commissioning practices must be consistent with recognized standards as specified by the equipment manufacturers and accepted
by the responsible AHJ.
5. Emergency generator(s) provided to satisfy EPS requirements must be in a weatherproof enclosure, and consider:
a. Separation between adjacent equipment and building spaces
b. Ventilation requirements
c. Fuel system safety
d. Vibration and noise, and exhaust discharge
e. Exposure to seismic activity, wind loading, hurricane/cyclone and tornado exposure
6. In the event of loss of standard electrical power, at a minimum, EPS capability must be provided to:
a. Safely maintain guests and employees within the property until restoration of standard power.
b. Maintain the ability to safely evacuate the property including:
1. The provision of lighting levels through designated means of egress and at control points (front desk, security, fire command)
2. Emergency signage
3. Power for emergency operations of elevators when required by the local AHJ
4. Power for communications including the building fire alarm system and telephone equipment
c. Maintain systems critical to life safety and security in operational readiness, including:
1. Fire pump(s) when required to meet the standards set forth in 2516.03.C and 2516.03.D
2. Smoke control and stairwell pressurization equipment
3. All security-related equipment and devices including security office(s), remote sensors/detectors and cameras

4. All electrically-controlled locking/unlocking mechanisms

7. Electrical loads critical to life safety, fire protection and security must take precedence over all other electrical loads.
8. For properties subject to natural events including hurricanes/cyclones, earthquakes, flooding/tidal waves, tornadoes, significant winter storms, wildfires
and/or located in an area with unreliable standard power, consideration must be given to the provision of additional EPS capability. Duration of the EPS
must be designed based on likely exposure to the identified hazard(s) and available fuel to resupply the property. No less than two days’ supply of fuel
must be provided based on the calculated loads where fuel resupply may be interrupted.
B. Testing and Documentation
2 5 1 7 . 0 0
1. The EPS must be formally and successfully tested for the automatic transfer and operation of equipment supplied.
Accessibility
2. Provide demonstration and instructions to selected members of the property operations staff in the proper operation of the installed equipment.
Guidelines
$Level1
$Level2_22433
2517.00 Accessibility Guidelines

A .
$Level2
$Level2_22433
A. All hotels must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). Refer to Section 104.00 and to www.ada.gov for more information.
B .
$Level2
$Level2_22433
B. All properties within the Hilton Worldwide Portfolio of Brands must be designed in compliance with local, regional and national codes or laws for disabled
or universal access. The applicable code must be identified and provisions agreed upon in advance with Hilton Worldwide in the country of operation. For
countries without applicable codes, refer to the Hilton Worldwide Global Accessibility Guide for recommendations.
C .
$Level2
$Level2_22433
C. Existing properties must comply at the time of refurbishment or as required by the local jurisdiction.
D .
$Level2
$Level2_22433
D. The owner of the property is responsible for compliance with and the provision of all applicable codes. The owner is urged to seek appropriate council to
2 5 1 8 . 0 0
ensure compliance. Hilton Worldwide does not and cannot warrant conformance with or interpretation of any codes, laws or regulations relating to
Technology
accessibility for individuals with disabilities.

Wiring
S t a n d a r d s
$Level1
$Level2_22503
2518.00 Technology Wiring Standards

2 5 1 8 . 0 1
Application
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.01 Application
The content of this standard is primarily intended for use in new build hotels. In the case of rebranding or refurbishment projects, this standard is to be used as
a ‘best practice’ with the individual site restrictions being assessed.
2 5 1 8 . 0 2
A p p r o v e d
Supplier
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.02 Approved Supplier

All systems must be supplied and installed by a supplier approved by Hilton Worldwide.
2 5 1 8 . 0 3
Wiring
S t a n d a r d s
(Voice
a n d
D a t a )
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.03 Wiring Standards (Voice and Data)

A. The Structured Cabling System (SCS) must be fully certified with a relevant 20 year performance warranty.
B. The building must be equipped with a distribution network of cable trays and baskets. The containment must be located within communications risers,
ceiling channels and raised floor voids. Separate containment must be installed for voice/ data and power cabling.
C. Enhanced Category 6 (Cat6) Cabling System
1. System Specification

a. The cabling system must be designed and installed according to ISO 11801:2002 Class D and also meet the following:
1. BS EN 50173-1:2002 Class D
2. ANSI/EIA-568-B
b. The cabling system must meet the permanent link and channel performances defined in these standards or better.
2. Components Specification
a. Cable
1. The cable must meet ANSI/EIA-568-B and/or BS EN 50173-1:2002 Class D Standard. The flammability performance must meet IEC 60332-1 as
a minimum.
2. The cable must have current independent third party approval status and must be audited and certified as 'fit for purpose' before handing to
hotel.
3. Brand conversion sites that have a CAT5e already installed and certified is required to re-cable CAT6. Network cable certification is required.
b. Connecting hardware
1. Patch panels
a. Must be 19”/480 mm rack mounting; in exact multiples of 1U in height.
b. Cable termination must be LSA or 110 Insulation Displacement Connectors.
c. Front connectors must be RJ45 style IEC 60603-7-2/3 568B wired. (‘A’ wired may be selected as an option.)
d. Electrical performance must be enhanced Category 6.
2. Connectors
a. Cable termination must be LSA or 110 IDC.
b. Connectors must be RJ45 style IEC 60603-7-2/3 568B wired. (‘A’ wired may be selected as an option.)
c. Electrical performance must be enhanced Category 6.
3. Wall outlets
a. White plastic with shuttered 1”/25 mm x 2”/50 mm modules, two or four-gang density.
b. Outlets in public areas that are connected to the Hilton network must be lockable and secured from external access.
4. Floor outlets
a. White plastic with shutters, 06C style or 1”/25 mm x 1-1/2”/37 mm modules.
5. Patch leads
a. Must be 24 AWG (UTP), 26 AWG (STP) stranded, with low flammability sheath to standard IEC 60332-1.
b. Connectors must be RJ45 style IEC 60603-7-2/3.
c. Electrical performance must be enhanced Category 6.
D. Installation specification
1. The cabling system must be procured from one manufacturer and must be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Planning, quality control, and documentation must be according to BS EN 50174:2002 parts 1 and 2. External cables must be installed according to BS
EN50174-3:2003. Grounding and bonding must be in accordance with BS EN 50310:2000.
3. 100 percent of the installed cables must be tested. 100 percent of the test data must be reviewed and approved by the manufacturer and an
independent third party before any warranty certificate is released.
4. The Permanent Link must be tested to IEC 61935 with a Level III (or higher) cable tester set to Class D Permanent Link referencing the Permanent Link
performance standards detailed in ISO 11801:2002, or Class D detailed in BS EN 50173-1:2002, or Cat 6 detailed in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.

5. The results must be stored in an electronic database compatible with the tester manufacturer's cable management program.
6. The cabling must be covered by a 20-year product and application warranty and installed by an installer accredited and trained by the manufacturer.
Proof of training, which must be less than two years old, must accompany the tender.
7. A labeling and administration system must be designed into the cable system in line with BS EN 50174-1:2001 or ISO/IEC 14763-2 or ANSI/TIA/EIA-
606-A. The numbering scheme must be Cabinet/Patch Panel/Patch Point – 2B/03/26, which would be Remote Cabinet 2B, Patch Panel in Cabinet 03,
and Point 26. For guestrooms, it would be Room Number/ Patch Point – 101/A, which would be room 101 and Point A (Bedside).
8. The cabling system must be earthed according to the manufacturer’s instructions and BS EN50174-3:2003 or ANSI/TIA/EIA-607.
9. Separation of power and data cables must be according to EN 50174-2:2001 except where local or national electrical safety regulations require a
greater separation.
10. Optional: A cable containment system must be supplied according to BS EN 50174-2:2001, ANSI/TIA/EIA 569-B or ISO 14763-2.
E. LAN Application
1. Any communications protocol designed for use on 100-Ohm (nominal) characteristic impedance Class D cabling system must operate satisfactorily on
the installed cabling system. ‘Satisfactory’ means better than one in ten-to-the-power of 10 bit error rate whilst in the presence of up to 3 V/m external
interference over 100 MHz for at least thirty minutes.
2. LAN operation must include, but not be limited to, ATM at 155 Mb/s (and 622 Mb/s and 1.2 Gb/s when Class D interfaces are available) and Gigabit
Ethernet to IEEE 802.3ab.
3. Delay skew of the Permanent Link must be better than 20 nanoseconds (typical) to ensure satisfactory video operation.
F. EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) Performance
1. The structured cabling system must comply with cable balance and EMC requirements of BS EN 50288-3-1:2003 and ISO 11801:2002 and must not
degrade the EMC performance of any electrical device connected to it. The manufacturer must guarantee this facility.
2 5 1 8 . 0 4
Horizontal
S u b
S y s t e m
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.04 Horizontal Sub System

A. Horizontal Wiring
1. In the context of this specification, horizontal wiring covers all copper Category 6 cabling between information outlets and the local equipment cabinets.
2. Horizontal cabling must be arranged in a physical star topology radiating directly from the equipment cabinets to the information outlets. Each outlet
must be individually wired back to the local equipment cabinets and no outlets must be cabled in parallel. There must be no intervening connections
between the UTP cables and the equipment cabinets within the local communications rooms.
B. Horizontal Cable Containment
1. All horizontal copper cabling must be installed within or upon dedicated cable trays, cable basket, conduits or multiple compartment trunks.
2. The voice and data cables must not be installed within the same containment as any other services, and the minimum segregation spacing must be
maintained.
C. Patch Panels/Frames in General
1. Voice and data patch panels must be manufactured to Category 6 Standard.
2. The voice and data patch panels within the local computer rooms must be Modular Patch Panels mounted within equipment cabinets. The patch
panels must have Insulation Displacement Connections (IDC) on the rear and RJ-45 8 position sockets on the front. The voice and data patch panels
must have no fewer than 24 x RJ-45 ports in 3 groups of 8 ports. A cable management / patch cord organizer must be installed after every 48 ports.
D. Voice Service Frames
1. The Main Distribution Frame (MDF) within the main communications room must distribute voice services and must be of Krone type 108A Dual Vert
complete with all necessary terminations as Krone type 237A.

2. The frame must be secured to a 1”/20 mm plywood mounting board located adjacent to the PBX and the horizontal cabling racks within the main
communications room.
E. Fiber Optic Patch Panels
1. Fiber optic patch panels must be capable of housing no fewer than 12 x LC connectors. All fiber optic cores must be fusion spliced using pigtails onto
LC connectors. Each fiber patch panel must use 1U of cabinet space and be located above the active components within the same cabinet or patch
panels within the local communications rooms.
2. Two categories of copper based, rack mounted patch frames are required within each communications room to support:
a. Termination of horizontal cabling from information outlets; on these panels there must be a definitive demarcation separating voice and data
cabling. Patch panels must be RJ-45 modular in construction.
b. Termination of intra-building voice backbone cables, providing connectivity between voice services and the information outlet patch panels outlined
above. The voice patch panels must be modular in construction and must contain no fewer than 24 x RJ-45 ports.
F. Backbone Cabling Within the Building
1. Voice Backbone
a. Star topology copper based UTP backbone cables must distribute voice services from the MDF located within the main computer room to each of
the local computer rooms. Sufficient wire pairs must be included to provide a service based on 1-pair modularity, plus 25 percent spare capacity.
2. Data Backbone
a. The data backbone cabling between the main computer room and the local computer rooms must be interior grade LSZH sheathed, 12 core 50/125
multimode and tight buffered fiber optic cable. LC connectors must be used for all fiber optic connections.
3. Intra-building Backbone Cable Routing
a. The main vertical and horizontal intra-building backbone cabling must be routed via a network of cable trays.
2 5 1 8 . 0 5
Communications
Cabinets
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.05 Communications Cabinets

A. Specifications
1. Communications cabinets must have 42U of usable frame height, 31”/800 mm x 39”/1.0 m and must provide a sufficient degree of protection to
BS.5490 IP 20. The cabinets are required within each communications room (main and local) for the housing of the active components, modular patch
panels (copper cables) and fiber optic patch panels. In the absence of active components specification details, it is assumed that the equipment will
take up 17U of frame space.
2. All cabinets must be uniform in manufacture, appearance and color (light grey / black). Each cabinet must be fitted with a lockable smoked glass or
mesh front door and a lockable rear door. All cabinet doors must have locks operated by a single key. Each cabinet must incorporate removable side
panels and cable management rings and brackets for the dressing of patch leads and cords.
3. All cabinets must incorporate integrated power socket strips with no fewer than of eight socket outlets, which must connect to the power distribution
system via the UPS.
4. A gap of at least 6”/150 mm must be maintained between the front of the patch panels and the front of the cabinet.
B. Patch Cords / Leads
1. Fiber Optic patch leads of 3’-3”/1.0 m length, 50/125 multimode duplex, 1/10”/2.5 mm LC type, must be provided by the cabling contractor.
2. Connecting modular data patch panel (information outlet patch panel) to modular voice/data patch panels must be achieved using 4 pair, 8 pin, RJ-45
to 8 pin RJ-45 Category 6 patch leads of varying lengths.
C. Device Leads

1. Device leads from the data outlets to the user workstation must be provided with quantities and lengths confirmed by Hilton Worldwide.
2 5 1 8 . 0 6
Implementation
a n d
H a n d
-
O v e r
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.06 Implementation and Hand-Over

A. Installation Quality
1. The complete structured cabling system must be installed in accordance with the quality standards as applicable and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s guidelines.
2. The structured cabling contractor must ensure that all installation staff has a complete understanding of the quality requirements
3. Where the structured cabling contractor is involved in the design element of the project, the nominated designer must be BICSI registered and hold the
accredited RCDD status.
B. Testing
1. Testing of fiber optic cables must be carried out using an OTDR, and must be carried out at both 850 and 1300nm from each end of the cable. Each
trace must be recorded along with the test engineers name and signature.
2. Should the testing identify a failure, this must be immediately rectified and noted with the hand-over documentation under test failure. Where rectification
is not possible then the cable and associated components must be replaced and removed from site.
3. The cabling contractor must undertake to provide Hilton Worldwide IT with advance knowledge of all testing activities and allow witness to the testing as
required.
C. Manuals and Documentation
1. The structured cabling contractor must provide the following items as hand-over documentation to Hilton Worldwide nominated representatives at the
conclusion of the project
a. Two paper copies and a CD-ROM of all fitted drawings showing the cabling schematics, connectivity drawings, cabinet and frame schematics, all
clearly showing label designations. All drawings must be produced using the latest version of AutoCAD for Windows and saved in .DWG or .DXF file
format.
b. Communications cabinets and patch panel layouts.
c. A schedule of information outlets containing label designations and locations. The schedule must be presented in the form of a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet and be provided in both paper and CD-ROM formats.
d. Test results (copper and fiber) on paper and CD-ROM.
e. 20 year warranty application assurance certificate.
2 5 1 8 . 0 7
Wireless
Distribution
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.07 Wireless Distribution

A. The provisioning of Wireless Internet (Wi-Fi) services in the Hilton Worldwide portfolio of brands require the installation of UTP cable, Category 6, from main
computer room or intermediate data cabinets to locations throughout the hotel (see below) for the mounting, installation and servicing of Wireless Access
Points (WAPs). All previous reference to conduit, cable placement and termination requirements for Category 6 cabling in this document must be adhered
to for installation of this Wi-Fi cabling. The scope of this definition relates only to the design and installation of the cabling system for this Wi-Fi network.
Reference to WAPs in this document is intended to give a point of reference for design of the cabling system.
B. Areas of Coverage
1. Care must be taken to ensure the installation of enough infrastructure in these areas such that their subsequent division by mechanical or other
partitions does not deteriorate signal reception in any one partitioned area. Guestrooms to include all space within all guestrooms, suites and parlors.
These also include coverage for all fractional ownership or condominium units as may reside within the property.

C. Installation Parameters
1. The installed infrastructure defined here must provide for the installation of WAPs such that the following criteria are met: WAPs must be concealed
from public view, or mounted in a subdued and aesthetic manor as well as secured from tampering if in an accessible area. WAPs must be
permanently accessible after installation to facilitate repair or replacement. WAPs must not require access to electrical power near their installation, but
may utilize it if available terminated cables for the Wi-Fi network must be emplaced throughout the areas of coverage in sufficient density and proximity
to each other to provide the following minimum receive sensitivity:
a. Common Areas: -65dB
b. Meeting and Function Areas: -65dB
c. Guestrooms: -65dB
2. Cable runs for the Wi-Fi network must be terminated in 8pin RJ¬45 female jacks at the access point location. Jacks must be installed in wall plates if
the WAP is to be mounted aesthetically in a visible location, and interconnected with the shortest possible patch cord to maintain a neat and tidy look
and also to minimize tampering. Signal coverage between WAPs must never fall below 15 percent overlap at the specified dB levels regardless of the
signal level requirements being met; WAPs must never be required to provide signaling beyond a 300’-0”/90 m circumference from any one WAP.
2 5 1 8 . 0 8
P a t c h
Cable
S t a n d a r d s
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.08 Patch Cable Standards

A. Patch Panel Standards / Lead Colors
1. Patch leads colors must be used to differentiate amongst various vendors / systems in all patch cabinets, for example, Internet access, digital TV
systems, minibar, guest telephones, and cordless telephones.
2. The Cat6 cables used must adhere to the following color code:
Main & Remote Computer Rooms Color
Voice & Fax Lines Light Blue
Server Connections Red
Point of Sale Black
Printers Green
Guest Internet (incl Wireless Access Points) Purple
Guest Minibar System Orange
TV System Yellow
Keycard System White
Interfaces Pink
Wireless Access Points (DECT, Hilton) Brown
Electronic Meeting Signs Light Grey
Cross-over Cables Dark Blue
Desktops Dark Grey
B. Patch Lead Standards – Devices
1. All patch leads connecting devices to the network Cat6 sockets, i.e. desktop PCs, laptops, printers, etc must be grey.
2 5 1 8 . 0 9
G u e s t
R o o m
Technology
Services
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.09 Guest Room Technology Services

A. Cabling Requirements
1. In order to ensure quality of service and flexibility, 6 x 4-pair cables (CAT6-RJ45) must be used to provide data services and labeled accordingly (x).
Placement requirements must be verified within Sections 2510.00 and 2512.00.
2. At the desk area and/or living room
a. Telephone (A) - if required in Sections 2510.00-2512.00
b. Internet access (B) - if wired installed
3. For the TV/ Credenza
a. Digital TV (C) - if IP TV solution selected, Coax point may not be required
4. By the bedside
a. Telephone (E)
2 5 1 8 . 1 0
Wiring
S t a n d a r d s
(Coaxial
-
M A T V ,
C A T V )
$Level2
$Level2_22503
2518.10 Wiring Standards (Coaxial - MATV, CATV)

Hotels must install coaxial cable, homerun to each guestroom. The following provides detailed specifications about the coaxial cabling. Hotels must consult
their intended in-room entertainment provider to determine if there are additional wiring specifications or documentation. Hotels must work with a professional
cable installer to design and install the cable plant. For IPTV installations, see CAT6 documentation in Section 2518.03.
A. System Specifications
All installations must conform to relevant standards and safety specifications for the appropriate region. These may include:
1. MATV Installations: ANSI/SCTE 40 2004 (US), BS EN 50083 (UK)
2. Coaxial Cables: ANSI/SCTE 74 2003 (US), BS EN 50117 (UK)
3. Grounding of coaxial antenna systems: outlined in NEC Article 250 (US), ANSI/NFP 70 (US), BS EN 50310 and section 2518.8.5 (UK)
B. Cable Types
1. Coax
The cable must meet or exceed specifications in ANSI/SCTE 74 2003 (US), BS EN 50117 (UK) or local equivalent standards, as follows:
a. Room drop maximum 150ft: RG-6 quad-shielded, Belden or Commscope or equivalent
b. Feed trunk cable maximum – 230ft: RG-11 quad-shielded, Hard-line/.500 or greater, Belden or Commscope or equivalent
d. Core trunk cable between MDF and all IDFs: RG-11 quad-shielded, Hard-line/.500 or greater, Belden or Commscope or equivalent
e. Cabling must be 60% braid, solid copper center conductor rated for 5MHz - 1GHz
2. Fibre
Use if the satellite dish is located more than 150m/500ft from the head end:
a. Single Mode G.657.A 3mm armoured or equivalent
C. Connections
All coaxial network connections must be as follows:
1. Round tapered or snap-and-seal
2. Properly mated and tightened to approximately 30 in/lbs of torque
D. Signal Level
Measured at room outlet:
1. Head End System Wiring (HD/QAM256)

a. Bandwidth sweep tested from: 5 MHz to 1GHz

b. Modulation Error Ratio (MER): 37-40dBmV
2. Satellite Set-Top Box System Wiring (i.e., DRE – DIRECTV Residential Experience/Integrated Reception System (IRS)/ DVB-S and DVB-S2)
a. Signal level: 50dB – 75dB
b. Minimum SNR: 12dB
c. Minimum BER: <2.0 E-04 (Pre Viterbi)
E. Antenna
1. All UHF antennas must incorporate a balun to ensure the matching of the dipole to the feeder cables.
2. Antenna must be cabled from rooftop to MDF head end. See above for cabling length requirements.
3. The aerial system, mounts, and support structures must be capable of withstanding winds of 100mph/160kph and take into account local
environmental conditions (snow, ice, extreme wind etc.).
F. Satellite Dishes
1. Satellite dishes must be constructed to withstand a wind speed of 60mph/100kph and be of an adequate size for the system concerned and take into
account local environmental conditions (snow, ice, extreme wind etc.).
2. Satellite must be cabled from rooftop to MDF head end and able to produce a 15dB carrier-to-noise level at the installations site for the given
transponders being received. See above for cabling length requirements.
3. Dishes must be aligned for maximum signal strength and carrier-to-noise ratios. The LNB must be aligned so that the horizontal and vertical
transponders appear equal and give maximum rejection of the opposite polarity.
G. Coax Topology
1. Head End System Wiring (i.e., HD/QAM/DVB-T/DVB-T2/DVB-C/digital signal distribution)
a. Wiring must be star topology or home run to each guestroom. Run a single cable trunk feed from MATV head end (MDF) to a central point within
each hotel corridor/riser/IDF closet. Use multi-output taps to distribute the signal; from the IDF, run one coaxial cable to each guestroom.
2. Satellite Set-Top Box System Wiring (i.e., DRE – DIRECTV Residential Experience/Integrated Reception System (IRS )/ DVB-S and DVB-S2)
2 5 1 9 . 0 0
a. Wiring must be star topology or home run to each guestroom. Run 6 cable trunk feeds from IRS amplifier to central points within the hotel
Signage
corridors/risers/IDF closets. Use a multi-switch to distribute the signal from the hotel corridors/risers/ IDF, run one coaxial cable to each guestroom.
a n d
Graphics
$Level1
$Level2_25257
2519.00 Signage and Graphics

2 5 1 9 . 0 1
General
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_25257
2519.01 General Signage

A. All signage, existing and replacement, must comply with these standards. Refer to Section 500.00 for Identity and Marketing requirements.
B. Upon relicensing or change of ownership, existing signage must be brought up to current signage specifications as directed by Hilton Worldwide.
C. All signage must be approved by Hilton Worldwide. Written approval must be obtained prior to fabrication and installation.
D. Signage in non-English speaking locations must be bilingual, in both English and the local language.
E. Trademarks owned by Hilton Worldwide must not be etched in any construction surface where they become permanent and cannot be easily removed.
F. A construction project identification sign must be installed once construction begins.
2 5 1 9 . 0 2
Interior
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_25257
2519.02 Interior Signage

A. Interior signage must be the Brand approved design. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for Interior Signage Specifications.
B. An approved sign manufacturer must fabricate all interior signage. Contact information may be found online at suppliersconnection.hilton.com.

C. In all public areas, glass panels (e.g., windows, glass doors, sidelights, etc.) which extend to the floor without a horizontal break or partition, or without
decorative framing, must be identified with decals where required by applicable law.
D. Directional Signage
1. Interior corridor signage must be brought up to the current standard at the time of any renovation within the corridor.
2. A comprehensive system of informational/directional signs must be installed directing guests to all appropriate facilities contained within the building.
The following must be included: (this is not all inclusive)
d. To the fitness center from the elevator on the guest floor where the fitness center is located.
E. Lobby Area Signage
4. Prominently display the Home2 Guarantee near the Entertainment Wall as shown on the prototype drawings. Drawings can be found at
www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
F. Public Restrooms
1. Public restrooms must be clearly identified using international symbols.
G. Food & Beverage
1. The hours of operation for the Inspired Table® Breakfast must be included in the graphics/signage. See www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for
specifications.
3. The Inspired Table® Breakfast graphics/signage are required. See www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for specifications.
H. Commercial Facilities
3. Only approved Spin2Cycle signage and graphics are permitted. See www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for specifications.
4. A sign must be provided within the guest laundry area explaining that laundry products are available in the Home2Mkt.
J. Meeting Facilities
1. The primary entrance to the meeting facilities must have an event board. It may be freestanding or wall-mounted but must coordinate with other interior
signage. If using a decorative easel-type frame for display, the sign must be glassed and matted in a decorative frame. Reader board signs with
removable letters must not be used.
K. Fitness Center Signage
1. The facility must be clearly marked and identified with the approved Brand graphics. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for required signage.
2. Hours of operation must be posted for the Fitness Center.
4. Easy-to-understand instructions for use of the equipment must be clearly visible.
5. A sign outlining applicable health, safety and emergency information for use of the fitness center must be posted.

6. Only approved Spin2Cycle signage and graphics are permitted. See www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for specifications.
L. Pool/Whirlpool Signage
2. A professionally prepared sign outlining guidelines and rules for use of the swimming pool must be prominently displayed. Swimming pool signs must
match the design of and be consistent with the other signs in the hotel sign system.
3. A professionally prepared sign outlining guidelines and rules for use of the whirlpool must be prominently displayed. Whirlpool signs must match the
design of and be consistent with the other signs in the hotel sign system.
5. Pool lifts must have identification and instructional signage that matches all other signage in the pool area. Sample verbiage at the lift: "POOL LIFT
Reserved for guests with mobility disabilities only. For lift assistance or instructions, contact the front desk."
M. Circulation Signage
1. Hotels that are 100 percent non-smoking must have a "no smoking" sign in the elevator lobby on all floors.
2. Elevator lobbies and elevator cabs must have signs that state during a fire emergency the exit stairs must be used instead of the elevator.
4. Two (2) brand approved elevator frames with posters must be installed in each public elevator. Posters and frames are available on
home2suites.mymarketingbench.com. No other artwork or graphics are permitted.
6. All floor levels, within enclosed stairs, must be clearly numbered at each landing. The letters must be 6”/150 mm minimum high and reflective.
7. Exit stair doors must have signs that state they are fire doors and must remain closed at all times.
8. All entrance/exit doors normally locked during specific times, or as required by code, in the evening must have signs, both inside and outside the doors
that indicate the time they are locked and include directions to the appropriate alternate entrance/exit doors.
N. Guestroom Signage
1. Guestroom signage must be provided on corridor wall adjacent to strike side of each guestroom door.
3. The international "no smoking" symbol must be clearly displayed at all guestrooms designated as "non-smoking". The graphic must be included with
the guestroom numeral signage. If the hotel is 100 percent non-smoking, a "no smoking" graphic must also be displayed in the elevator lobby.
4. The back of the guestroom door must include a sign containing fire evacuation information. This sign must be centered on the door below the door
viewer. The following must be included:
a. Emergency exit plan
b. Pull station and fire extinguisher locations
c. Maximum room rate (where required by law)
d. Check-in and check-out times (where required by law)
e. Safety deposit box availability
f. Local laws/standards
g. For your privacy and security, always use your deadbolt to double lock your room from inside. The safety latch and door viewer must be used to
visually identify anyone outside your door. Follow these general guidelines at all applicable passage doors.
5. When local codes require separate from the evacuation sign, room rate cards and local law cards must be professionally printed and displayed
conspicuously within each room. Codes permitting, cards may be placed in the closet.
2 5 1 9 . 0 3
N o t
Applicable
t o
this
B r a n d
$Level2
$Level2_25257


2 5 1 9 . 0 4
Exterior
Signage
$Level2
$Level2_25257
2519.04 Exterior Signage

A. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for property identification signs in the Exterior Signage Specifications.
B. An approved sign manufacturer, licensed by Hilton Worldwide, must fabricate and install all property identification signs. Contact information may be found
online at www.hiltonworldwide.com/design.
C. Property Identification Signs
1. A minimum of one internally illuminated ground monument sign and one internally illuminated building mounted sign is required for all properties.
Additional signage may be required by Hilton Worldwide dependent upon building orientation and visibility.
3. The ground sign pedestal or base must be protected from damage by planter box, landscaping or other means.
4. Blade signs are allowed at urban locations when a mount location is not available for ground signs. Blade signs must be internally lit and comply with
brand standards. Neon is not allowed.
5. Illuminated signs must be time switched and photo-cell controlled.
6. Exposed conduit and/or raceways are prohibited at building face signs.
7. No marquees or electronic rate signs of any type are permitted. "No vacancy" signs are not allowed.
8. At time of replacement, materials including the light source must match any remaining/existing materials. Full signage replacement must comply with
current specification standards.
9. Exterior signage must be installed prior to opening, including conversion properties.
D. Exterior Miscellaneous Signs
1. External way finding signage must be provided for properties where travel path decision points occur forcing a guest to turn left, right or continue straight
ahead.
4. A designated outdoor pet-friendly area must be clearly identified with brand approved graphics. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for
specifications.
5. Porte cochere clearance signage must be provided for clearances less than 15’-0”/4.5 m. Letter height must be 6”/15 cm minimum and the color must
contrast the adjacent building color.
7. Temporary exterior signage and/or banners must be approved by the Brand before being posted. No additional advertising (billboards or reader
boards) are permitted.
8. Walking paths must be clearly identified with brand approved graphics. Refer to www.hiltonworldwide.com/design for specifications.
E. Parking Signage
1. Directional signage to the parking area must be clearly visible when not obvious.
2. Floor level and area signs must be provided in parking garages for ease of locating vehicles.
3. A disclaimer must be posted in all guest parking areas on the site that user assumes all risks. Signs must be located along parking lanes and be
mounted to light poles or independent poles with spacing not to exceed 100’-0”/30 m.
5. Signage identifying designated accessible parking spaces must be provided at guest parking areas.
6. Signage must be provided designating parking space(s) reserved for electric vehicle charging stations.

Design & Construction Glossary
Abbreviations
°F Fahrenheit IIC Impact Insulation Class
A Amp kg Kilograms
ACT Acoustical Ceiling Tile KW Kilowatts
AFF Above the Finished Floor L Length
C Celsius lb Pounds
CDB Celsius Dry Bulb LCD Liquid Crystal Display
CFLs Compact Fluorescent Lamp LED Light Emitting Diode
CFM Cubic Feet per Minute M Meters
CPU Central Processing Unit MATV Master Antenna Television
CYP Computer Yarn Placement MC Metallic Conduit
D Depth MCDB Mean Coincident Dry Bulb
dBA A-weighted decibel MDB Mean Dry Bulb
DDM Distributed Data Management MDF Medium Density Fiberboard
dia. Diameter MERV Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value
DP Dew Point mm millimeters
DX Direct Expansion NIC Noise Isolation Class
EAT Entering Air Temperature OSA Outside Air
EIFS Exterior Insulation Finish System oz. Ounces
FDB Fahrenheit Dry Bulb PSI Pounds per Square Inch
FF&E Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment PTAC Package Terminal Air Conditioner
Glossary1 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

Abbreviations
FPM Feet Per Minute PVC Polyvinyl chloride
FT Feet or Ft2 (Feet squared) PVS Personal Viewing Screen
GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier
GFI Ground Fault Interrupter sq. square
GPF General Protection Fault SRI Solar Roof Index
GPM Gallons Per Minute STC Sound Transmission Coefficient
H Height SVRS Safety Vacuum Release System
HD High Definition TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
HR Humidity Ratio V Volts
HSIA High Speed Internet Access VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
HVAC Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning W Width
HZ Hertz

Acronyms
A&C Architecture & Construction FIA Factory Insurance Association
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association FM Factory Mutual
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists GB Guobiao (Chinese Standard)
ABA Architectural Barriers Act IBR Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers
ADA American Disabilities Act IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
AGA American Gas Association ISO International Standards Organization
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
ANSI American National Standards Institute NEC National Electrical Code
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute NECA National Electrical Contractors Association
ASA American Standards Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
ASHRAE NESC National Electrical Safety Code
Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers NFPA National Fire Protection Association
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials NSF NSF International
AWMA Air & Waste Management Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
AWS American Welding Society SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
BS British Standard SBI Steel Boiler Institute
CFFA Chemical Fabrics and Film Association SCS Scientific Certification System
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
DHI Door and Hardware Institute SMACNA
Association
DHSI Door and Hardware Systems, Inc. UFAC Upholstered Furniture Action Council

Acronyms
Deutsches Institut fur Normung (German Institute for
DIN UL Underwriters Laboratories
Standardization)
EN Euro Norm (European Standard) UMC Uniform Mechanical Code
EPA Environmental Protection Agency WH Warnock Hersey
ETL Environmental Testing Laboratories

Terminology/ Definitions
AACHEN Measurement for dimensional stability Manual fire A manually operated device used to initiate an alarm
alarm box signal
Alarm A feature internal to automatic fire detection and Normally Spaces that are occupied on a regular basis, either
verification alarm systems, wherein the report of smoke occupied permanently or temporarily
detection is confirmed within a specific period of spaces
time before initiating an alarm
Area of An area where persons unable to use stairways Pre-signal Wherein a fire alarm signal sounds only in an attended
refuge may remain for a period of time, waiting for alarm location, providing a predetermined amount of time to
assistance or instructions during an emergency investigate a detection notice, before initiating an
automatic alarm evacuation sequence
Common The portion of an egress path traveled before two Public way A space, street, alley or land dedicated to the public,for
path of travel or more distinct paths to an exit are available public use that is open to the outside air and is of
sufficient size to accommodate those exiting from a
building
Dead end The portion of a corridor where only one path of Response A standardized measurement of the thermal sensitivity of
corridor travel is available before two or more distinct time index an automatic sprinkler. Quick Response (QR) sprinklers
paths to an exit are available (RTI) are those units with RTI of 50 or less.

Terminology/ Definitions
Level of exit The point at which a person is considered to be Smoke alarm A single or multiple-station alarm device responsive to
discharge exited from a building and is in, or has immediate smoke, connected to building electrical service and not
access to a public way connected to the building fire alarm system
lux Unit of measurement for illumination Smoke A low-voltage device that senses visible or invisible
detector particles of combustion integrated and listed for service
with the building fire alarm system.

Home2 Brand Standards 7-1-14 Version PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Home2 Brand Standards 7-1-14 Version PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HOME2 SUITES BY HILTON BRAND

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500

1600 1700 2500

I CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

II CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

506.00 Internet Standards 500 - 6

III CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

802.00 Not Applicable to this Brand 800 - 2

1000 Other Guest Areas and Services

IV CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

V CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

VI CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

1502.00 Insurance 1500 - 2

VII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

1707.00 Mobile Telephone and Wireless Devices 1700 - 12

VIII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

2518.00 Technology Wiring Standards 2500 - 136

Design and Construction Glossary

IX CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

X CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

Follow-up Evaluation Hotels scoring an “Unacceptable/Red Zon

Summary­1 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary­2 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

e-Check-In Services The hotel must participate in the eCheck-In p

Summary­3 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary­4 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary­5 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Breakfast Offerings Food & Beverage Operations Guide:

Summary­6 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

The call must be allowed WITHOUT any preceding ‘access cod

Summary­7 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary­8 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Safe-deposit boxes must be provided. A minimum of one box for e

Summary­9 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Wall mirrors must be installed flush mount. Framing color must c

Summary­10 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Remote, wall-mounted, electronic digital thermostat specifically d

Summary­11 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Rough-in for the showerhead must be 6'-10"/2.08 m to 7'-0"/2.1m

Summary­12 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

The property must participate in a recycling program if supported

Summary­13 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Existing properties facing wiring installation challenges must rece

Summary­14 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

For existing hotels, any soft good or casegood must be replaced

Summary­15 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

101.00 CORE Brand Standards 100-2

102.00 Brand Culture 100-2

103.00 Brand Designations 100-3

104.00 Accessibility 100-4

105.00 Sustainability 100-10

100­1 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

101.00 CORE Brand Standards

102.00 Brand Culture

100­2 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

102.02 Brand Distinctive Programs

Purpose Portal located on OnQ Insider>My applications.

103.00 Brand Designations

103.01 Smoking Policy

B. 100 Percent Smoke-Free Hotels

100­3 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards ­ United States effective July 01, 2014

103.02 Airport Designation

Refer to Section 803.00 for more information.

I CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

II CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

III CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

IV CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

V CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

VI CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

VII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

VIII CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

IX CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

X CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

Summary1 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary2 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary3 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary4 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary5 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary6 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary7 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary8 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary9 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary10 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary11 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary12 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary13 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary14 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

Summary15 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States | summary of changes effective July 01, 2014

1001 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1002 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1003 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1004 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1005 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1006 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1007 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1008 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

1009 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

10010 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

10011 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

10012 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2001 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2002 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2003 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2004 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2005 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

2006 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014

3001 CONFIDENTIAL Home2 Suites By Hilton® Brand Standards United States effective July 01, 2014